T.O.

1B-52H-34-2-9

AIRCREW WEAPONS DELIVERY MANUAL

(NONNUCLEAR)
B-52/AGM-86C/D
USAF AIRCRAFT
SERIES B-52/AGM-86C/D WEAPONS
THE BOEING COMPANY
F34601-92-C-1116
F34601-03-D-0066

This manual contains unverified procedures. Refer to the validation/verification status

page(s) prior to performing any operation or maintenance procedure.

THIS PUBLICATION IS INCOMPLETE WITHOUT CLASSIFIED SUPPLEMENT T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9-1.

SEE T.O. 0-1-CD-1 FOR CURRENT STATUS OF FLIGHT MANUALS, SAFETY SUPPLEMENTS, OPERATIONAL SUPPLEMENTS, AND
FLIGHT CREW CHECKLISTS.
COMMANDERS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR BRINGING THIS PUBLICATION TO THE ATTENTION OF ALL AIR FORCE PERSONNEL
CLEARED FOR OPERATION OF SUBJECT AIRCRAFT.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT E – Distribution authorized to the Department of Defense Components only, due to Direct Military Support, 29
October 1996. Other requests shall be referred to 327 BMSG/EN, Tinker AFB, OK 73145-3021.
WARNING –This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751, et seq.)
or the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, Title 50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et seq. Violations of these export laws are subject to severe
criminal penalties. Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DoD Directive 5230.25.
HANDLING AND DESTRUCTION NOTICE – Comply with distribution statement and destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of
contents or reconstruction of the document. Demil code D.

PUBLISHED UNDER AUTHORITY OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE

1 JUNE 1999
CHANGE 11 – 1 JUNE 2006
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Technical orders are normally distributed promptly after printing. Date(s) shown on the title page (lower right corner) are for identification only. These
are not distribution dates. Processing time sometimes causes distribution to only appear to have been delayed.

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES NOTE: The portion of the text affected by the changes is indicated by a
vertical line in the outer margins of the page.

Dates of issue for original and changed pages are:

Original 0 1 Jun 99 Change 3 30 June 01 Change 6 1 Sep 02 Change 9 1 Dec 04

Change 1 1 Oct 99 Change 4 30 Nov 01 Change 7 1 Apr 03 Change 10 1 Jul 05
Change 2 1 Aug 00 Change 5 1 Mar 02 Change 8 1 Dec 03 Change 11 1 Jun 06

TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS PUBLICATION IS 288 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:

Page Change Page Change Page Change Page Change

No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.

* Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1-39 – 1-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1-85 – 1-86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 3-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

* A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
V/VS-1 – V/VS-9 Added . . 10
V/VS-10 Blank Added . . . . 10
Flyleaf-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Flyleaf-2 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . 0
i ....................... 0
ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
iii – v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
vi Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-2 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-4 – 1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
* 1-6A – 1-6B . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1-6C – 1-6D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1-6E – 1-6F Deleted . . . . . . 7
1-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1-10 – 1-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1-13 – 1-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-23 – 1-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
* 1-30 – 1-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1-36 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
* 1-38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1-40A – 1-40B Added . . . . 10
1-41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
* 1-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1-43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
* 1-44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1-44A – 1-44D Added . . . . 10
1-45 – 1-46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
* 1-46A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1-46B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-46C – 1-46D Added . . . . 10
1-47 – 1-56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-56A – 1-56B Deleted . . . 10
1-57 – 1-66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-66A – 1-66B . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-66C Added . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
* 1-66D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1-66E Added . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
* 1-66F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1-66G – 1-66H Added . . . . 10
1-67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
* 1-68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1-68A – 1-68D Added . . . . 10
1-69 – 1-70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-70A – 1-70B Added . . . . 10
1-71 – 1-72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-72A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-72B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1-73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
* 1-74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1-75 – 1-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-76A – 1-76H Added . . . . 10
1-77 – 1-81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-83 – 1-84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-87 – 1-88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-91 – 1-92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-93 – 1-96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-97 Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1-98 Blank Added . . . . . . . . 10
2-1 – 2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2-4 – 2-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2-6 – 2-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-8 – 2-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2-10A – 2-10B . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2-11 – 2-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2-14A – 2-14B . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2-14C – 2-14D Added . . . . 10
2-15 – 2-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2-17 – 2-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2-21 – 2-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
* 2-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
* 2-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3-2 – 3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3-5 – 3-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
3-10 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4-2A Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4-2B Blank Added . . . . . . . . 3
4-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
5-2 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
6-2 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
7-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
7-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
7-3 – 7-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
7-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
7-7 – 7-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
7-9 – 7-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
7-12A – 7-12B Deleted . . . . 7
7-13 – 7-16 Added . . . . . . . 10
7-17 – 7-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
7-18A – 7-18F Deleted . . . 10
7-18G – 7-18H Deleted . . . . 7
7-19 – 7-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
7-24A – 7-24B Deleted . . . . 7
7-25 – 7-34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
* 7-35 – 7-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
7-38 – 7-46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
7-46A – 7-46B Deleted . . . 10
7-47 – 7-54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
7-55 – 7-66 Added . . . . . . . 10
Glossary-1 – Glossary-2 . . 10
Glossary-3 Added . . . . . . . 10
Glossary-4 Blank Added . . 10
Index-1 – Index-4 . . . . . . . . 10

CURRENT ABBREVIATED CHECKLIST

AGM-86C/D CALCM MISSILE

Abbreviated Flight Crew Checklist T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9CL-1 1 Jun 99 Change 9 1 Jun 06

Upon receipt of the second and subsequent changes to this technical order, personnel responsible for maintaining this publication in current
status will ascertain that all previous changes have been received and incorporated. Action should be taken promptly if the publication is
incomplete.
*The asterisk indicates pages changed, added, or deleted by the current change.

ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE OBTAINED BY USAF ACTIVITIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH T.O. 00-5-1.

A Change 11 USAF
 WARNING

This manual contains unverified procedures. Unverified procedures shall only be performed during verification, in accor-
dance with TOs 00-5-1 and 00-5-3. Performance of unverified procedures may result in injury to personnel or damage to
equipment.

TECHNICAL ORDER VALIDATION/VERIFICATION STATUS PAGE

T.O. NO. BASIC DATE CHANGE NO. – DATE PTO CHANGE NO. – DATE

T.O 1B-52H-34-2-9 1 JUN 99 CHANGE 10 1 JUL 05 AMI

VERIFICATION
VALIDATION
METHOD

METHOD
DATA ELEMENT DATE DATE REMARKS
VALIDATED VERIFIED

(A) (B) (B)

TCTO Listings (P, PG v) 5/16/03 A

B-52 Carrier Aircraft
(P, PG 1-3) 5/16/03 A
B-52 Carrier Aircraft
(S, PG 1-3) 5/16/03 A
Circuit Breaker Panels
(F: 1-7, 2/3, PG 1-14) 5/16/03 A
OAS Avionics System
(P, PG 1-17) 5/16/03 A
OAS Avionics System (OAS)
Interface (S, PG 1-17) 5/16/03 A
Location/Station Selection
(P, PG 1-18) 5/16/03 A
Ejector Unlock Consent
(P, PG 1-18) 5/16/03 A
Weapon Power Control Command
(P, PG 1-18 – 1-19) 5/16/03 A
Ready-To-Launch Command
(P, PG 1-19) 5/16/03 A
Manual Launch Command
(P, PG 1-19) 5/16/03 A
OAS/Missile Data Flow
(F: 1-10, PG 1-22) 5/16/03 A
Missile Jettison
(S, PG 1-30) 5/16/03 A
Missile Jettison Switch
(P, PG 1-30) 5/16/03 A
Pilot’s Jettison Controls and
Indicators (F: 1-17, PG 1-31) 5/16/03 A
Stores Management Overlay
(S, PG 1-37) 5/16/03 A
SMO Initialization
(P, PG 1-37) 5/16/03 A
SMO Termination
(P, PG 1-37 – 1-38) 2/01/03 A
SMO Reconfiguration
(P, PG 1-38) 5/16/03 A
Controls and Displays Commands
(P, PG 1-38) 5/16/03 A
OAS Power Control Panel Commands
(P, PG 1-39) 5/16/03 A

LEGEND:

(A) DATA ELEMENT: (S) = SECTION, (PG) = PAGE, (P) = PARAGRAPH, (F) = FIGURE, (T) = TABLE

(B) VALIDATION OR VERIFICATION METHOD: (P) = PERFORMANCE, (S) = SIMULATION, (A) = ANALYSIS (TABLE-TOP)

V/VS-1
 WARNING

This manual contains unverified procedures. Unverified procedures shall only be performed during verification, in accor-
dance with TOs 00-5-1 and 00-5-3. Performance of unverified procedures may result in injury to personnel or damage to
equipment.

TECHNICAL ORDER VALIDATION/VERIFICATION STATUS PAGE

T.O. NO. BASIC DATE CHANGE NO. – DATE PTO CHANGE NO. – DATE

T.O 1B-52H-34-2-9 1 JUN 99 CHANGE 10 1 JUL 05 AMI

VERIFICATION
VALIDATION
METHOD

METHOD
DATA ELEMENT DATE DATE REMARKS
VALIDATED VERIFIED

(A) (B) (B)

Weapon Control Panel Commands

(P, PG 1-39) 5/16/03 A
Pilot’s Munitions Consent Panel
Commands (P, PG 1-40) 5/16/03 A
Pilot’s Bomb Bay and Missile
Jettison Control Switch (P, PG 1-40) 5/16/03 A
IKB Commands
(P, PG 1-40 –1-40A) 5/16/03 A
MFD Displays
(P, PG 1-40A) 5/16/03 A
SMO MFD Displays
(P, PG 1-40B) 5/16/03 A
Prime Mission Data
(P, PG 1-40B) 5/16/03 A
Control Function (CF) Displays
(S, PG 1-42) 5/16/03 A
Weapon Supervision Menu
(P, PG 1-42) 5/16/03 A
Strike Mode Command
(P, PG 1-42) 5/16/03 A
PART SIM Mode Command
(P, PG 1-42) 5/16/03 A
FULL SIM Mode Command
(P, PG 1-43) 5/16/03 A
SMO Control Function Commands
(F: 1-22, 1/2, PG 1-44) 5/16/03 A
SMO Control Function Commands
(F: 1-22, 2/2, PG 1-44A) 5/16/03 A
Control Function Menu
(F: 1-23, 1/2, PG 1-44B) 5/16/03 A
Control Function Menu
(F: 1-23, 2/2, PG 1-44C) 5/16/03 A
Weapon Supervision Menu
(F: 1-24, 1/2, PG 1-44D) 5/16/03 A
Weapon Supervision Menu
(F: 1-24, 2/2, PG 1-45) 5/16/03 A
CALCM Supervision Menu
(P, PG 1-46) 5/16/03 A
Crypto Key Override Command
(P, PG 1-46) 5/16/03 A
CALCM Supervision Menu
(F: 1-25, 1/2, PG 1-46A) 5/16/03 A

LEGEND:

(A) DATA ELEMENT: (S) = SECTION, (PG) = PAGE, (P) = PARAGRAPH, (F) = FIGURE, (T) = TABLE

(B) VALIDATION OR VERIFICATION METHOD: (P) = PERFORMANCE, (S) = SIMULATION, (A) = ANALYSIS (TABLE-TOP)

V/VS-2
 WARNING

This manual contains unverified procedures. Unverified procedures shall only be performed during verification, in accor-
dance with TOs 00-5-1 and 00-5-3. Performance of unverified procedures may result in injury to personnel or damage to
equipment.

TECHNICAL ORDER VALIDATION/VERIFICATION STATUS PAGE

T.O. NO. BASIC DATE CHANGE NO. – DATE PTO CHANGE NO. – DATE

T.O 1B-52H-34-2-9 1 JUN 99 CHANGE 10 1 JUL 05 AMI

VERIFICATION
VALIDATION
METHOD

METHOD
DATA ELEMENT DATE DATE REMARKS
VALIDATED VERIFIED

(A) (B) (B)

CALCM Supervision Menu

(F: 1-25, 2/2, PG 1-46B) 5/16/03 A
Weapon Erase Command CF-55F
(P, PG 1-46C) 5/16/03 A
CALCM Auto Targeting Mode CF-550
(P, PG 1-46C) 5/16/03 A
Go/No-Go Test CF-551
(P, PG 1-46C) 5/16/03 A
System Interface Test (SIT) CF-552
(P, PG 1-46C) 5/16/03 A
Manual SAIR Command CF-553
(P, PG 1-46C – 1-46D) 5/16/03 A
Classified Data Erase
Command CF-555 (P, PG 1-46D) 5/16/03 A
Manual Target Command CF-556,nn
(P, PG 1-46D) 5/16/03 A
Flex Targeting Selection
Command CF-557,nn (P, PG 1-47) 5/16/03 A
CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display
(F: 1-26, 1/9, PG 1-48) 5/16/03 A
CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display
(F: 1-26, 2/9, PG 1-49) 5/16/03 A
CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display
(F: 1-26, 3/9, PG 1-50) 5/16/03 A
CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display
(F: 1-26, 4/9, PG 1-51) 5/16/03 A
CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display
(F: 1-26, 5/9, PG 1-52) 5/16/03 A
CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display
(F: 1-26, 6/9, PG 1-53) 5/16/03 A
CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display
(F: 1-26, 7/9, PG 1-54) 5/16/03 A
CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display
(F: 1-26, 8/9, PG 1-55) 5/16/03 A
CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display
(F: 1-26, 9/9, PG 1-56) 5/16/03 A
Direct Targeting Input Screen
CF-558,nn (P, PG 1-57) 5/16/03 A
CF-558 Direct Targeting Input Display
(F: 1-27, 1/10, PG 1-58) 5/16/03 A
CF-558 Direct Targeting Input Display
(F: 1-27, 2/10, PG 1-59) 5/16/03 A

LEGEND:

(A) DATA ELEMENT: (S) = SECTION, (PG) = PAGE, (P) = PARAGRAPH, (F) = FIGURE, (T) = TABLE

(B) VALIDATION OR VERIFICATION METHOD: (P) = PERFORMANCE, (S) = SIMULATION, (A) = ANALYSIS (TABLE-TOP)

V/VS-3
 WARNING

This manual contains unverified procedures. Unverified procedures shall only be performed during verification, in accor-
dance with TOs 00-5-1 and 00-5-3. Performance of unverified procedures may result in injury to personnel or damage to
equipment.

TECHNICAL ORDER VALIDATION/VERIFICATION STATUS PAGE

T.O. NO. BASIC DATE CHANGE NO. – DATE PTO CHANGE NO. – DATE

T.O 1B-52H-34-2-9 1 JUN 99 CHANGE 10 1 JUL 05 AMI

VERIFICATION
VALIDATION
METHOD

METHOD
DATA ELEMENT DATE DATE REMARKS
VALIDATED VERIFIED

(A) (B) (B)

CF-558 Direct Targeting Input Display

(F: 1-27, 3/10, PG 1-60) 5/16/03 A
CF-558 Direct Targeting Input Display
(F: 1-27, 4/10, PG 1-61) 5/16/03 A
CF-558 Direct Targeting Input Display
(F: 1-27, 5/10, PG 1-62) 5/16/03 A
CF-558 Direct Targeting Input Display
(F: 1-27, 6/10, PG 1-63) 5/16/03 A
CF-558 Direct Targeting Input Display
(F: 1-27, 7/10, PG 1-64) 5/16/03 A
CF-558 Direct Targeting Input Display
(F: 1-27, 8/10, PG 1-65) 5/16/03 A
CF-558 Direct Targeting Input Display
(F: 1-27, 9/10, PG 1-66) 5/16/03 A
CF-558 Direct Targeting Input Display
(F: 1-27, 10/10, PG 1-66A) 5/16/03 A
Target/Retarget-All Command CF-559
(P, PG 1-66B) 5/16/03 A
SMO Menu (CF-62)
(P, PG 1-66C) 5/16/03 A
Shutdown (CF-67)
(P, PG 1-66D) 5/16/03 A
ECU PWR ORIDE (CF-68)
(P, PG 1-66D) 5/16/03 A
CF-6 FCP Supervision Menu
(F: 1-28, 1/2, PG 1-66E) 5/16/03 A
CF-6 FCP Supervision Menu
(F: 1-28, 2/2, PG 1-66F) 5/16/03 A
CF-62 SMO Load Menu
(F: 1-29, 1/2, PG 1-66G) 5/16/03 A
CF-62 SMO Load Menu
(F: 1-29, 2/2, PG 1-66H) 5/16/03 A
Mission Supervision Menu (CF-8)
(P, PG 1-67) 5/16/03 A
B-52 Mission Data Load Display
(CF-81) (P, PG 1-67) 5/16/03 A
Weapon Group Selection Menu
(P, PG 1-68) 5/16/03 A
CF-8 Mission Supervision Menu
(F: 1-30, 1/2, PG 1-68A) 5/16/03 A
CF-8 Mission Supervision Menu
(F: 1-30, 2/2, PG 1-68B) 5/16/03 A

LEGEND:

(A) DATA ELEMENT: (S) = SECTION, (PG) = PAGE, (P) = PARAGRAPH, (F) = FIGURE, (T) = TABLE

(B) VALIDATION OR VERIFICATION METHOD: (P) = PERFORMANCE, (S) = SIMULATION, (A) = ANALYSIS (TABLE-TOP)

V/VS-4
 WARNING

This manual contains unverified procedures. Unverified procedures shall only be performed during verification, in accor-
dance with TOs 00-5-1 and 00-5-3. Performance of unverified procedures may result in injury to personnel or damage to
equipment.

TECHNICAL ORDER VALIDATION/VERIFICATION STATUS PAGE

T.O. NO. BASIC DATE CHANGE NO. – DATE PTO CHANGE NO. – DATE

T.O 1B-52H-34-2-9 1 JUN 99 CHANGE 10 1 JUL 05 AMI

VERIFICATION
VALIDATION
METHOD

METHOD
DATA ELEMENT DATE DATE REMARKS
VALIDATED VERIFIED

(A) (B) (B)

CF-81 Mission Data Load Display

(F: 1-30A, 1/2, PG 1-68C) 5/16/03 A
CF-81 Mission Data Load Display
(F: 1-30A, 2/2, PG 1-68D) 5/16/03 A
CF-82A, CF-82B, CF-82C Wpn Grp
Selection Screen (F: 1-30B, PG 1-69) 5/16/03 A
Send Targeting Data Command
(P, PG 1-70) 5/16/03 A
CF-DF AGM-86D Fuze Data Input
Disp (F:1-30C, 1/5, PG 1-70A) 5/16/03 A
CF-DF AGM-86D Fuze Data Input
Disp (F:1-30C, 2/5, PG 1-70B) 5/16/03 A
CF-DF AGM-86D Fuze Data Input
Disp (F:1-30C, 3/5, PG 1-71) 5/16/03 A
CF-DF AGM-86D Fuze Data Input
Disp (F:1-30C, 4/5, PG 1-72) 5/16/03 A
CF-DF AGM-86D Fuze Data Input
Disp (F:1-30C, 5/5, PG 1-72A) 5/16/03 A
Format Displays
(S, PG 1-74) 5/16/03 A
Status and Inventory Display
(FRMT-7) (P, PG 1-74) 5/16/03 A
Weapon Group Assignment Data
Display (P, PG 1-75) 5/16/03 A
Stores Inventory Summary Display
(FRMT-77) (P, PG 1-75) 5/16/03 A
Format Commands
(F:1-32, PG 1-75) 5/16/03 A
Format Menu
(F:1-33, 1/2, PG 1-76) 5/16/03 A
Format Menu
(F:1-33, 2/2, PG 1-76A) 5/16/03 A
FRMT-6 PME Status Display
(F:1-34, 1/3, PG 1-76A) 5/16/03 A
FRMT-6 PME Status Display
(F:1-34, 2/3, PG 1-76B) 5/16/03 A
FRMT-6 PME Status Display
(F:1-34, 3/3, PG 1-76C) 5/16/03 A
FRMT-7 and FRMT-7xy Status and
Invent Disp (F:1-35, 1/5, PG 1-76D) 12/1/04 A
FRMT-7 and FRMT-7xy Status and
Invent Disp (F:1-35, 2/5, PG 1-76E) 12/1/04 A

LEGEND:

(A) DATA ELEMENT: (S) = SECTION, (PG) = PAGE, (P) = PARAGRAPH, (F) = FIGURE, (T) = TABLE

(B) VALIDATION OR VERIFICATION METHOD: (P) = PERFORMANCE, (S) = SIMULATION, (A) = ANALYSIS (TABLE-TOP)

V/VS-5
 WARNING

This manual contains unverified procedures. Unverified procedures shall only be performed during verification, in accor-
dance with TOs 00-5-1 and 00-5-3. Performance of unverified procedures may result in injury to personnel or damage to
equipment.

TECHNICAL ORDER VALIDATION/VERIFICATION STATUS PAGE

T.O. NO. BASIC DATE CHANGE NO. – DATE PTO CHANGE NO. – DATE

T.O 1B-52H-34-2-9 1 JUN 99 CHANGE 10 1 JUL 05 AMI

VERIFICATION
VALIDATION
METHOD

METHOD
DATA ELEMENT DATE DATE REMARKS
VALIDATED VERIFIED

(A) (B) (B)

FRMT-7 and FRMT-7xy Status and

Invent Disp (F:1-35, 3/5, PG 1-76F) 2/01/05 A
FRMT-7 and FRMT-7xy Status and
Invent Disp (F:1-35, 4/5, PG 1-76G) 2/01/05 A
FRMT-7 and FRMT-7xy Status and
Invent Disp (F:1-35, 5/5, PG 1-76H) 2/01/05 A
CF-DF or CF-DB Wpn Grp Assign
Data Disp (F:1-35A, 1/3, PG 1-77) 5/16/03 A
CF-DF or CF-DB Wpn Grp Assign
Data Disp (F:1-35A, 2/3, PG 1-78) 5/16/03 A
CF-DF or CF-DB Wpn Grp Assign
Data Disp (F:1-35A, 3/3, PG 1-79) 5/16/03 A
FRMT-77 Stores Inventory Summary
Disp (F:1-35B, 1/2, PG 1-80) 5/16/03 A
FRMT-77 Stores Inventory Summary
Disp (F:1-35B, 2/2, PG 1-81) 5/16/03 A
CALCM Direct Target Program Disp
(P, PG 1-83) 5/16/03 A
Weapon Targeting Commands
(P, PG 1-84) 5/16/03 A
SMO Launch Point Program Display
(F:1-39, 2/3, PG 1-87) 5/16/03 A
SMO Launch Point Program Display
(F:1-41, 1/5, PG 1-93) 5/16/03 A
SMO Launch Point Program Display
(F:1-41, 2/5, PG 1-94) 5/16/03 A
SMO Launch Point Program Display
(F:1-41, 3/5, PG 1-95) 5/16/03 A
SMO Launch Point Program Display
(F:1-41, 4/5, PG 1-96) 5/16/03 A
SMO Launch Point Program Display
(F:1-41, 5/5, PG 1-97) 5/16/03 A
General
(P, PG 2-3) 5/16/03 A
CALCM SMO Loading Checklist
(PG 2-10) 5/16/03 A
Weapon Check Checklist
(PG 2-10 – 2-10B) 5/16/03 A
Missile Power Application Checklist
(PG 2-11 – 2-12) 2/01/05 A
Target/Retarget All Checklist
(PG 2-14A – 2-14B) 5/16/03 A

LEGEND:

(A) DATA ELEMENT: (S) = SECTION, (PG) = PAGE, (P) = PARAGRAPH, (F) = FIGURE, (T) = TABLE

(B) VALIDATION OR VERIFICATION METHOD: (P) = PERFORMANCE, (S) = SIMULATION, (A) = ANALYSIS (TABLE-TOP)

V/VS-6
 WARNING

This manual contains unverified procedures. Unverified procedures shall only be performed during verification, in accor-
dance with TOs 00-5-1 and 00-5-3. Performance of unverified procedures may result in injury to personnel or damage to
equipment.

TECHNICAL ORDER VALIDATION/VERIFICATION STATUS PAGE

T.O. NO. BASIC DATE CHANGE NO. – DATE PTO CHANGE NO. – DATE

T.O 1B-52H-34-2-9 1 JUN 99 CHANGE 10 1 JUL 05 AMI

VERIFICATION
VALIDATION
METHOD

METHOD
DATA ELEMENT DATE DATE REMARKS
VALIDATED VERIFIED

(A) (B) (B)

Mission Substitution Checklist

(PG 2-15) 5/16/03 A
Manual Retargeting Checklist
(PG 2-16) 5/16/03 A
Missile Jettison Procedures
(RN/N Reads) (PG 3-2) 5/16/03 A
Missile Jettison Procedures
(RN/N Reads) (Cont) (PG 3-3) 2/01/05 A
Telemetry Power Transfer Command
CF-55C (P, PG 4-2) 2/01/05 A
Launch
(P, PG 4-3) 5/16/03 A
SMO Capabilities
(P, PG 7-3) 5/16/03 A
Strike Capabilities
(P, PG 7-3) 5/16/03 A
MIU Power Application
(P, PG 7-4) 5/16/03 A
Mission Data
(P, PG 7-9) 5/16/03 A
Preplanned Mission
(P, PG 7-9) 5/16/03 A
Automatic Targeting Process
(P, PG 7-10) 5/16/03 A
Manual Targeting Process
(P, PG 7-11) 5/16/03 A
Weapon Targeting Commands
(P, PG 7-12) 5/16/03 A
Manual Target Command
(P, PG 7-14) 5/16/03 A
Target/Retarget All Command
(P, PG 7-14) 5/16/03 A
Target Location
(P, PG 7-16) 5/16/03 A
Impact Angle
(P, PG 7-17) 5/16/03 A
Flex Target Mission Data Entry
(P, PG 7-18 – 7-20) 2/01/05 A
Direct Target Data Entry
(P, PG 7-20 – 7-22) 2/01/05 A
In-Range Determination
(P, PG 7-25) 5/16/03 A

LEGEND:

(A) DATA ELEMENT: (S) = SECTION, (PG) = PAGE, (P) = PARAGRAPH, (F) = FIGURE, (T) = TABLE

(B) VALIDATION OR VERIFICATION METHOD: (P) = PERFORMANCE, (S) = SIMULATION, (A) = ANALYSIS (TABLE-TOP)

V/VS-7
 WARNING

This manual contains unverified procedures. Unverified procedures shall only be performed during verification, in accor-
dance with TOs 00-5-1 and 00-5-3. Performance of unverified procedures may result in injury to personnel or damage to
equipment.

TECHNICAL ORDER VALIDATION/VERIFICATION STATUS PAGE

T.O. NO. BASIC DATE CHANGE NO. – DATE PTO CHANGE NO. – DATE

T.O 1B-52H-34-2-9 1 JUN 99 CHANGE 10 1 JUL 05 AMI

VERIFICATION
VALIDATION
METHOD

METHOD
DATA ELEMENT DATE DATE REMARKS
VALIDATED VERIFIED

(A) (B) (B)

Manual SAIR
(P, PG 7-25 ) 5/16/03 A
Direct SAIR
(P, PG 7-27) 5/16/03 A
Automatic Retargeting
(P, PG 7-31) 5/16/03 A
Launch Determination
(P, PG 7-33) 5/16/03 A
Auto Launch Determination
(P, PG 7-33 – 7-34) 5/16/03 A
Man Launch Determination
(P, PG 7-34) 5/16/03 A
Manual Jettison
(P, PG 7-36) 5/16/03 A
Simulated Weapons
(P, PG 7-38) 5/16/03 A
Termination Of SIM Mode
(P, PG 7-39) 5/16/03 A
SIT/MIT and CF-552
(P, PG 7-39) 5/16/03 A
Missile/Station Master Faults
(F: 7-9, 1/10, PG 7-42) 2/01/05 A
Missile/Station Master Faults
(F: 7-9, 2/10, PG 7-43) 2/01/05 A
Missile/Station Master Faults
(F: 7-9, 3/10, PG 7-44) 2/01/05 A
Missile/Station Master Faults
(F: 7-9, 4/10, PG 7-45) 2/01/05 A
Missile/Station Master Faults
(F: 7-9, 5/10, PG 7-46) 2/01/05 A
Missile/Station Master Faults
(F: 7-9, 6/10, PG 7-47) 2/01/05 A
Missile/Station Master Faults
(F: 7-9, 7/10, PG 7-48) 2/01/05 A
Missile/Station Master Faults
(F: 7-9, 8/10, PG 7-49) 2/01/05 A
Missile/Station Master Faults
(F: 7-9, 9/10, PG 7-50) 2/01/05 A
Missile/Station Master Faults
(F: 7-9, 10/10, PG 7-51) 2/01/05 A
OAS/MIU Master Faults
(F: 7-10, 1/8, PG 7-52) 2/01/05 A

LEGEND:

(A) DATA ELEMENT: (S) = SECTION, (PG) = PAGE, (P) = PARAGRAPH, (F) = FIGURE, (T) = TABLE

(B) VALIDATION OR VERIFICATION METHOD: (P) = PERFORMANCE, (S) = SIMULATION, (A) = ANALYSIS (TABLE-TOP)

V/VS-8
 WARNING

This manual contains unverified procedures. Unverified procedures shall only be performed during verification, in accor-
dance with TOs 00-5-1 and 00-5-3. Performance of unverified procedures may result in injury to personnel or damage to
equipment.

TECHNICAL ORDER VALIDATION/VERIFICATION STATUS PAGE

T.O. NO. BASIC DATE CHANGE NO. – DATE PTO CHANGE NO. – DATE

T.O 1B-52H-34-2-9 1 JUN 99 CHANGE 10 1 JUL 05 AMI

VERIFICATION
VALIDATION
METHOD

METHOD
DATA ELEMENT DATE DATE REMARKS
VALIDATED VERIFIED

(A) (B) (B)

OAS/MIU Master Faults

(F: 7-10, 2/8, PG 7-53) 2/01/05 A
OAS/MIU Master Faults
(F: 7-10, 3/8, PG 7-54) 2/01/05 A
OAS/MIU Master Faults
(F: 7-10, 4/8, PG 7-55) 2/01/05 A
OAS/MIU Master Faults
(F: 7-10, 5/8, PG 7-56) 2/01/05 A
OAS/MIU Master Faults
(F: 7-10, 6/8, PG 7-57) 2/01/05 A
OAS/MIU Master Faults
(F: 7-10, 7/8, PG 7-58) 2/01/05 A
OAS/MIU Master Faults
(F: 7-10, 8/8, PG 7-59) 2/01/05 A
CALCM Advisories
(F: 7-11, 1/5, PG 7-60) 2/01/05 A
CALCM Advisories
(F: 7-11, 2/5, PG 7-61) 2/01/05 A
CALCM Advisories
(F: 7-11, 3/5, PG 7-62) 2/01/05 A
CALCM Advisories
(F: 7-11, 4/5, PG 7-63) 2/01/05 A
CALCM Advisories
(F: 7-11, 5/5, PG 7-64) 2/01/05 A
CF-557, CF-558, and FRMT-7
Wpn Faults (F: 7-12, 1/2, PG 7-65) 5/16/03 A
CF-557, CF-558, and FRMT-7
Wpn Faults (F: 7-12, 2/2, PG 7-66) 5/16/03 A
Glossary
(S, PG Glossary 1 – Glossary3) 5/16/03 A

LEGEND:

(A) DATA ELEMENT: (S) = SECTION, (PG) = PAGE, (P) = PARAGRAPH, (F) = FIGURE, (T) = TABLE

(B) VALIDATION OR VERIFICATION METHOD: (P) = PERFORMANCE, (S) = SIMULATION, (A) = ANALYSIS (TABLE-TOP)

V/VS-9/(V/VS-10 blank)
BLA
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

STATUS OF SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL SUPPLEMENTS

This supplement status page is based on information available to the manual editor as of the date of
this publication. The information may not be current as it must be updated by any subsequent supple-
ment status pages and by reference to T.O. 0-1-CD-1.

SUPPLEMENTS IN THIS CHANGE

Number Date Short Title Section Affected

SS-3 (I) 15 Mar 2004 Effects of Buffers on CALCM C/D II

Weapon Navigation Solution

OUTSTANDING SUPPLEMENTS

Number Date Short Title Section Affected

Change 9 Flyleaf-1/(Flyleaf-2 blank)

BLA
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

table of contents page

SECTION I DESCRIPTION 1-1

SECTION II NORMAL AIRCREW PROCEDURES 2-1

SECTION III EMERGENCY AIRCREW PROCEDURES 3-1

SECTION IV SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 4-1

SECTION V OPERATING LIMITATIONS 5-1

SECTION VI MISSION PLANNING 6-1

SECTION VII SYSTEMS OPERATION 7-1

GLOSSARY GLOSSARY-1

ALPHABETICAL INDEX INDEX-1

i
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

INTRODUCTION

SCOPE. This manual and classified T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9-1 provide the system, procedural, and
missile performance information required to operate AGM-86C Conventional ALCM
(CALCM) with the CALCM Stores Management Overlay (SMO), or the AGM-86C Conven-
tional ALCM (CALCM) and the AGM-86D CALCM Penetrator with the CALCM Penetrator
Stores Management Overlay (SMO) This T.O. includes data for delivery of an AGM-86C/D
air-to-surface missile under all normal and the majority of abnormal conditions.

NOTE

This manual will be carried aboard the aircraft when AGM-86 C/D
CALCM are loaded or when AGM-86 C/D CALCM training is per-
formed. In addition, T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9-1 will be carried when
AGM-86 C/D CALCM are loaded.

CONTENT. This manual contains descriptions and procedures relating to AGM-86C/D missiles
and the B-52H carrier aircraft. Aircraft fuel system management with the missiles installed
is given in the aircraft basic flight manuals. Aircraft performance with the pylons and mis-
siles installed is given in the basic flight manual appendices.

CHECKLISTS. Abbreviated checklists for procedures in this manual are contained in the
CALCM flightcrew checklist. This checklist is identified by a TO number identical to that of
this manual except for the addition of the letters CL (checklist) and a suffix number 1.

ARRANGEMENT. This manual is divided into seven sections.

Section I, DESCRIPTION – Locates, identifies, and functionally describes the missile and
aircraft components of concern to the aircrew in the delivery of an AGM-86C/D missile.

Section II, NORMAL AIRCREW PROCEDURES – Contains partially illustrated amplified

checklists for performance of normal aircrew missile delivery and ferry procedures from pre-
flight through after landing, procedures applicable in the event a mission is aborted, and pro-
cedures for declassifying mission data in the system. Procedures, techniques, and program-
ming practice can be accomplished on any aircraft with OAS/AGM-86C/D equipment in-
stalled.

Section III, EMERGENCY AIRCREW PROCEDURES – Contains missile and pylon jettison
procedures. No attempt is made to regulate or define conditions under which a mission may
be aborted.

Section IV, SUPPLEMENTARY DATA – Contains information on operational test launch and
joint test launch systems and associated procedures.

Section V, OPERATING LIMITATIONS – Contains important missile and weapon system

limitations that must be taken into account during planning and accomplishment of a mis-
sion.

Section VI, MISSION PLANNING – Contains information on transportation of dangerous

material, inflight emergency notification, and inflight mission data changes that can be ac-
complished by the flightcrew.

Section VII, SYSTEMS OPERATION – Contains additional material regarding the operation
of the aircraft OAS/AGM-86C/D missile systems. Theory of guidance system operation, guid-
ance performance, and malfunction analysis are included.

ii Change 4
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

PRECEDENCE. Compliance with procedures herein is mandatory. In all instances, only those
operations which are within the scope of the current applicable safety rules may be per-
formed.

SAFETY POLICIES. The procedures in this manual reflect the latest applicable rules and poli-
cies. Aircrew compliance with these procedures and policies is mandatory.

Mission planning shall provide maximum protection to friendly and neutral areas consistent
with operational requirements. Selection of launch point and type of maneuver shall be
guided by the possible effect upon friendly or neutral areas of a missile guidance or control
system failure. Since launch point and type of maneuver are sufficiently flexible to allow for
inflight decisions, aircrews shall be briefed concerning the potential disaster hazard to
friendly or neutral areas.

REFERENCES. The following publications, available to using commands, should be used to

gain more comprehensive information on subjects referred to in this technical order:

1B-52H-1 Flight Manual

1B-52H-1-1 Flight Manual – Appendix 1, Performance Data
1B-52H-1-12 Radar Navigator’s/Navigator’s Manual
1B-52H-1-13 Electronic Warfare Officer’s Manual
1B-52H-2-31GA-1 General Aircraft/Bomb Release System B-52H
1B-52H-33-2-2 Nonnuclear Munitions Loading Procedures
1B-52H-34-2-1 Aircrew Weapon Delivery Manual (Nonnuclear) B-52
1B-52H-34-2-5 Aircrew Weapon Delivery Manual (Nonnuclear) B-52/WCMD
1B-52H-34-2-6 Aircrew Weapon Delivery Manual (Nonnuclear) B-52/JDAM
1B-52H-34-2-7 Aircrew Weapon Delivery Manual (Nonnuclear) B-52/JSOW
1B-52H-34-2-8 Aircrew Weapon Delivery Manual (Nonnuclear) B-52/JASSM
1B-52H-34-2-9-1 Aircrew Weapon Delivery Manual (Nonnuclear) B-52/AGM-86C/D
Classified Supplement
1B-52H-5 Basic Weight Checklist and Loading Data B-52H
1-1M-34 Aircrew Weapons Delivery Manual (Nonnuclear) Standard Volume
JMEM Joint Munition Employment Manual

SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL SUPPLEMENTS. Information involving flightcrew safety and di-
rectly pertaining to the information contained herein will be promptly forwarded to you by
Safety Supplements issued against this manual. Safety Supplements covering loss of life will
get to you in 48 hours by a message (called Interim Safety Supplements) and those concern-
ing serious damage to equipment within 15 days by mail (in a formal printed form). Opera-
tional information not involving safety but of an urgent nature will be forwarded to you by
Operational Supplements issued against this manual. These will be forwarded by a message
(interim) or by mail (formal), depending on the urgency of the information. Interim supple-
ments are normally replaced by formal printed supplements at an early date. Formal printed
supplements are identified by red letters ‘‘SS’’ for safety supplements and black letters ‘‘OS’’
for operational supplements printed around the borders of the pages. The currency of safety
and operational supplements affecting your manual can be determined by referring to the
Index of Bomber Aircraft Safety Supplements (T.O. 0-1-CD-1). The title block of each supple-
ment and the title page of this manual should also be checked to determine the effect they
may have on existing supplements. You must remain constantly aware of the status of all
supplements – current supplements must be complied with, but there is no point in restrict-
ing your operation by complying with a replaced or rescinded supplement. As a further aid, a
supplement summary is included in this manual, following the A pages, for both safety and
operational supplements; however, this summary can only be as current as this manual.
Safety and operational supplements will be filed in accordance with Section VI of the Air
Force Technical Order System, T.O. 00-5-1.

Change 10 iii
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and NOTES. The following definitions apply to “Warnings,”

“Cautions,” and “Notes” found throughout the manual.

Operating procedures, techniques, etc which could result in personal

injury or loss of life if not carefully followed.

Operating procedures, techniques, etc which could result in dam-

age to equipment if not carefully followed.

NOTE An operating procedure, technique,etc which is considered essential to

emphasize.

SHALL, WILL, SHOULD, and MAY. The following definitions apply to the words:

SHALL or WILL The instructions or procedures prefaced by ‘‘shall’’ or ‘‘will’’ are mandatory.

SHOULD Normally used to indicate a preferred but nonmandatory method of

accomplishment.

MAY An acceptable or suggested means of accomplishment.

CHANGE SYMBOLS. Changes to existing material and addition of new material are indicated
by one of three types of symbols determined by the nature of the material affected. Text ma-
terial utilizes a vertical line in the margin adjacent to the affected area. New illustrations
(figures) utilize a vertical line in the outer margin of the page. Photographs and line draw-
ings use a miniature pointing hand to highlight the affected area. Diagrams and schematics
utilize a grey tone (screening) to highlight the affected area. Change symbols are not used for
blank space resulting from deletions, indexes, and tabular data where changes cannot be
identified, relocation of material, or correction of minor inaccuracies unless such correction
changes the meaning.

RESPONSIBLE AGENCY. Every effort is made to keep this manual current. Review conferences
with operating personnel and a constant review of reports assure inclusion of the latest data
in this manual. Comments, corrections, and questions regarding this manual should be sub-
mitted on AF Form 847 to your local standardization/evaluation unit and routed as directed
by AFI 11-215 to the Flight Manual Manager, 327 BMSG/EN, Tinker AFB, Oklahoma
73145-3021.

AIRCRAFT GROUP CODING. Certain modifications which have been completed do not include
all serialized aircraft in the models affected. Information pertaining to these aircraft is iden-
tified by aircraft group coding symbols such as CS . Specific aircraft serialization within
these groups is identified in the appropriate flight manual under a like coding in the ‘‘Air-
craft Coding’’ pages.

iv Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

RETROFIT CODING. The following code symbols along with the words ‘‘Less’’ and ‘‘Plus’’ are
used to distinguish information related to aircraft that have the described retrofit change in-
corporated from that which is applicable to aircraft not yet retrofitted. This list contains only
TCTO’s currently active. Those known to be completed are not included.

SYMBOL T.O. NO. TITLE

⎧1B-52H-753 Installation of Global Positioning System (GPS) on B-52H

Aircraft (ECP 0109)
CS ⎨
⎩1B-52H-756 Installation of Integrated Conventional Stores Management System (ICSMS)
on B-52H Aircraft (ECP 0109)

[AMI] 1B-52H-830 Replacement of Ballistics Computer Set AN/AYQ-10 and Inertial Navigation
System AN/ASN-136 on B-52H Aircraft.

Change 10 v/(vi blank)

BLA
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Description section I

table of contents page

PART 1 - B-52/CALCM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1-3

B-52/AGM-86 CONVENTIONAL AIR LAUNCHED CRUISE MISSILE

(CALCM) WEAPON SYSTEM 1-3

B-52 CARRIER AIRCRAFT 1-3

AGM-86 MISSILE 1-3

AIRCRAFT COMMON STRATEGIC ROTARY LAUNCHER SYSTEM 1-7

PYLONS 1-7

AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1-12

AIRCRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS/MCS) 1-12

PART 2 - B-52 AVIONICS SYSTEM 1-17

OFFENSIVE AVIONICS SYSTEM (OAS) 1-17

OFFENSIVE AVIONICS SYSTEM (OAS) INTERFACE 1-17

OAS/MISSILE SYSTEM RELATED CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS 1-17

MISSILE JETTISON 1-30

PART 3 - CALCM OAS SOFTWARE AND DISPLAYS 1-37

STORES MANAGEMENT OVERLAY (SMO) 1-37

SMO MFD DISPLAYS 1-40B

RELEASE ADVISORY DISPLAYS 1-40B

PRIME MISSION DATA DISPLAYS 1-40B

CONTROL FUNCTION (CF) DISPLAYS 1-42

FORMAT (FRMT) DISPLAYS 1-74

SMO PROGRAM (PRGM) DISPLAY 1-83

Change 10 1-1/(1-2 blank)

BLA

PART 1 - B-52/CALCM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
B-52/AGM-86 CONVENTIONAL AIR
LAUNCHED CRUISE MISSILE
(CALCM) WEAPON SYSTEM
The B-52/CALCM weapon system consists of a
B-52H carrier aircraft, two underwing six-station
missile pylons, an eight-station common strategic
rotary launcher (CSRL) and up to 20 AGM-86
CALCM. The full missile load may be carried for
automatic or manual launch against prepro-
grammed targets.
B-52 CARRIER AIRCRAFT
The offensive avionics system (OAS) controls pro-
gramming, prearming, and launching of missiles.
The OAS also provides signal processing, storage
avionics, control and display panels, missile super-
vision, regulated dc power conversion, and monitors
environmental control equipment in the aircraft.
The OAS interfaces with the carrier electrical
sources, release circuit disconnect for pylon jettison,
bomb tone scoring, and panel lighting. Primary
missile control and monitor is provided through the
weapon control panel (WCP) and the multifunction-
al displays (MFD).
CALCM power control, monitoring, and launch con-
trol is provided via a Missile Interface Unit (MIU)
Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) and the SMO in con-
junction with existing Less [AMI] ICSMS, OAS
and Global Positioning System (GPS) hardware and
the Flight Management System (FMS) software;
[AMI] AMI, OAS and GPS hardware, and FMS and
Common Stores Processing (CSP) software.
Less [AMI] The CALCM SMO executes in the B-52H
Avionics Control Units (ACU) and is loaded into non-
volatile memory in the ACUs from an external load
tape called the Operational Computer Program
(OCP) Data Transfer Unit Cartridge (DTUC). The
CALCM SMO, in conjunction with the FMS, provides
the necessary CALCM weapon delivery functions for
the ACU to control, monitor and release CALCM mis-
siles utilizing existing OAS/ICSMS/GPS equipment.
The SMO will only be able to operate on weapons at
locations where the FMS has assigned the SMO. Even
though the CALCM uses GPS for navigation, there is
no GPS navigation data supplied from the aircraft
GPS to the CALCM.
[AMI] The CALCM SMO executes in the B-52H
Avionics Control Units (ACU) and is loaded into non-
volatile memory in the ACUs from an external load
cartridge called the Operational Computer Program
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
(OCP) Data Transfer Cartridge (DTC). The CALCM
SMO, in conjunction with the FMS, provides the nec-
essary CALCM weapon delivery functions for the
ACU to control, monitor and release CALCM missiles
utilizing existing OAS/AMI/GPS equipment. The
SMO will only be able to operate on weapons at loca-
tions where the FMS has assigned the SMO. When se-
lected as the secondary SMO, the SMO will be limited
to functions that can be performed without interfer-
ing with the operation of the primary SMO. Even
though the CALCM uses GPS for navigation, there is
no GPS navigation data supplied from the aircraft
GPS to the CALCM.
The pilot’s missile controls include an ejector rack
lock-unlock consent switch, a prearm-off switch, an
overhead panel jettison control switch, a pylon jetti-
son consent switch, and a pylon jettison control
switch.
AGM-86 MISSILE (CALCM)
The AGM-86 (figure 1-1) is a subsonic, turbofan-en-
gine powered, winged missile. The missile is de-
signed to deliver a conventional warhead in an air-
to-ground mission with a very high degree of accu-
racy at long range. During captive flight, the mis-
sile’s flight surfaces (wings, fin, elevons), and en-
gine inlet are carried in a stowed position. After
launch the missile’s flight surfaces are deployed
and the engine provides thrust within a few sec-
onds. Computer controlled navigation, using a glob-
al positioning system (GPS), directs the missile to
its target.
AGM-86C MISSILE (CALCM C)
There are two versions of the AGM-86C, the Block
0A and Block 1A missile. The Block 0A missile has
a 2000 pound class warhead. The Block 1A missile
has a 3000 pound class warhead.
The AGM-86C missiles have the GRIU/P GPS re-
ceiver and computer co-processor supplementing
the missile computer in the INE. Additionally, the
AGM-86C missiles have a GPS anti-jam system.
AGM-86D MISSILE (CALCM D)
The AGM-86D missile has a 1000 pound class pene-
trator warhead. The AGM-86D also has the GRIU/P
GPS receiver and computer co-processor that sup-
plements the computer in the INE. Additionally, the
missiles are outfitted with a GPS Anti-jam system.
Change 10 1-3
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
MISSILE DIMENSIONS AND GROSS WEIGHT
Length: 20 feet 9 inches Span:
Wings Folded 2 feet 3 inches
Wings Extended 12 feet 0 inches
Approximate Gross Weight:
3267 pounds (AGM-86C)
3280 Pounds (AGM-86D)
MISSILE SOFTWARE CLASSIFICATION
The CALCM missile software (OFS) is secret, and
as a result anytime the missile has OFS loaded it is
classified as secret.
There are three methods for the operator to power
off the missile. All three methods overwrite the
GPS crypto keys. The OFS erasure and resulting
missile classification is discussed in the following
paragraphs:
1) Weapon Control Panel Power Off Command -
When missile power off is commanded by the WCP
or CF-E commands, OAS will initiate erasure of the
mission data by overwriting all mission data 1000
times. Since power will be removed after approxi-
mately 12 seconds, OAS will not complete the over-
writing procedure, but the mission data will be un-
usable. The missile OFS is not affected by this pro-
cedure and the missile will remain SECRET.
2) Classified Data Erase Command CF-555 - When
commanded OAS will initiate erasure of the mis-
sion data by overwriting all mission data 1000
1-4 Change 7
times. After 180 seconds (3 minutes) erasure is
complete and missile power will be removed. The
missile OFS is not affected by this procedure and
the missile will remain SECRET.
3) Weapon Erase Command CF-55F - When com-
manded OAS will initiate erasure of the mission
data by overwriting all mission data 1000 times fol-
lowed by erasure of the missile OFS. After 240 sec-
onds (4 minutes) erasure will be complete and mis-
sile power will be removed. The missile OFS is
erased and the missile is UNCLASSIFIED.
NOTE
CF-55F will erase all data from the missile,
including the missile Operational Flight
Software (OFS). The missile must be re-
moved from the aircraft in order for the
software to be reloaded. CF-55F will erase
missile data from any selected powered mis-
sile, including when the aircraft is on the
ground.
MISSILE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Missile power is furnished from the aircraft prior to
and during the early part of the launch countdown.
Missile battery power is initiated during launch
countdown by squib activation and paralleled with
carrier aircraft electronic power for approximately 2
seconds following battery activate command. All
missile power is provided by the missile engine-
driven generator after launch.
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

1 FIN
2 ELEVON
3 TEMPERATURE PROBE COV-
ER *
4 WARHEAD ARMING DEVICE
SAFEING PIN
5 WING
5A HARD TARGET SMART FUZE
(HTSF) ACCESS PANEL
(AGM-86D)
6 ENGINE EXHAUST NOZZLE
COVER
7 FUZE WELL (BLOCK 1A)
8 FUZE WELL (BLOCK 0A)
9 PAYLOAD BAY COVER
10 PITOT-STATIC PROBE
COVER*
*MUST BE REMOVED BY AIR-
CREW

Figure 1-1. Missile General Arrangement

Change 7 1-5
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
MISSILE GUIDANCE AND CONTROL SYSTEM
The navigation/guidance system consists of the in-
ertial navigation element (INE), radar altimeter
element (RAE), flight control element (FCE), the air
data element (ADE), the global positioning system
(GPS) element, and in AGM-86C and AGM-86D
missiles a computer co-processor (GRIU/P). The
INE and GRIU/P co-processor provides a central-
ized processing and control function for missile
flight and weapon operation. The INE receives data
from the OAS before launch and inputs from the
RAE, FCE, ADE, and GPS after launch.
NOTE
Selection of alternate as the prime naviga-
tion mode with one or both INSs operation-
al will result in some data being transferred
from the alternate nav model to the missiles
which may cause a degraded launch.
Inertial Navigation
The inertial navigation element (INE), working in
tandem with the GRIU/P co-processor in AGM-86C
and AGM-86D missiles, provides control of all mis-
sile functions including navigation, guidance, auto-
pilot, event sequencing, and warhead arming and
fuzing. The INE consists of an inertial reference
unit (IRU), air vehicle digital computer unit
(ADCU), and a power conditioning unit (PCU). The
INE is cooled by the aircraft environmental system
during captive flight and the missile environmental
system after launch. The IRU is an inertially stabi-
lized platform that provides the ADCU with missile
attitude reference and acceleration data for naviga-
tion computations. The ADCU within the INE and
co-processor in AGM-86C and AGM-86D missiles,
performs computations required for missile control,
navigation, and operation.
Global Positioning System (GPS)
A GPS receiver is installed in the missile to aid the
INE in navigation. The GPS receiver is turned on
at missile power application and begins its search
for the GPS satellites after launch. The GPS is not
1-6 Change 7
able to track the satellites until after launch due to
wing shielding of the GPS antenna prior to launch.
The GPS provides position and velocity inputs to
the INE after the GPS begins tracking the satel-
lites. The status of the GPS receiver cannot be mon-
itored by the operator.
The AGM-86C and AGM-86D missiles have an anti-
jam which significantly improves the missile resist-
ance to GPS jamming.
Radar Altimeter
The missile uses a cruise missile radar altimeter
(CMRA) for terrain following.
Air Data
The air data element (ADE) measures pitot pres-
sure and static pressure, and provides this informa-
tion to the INE.
MISSILE FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
The flight control system consists of flight control
system electronics, the rate and acceleration sen-
sors, and two elevon servos to maintain controlled
flight.
MISSILE ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM
The missile environmental control system main-
tains temperatures within the missile and compo-
nents. Prior to launch, cooling is provided for the
inertial navigation element electronics by condi-
tioned air from the aircraft.
MISSILE PROPULSION AND FUEL SYSTEM
An F107 WR 100 twin spool, turbofan engine is the
propulsion source for the missile. Engine start is
accomplished after launch by a start cartridge.
The missile fuel system is a sealed tank system us-
ing JP-10 as the missile fuel. Low pressure bleed
air is provided by the engine for the missile envi-
ronmental control system and fuel tank pressuriza-
tion.

MISSILE ARMING SYSTEM
Warhead Arming Device (AGM-86C Missiles)
The Warhead Arm/Disarm Device (sheet 2, figure
1-2) provides the control for the Warhead Interface
Unit (WIU). A safeing pin (with streamer) is in-
stalled in the Warhead Arm/Disarm Device during
ground operation (see figure 1-1). Since external ac-
cess to the safeing pin is provided, there is no need
to remove panels or doors. An external window al-
lows a visual check on the status of the Warhead
Arm/Disarm Device. Either an S for safe or an A for
armed will be seen in the window. If the Warhead
Arm/Disarm Device becomes armed during captive
carry an ordnance alarm (xy ORD ALARM) will be
displayed as a Missile Master Fault. On the occur-
rence of an ordnance alarm the OAS will send a
safeing command to the Warhead Arm/Disarm De-
vice and immediately power down the missile. Since
Warhead Prearm is not an operational function of
the CALCM, execution of the OAS prearm function
results in the setting of an OAS software switch to
satisfy the OAS launch requirements. Although the
OAS provides for monitor and control of the safe
circuits through the Warhead Arm/Disarm Device,
the aircrew can not enable the Warhead Arm/Dis-
arm Device; the missile computer performs this
function after launch. Sheet 2, figure 1-2 illustrates
the CALCM Fuzing Subsystem. At launch when the
separation switch closes, pulse load power is ap-
plied to the missile computer. Closure of the separa-
tion switch also completes the main bus circuit
which provides main bus power from the generator
to the Warhead Arm/Disarm Device after engine
start. At the selected GPS Waypoint, the missile
computer will issue an Arm Enable Command
which enables the Warhead Arm/Disarm Device. If
the selected GPS Waypoint is Waypoint 0, the mis-
sile computer will delay 10 minutes before setting
the Arm Enable Command. The Arm 1 command is
issued 1 second after the Arm Enable Command.
After the Arm 1 command is issued, a time delay
within the WIU prevents the application of fuze
power and the enabling of the Inertial/impact fuz-
ing circuit for 35 seconds. The arm 1 command ap-
plies power to the WIU and within 5 seconds (power
up time for the WIU) fuze power and turbine re-
lease are applied to each fuze. Each fuze is manual-
ly set to a 20 second arming delay time. The fuzing
system is armed and ready to trigger within 25 sec-
onds of the arm 1 command.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
Warhead Arming Device (AGM-86D Missiles)
The Warhead Arm/Disarm Device (WAD) (sheet 3,
figure 1-2) provides control and monitor interface
for the Fuze Interface Unit (FIU). A safeing pin
(with streamer) is installed in the WAD during
ground operation (see figure 1-1). Since external ac-
cess to the safeing pin is provided, there is no need
to remove panels or doors. An external window al-
lows a visual check on the status of the WAD. Ei-
ther an S for safe or an A for armed will be seen in
the window. If the WAD becomes armed during cap-
tive carry an ordnance alarm (xy ORD ALARM)
will be displayed as a Missile Master Fault. On the
occurrence of an ordnance alarm the OAS will send
a safeing command to the WAD and the FIU and
immediately power down the missile. Since War-
head Prearm is not an operational function of the
AGM-86D, execution of the OAS prearm function
results in the setting of an OAS software switch to
satisfy the OAS launch requirements. Although the
OAS provides for monitor and control of the safe
circuits through the WAD, the aircrew can not en-
able the WAD; the missile computer performs this
function after launch. Sheet 2 figure 1-2 illustrates
the AGM-86D Fuzing System. At launch when the
separation switch closes, pulse load power is ap-
plied to the missile computer. Closure of the separa-
tion switch also completes the main bus circuit that
provides main load bus (MLB) from the generator
to the Warhead Arm/Disarm Device after engine
start. At the selected GPS way point, the inertial
navigation element (INE) will issue the Arm En-
able Command that applies 28VDC Main Bus Pow-
er to the Warhead Arm/Disarm Device and acti-
vates the internal motor driven rotary switch. Once
the motor driven rotary switch is in the armed posi-
tion it enables several electrical output pathways.
The current monitor output voltage from the mis-
sile generator is routed through a set of contacts in
the WAD that are interrupted by relay contacts in
the motor driven rotary switch controlled by the
Arm Enable signal. At the first arming waypoint
the Arm enable signal is issued by the INE. This
action activates the motor driven rotary switch and
allows the current monitor missile generator volt-
age to be applied to the input of the FIU. The FIU
will use the frequency content of this signal to de-
velop appropriate arming power for the
FMU-159A/B Hard Target Smart Fuze (HTSF).
Change 11 1-6A
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
Application of the Arm 2 signal by the INE enables
a set of WAD relay contacts that allow MLB power
to be applied to the A3 ARM 2 and B3 ARM 2 out-
puts of the WAD. The ARM 2 outputs from the
WAD are used to provide 28VDC power to the fuze
interface unit (FIU) and the hard target smart
fuze’s serial data controller circuitry.
NOTE
The HTSF does not use 28VDC as arming
power. The HTSF requires a very specific
sequence of events, not directly related to
the 28VDC power, to occur in order to arm.
Two serial interface standards are utilized for com-
munications between the GRIU/P and the FIU and
HTSF. The GRIU/P to FIU connection utilizes the
EIA-485 serial interface standard (one differential
pair).
The GRIU/P to HTSF connection utilizes the
EIA-422 serial interface standard (two differential
pairs). The WAD provides continuous, pass-through
electrical connection between the GRIU/P to FIU
and HTSF for these signal lines.
Impact Fuze (AGM-86C Missiles)
An impact fuze provides both an alternate as well
as backup fuzing to the missile computer inertial
fuzing. The impact fuze is located in the nose of the
missile and consists of three sensors connected to
the Warhead Arm/Disarm Device. The fuzing signal
occurs when the missile contacts the ground. On
impact a fuze signal is generated in the Warhead
Arm/Disarm Device and input to the WIU which
provides the Trigger signals to two warhead fuzes.
The AGM-86C uses two FMU-139A/B fuzes.
1-6B Change 11
Impact Fuze (AGM-86D Missiles)
The impact fuze is located in the nose of the missile
and consists of three sensors connected to a signal
conditioning circuit located inside the Warhead
Arm/Disarm (WAD) Device. For AGM-86D missile
configuration the impact fuze is not connected to
nor utilized by the hard target smart fuze in opera-
tion. However, the impact fuze is left in circuit to
provide a needed load to the signal processing cir-
cuitry in the WAD.
ARMING SEQUENCE, AGM-86D
The first arming waypoint is selected to be no closer
that 2 minutes from target impact. At this point the
INE issues the Arm Enable signal. This signal en-
ables Main Load Bus (MLB) power to the WAD and
activates the motor driven rotary switch internal to
the WAD. With the motor driven rotary switch en-
gaged, the missile generator’s current monitor out-
put voltage isapplied to the input of the FIU via the
WAD.
The Arm 2 signal is issued by the INE to the WAD.
The Arm 2 signal activates a set of relay contacts in
the WAD. Once activated 28VDC MLB power is ap-
plied to the FIU and HTSF (FMU-159A/B).
The GRIU/P will pass the 24-bit arming word over
the EIA-485 serial data lines through the WAD and
in to the FIU. The FIU reformats the 24-bit word
and passes it to the HTSF.
At this point the fuze has completed the commit to
arm sequence and is ready for arming power to be
applied from the FIU. At a point approximately 1
minute from the target, the GRIU/P will send a fi-
nal arm command to the FIU that will then output
arming power to the HTSF. Within approximately
10 to 20 seconds the HTSF is in the fully armed
state and awaiting target impact.
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

AGM-86C MISSILE FUZING SYSTEM

Figure 1-2. CALCM Fuzing System (Sheet 1 of 2)

Change 7 1-6C
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

AGM-86D MISSILE FUZING SYSTEM

Figure 1-2. CALCM Fuzing System (Sheet 2 of 2)

All data on pages 1-6E and 1-6F (Deleted)

1-6D Change 7

AIRCRAFT COMMON STRATEGIC ROTARY
LAUNCHER SYSTEM
The Common Strategic Rotary Launcher (CSRL)
(figure 1-3), attached to the tank deck structure in
the bomb bay, is capable of carrying eight missiles
on MAU-12 ejector racks. A missile interface unit
(MIU) and a relay assembly are also installed on
the CSRL. A power drive unit on the forward yoke
assembly provides launcher drive. Aircraft right
and left body hydraulic lines are connected to the
launcher hydraulic system. Either the left body
launcher hydraulic pump power or the right body
hydraulic system may be selected by the pilot for
rotation of the launcher (figure 1-4). A brake is in-
corporated with the power drive unit to maintain
the launcher in a selected position and to prevent
rotation with a low hydraulic pressure condition.
Rotation is OAS controlled by the PDUC. The
launcher can be manually positioned by commands
from the weapon control panel. With the system in
the AUTO mode, the launcher will automatically
rotate to the desired launch position for the current
launch point when the aircraft enters SAIR. In
manual launch mode, the launcher will automati-
cally rotate to place the selected missile in launch
position after the Manual Launch button is pressed.
Primary rotation power for the launcher is provided
by an electric motor-driven hydraulic pump
mounted on the LH bomb bay aircraft structure.
Secondary rotation power is through a solenoid se-
lector hydraulic valve located on the RH bomb bay
aircraft structure. The MIU is mounted at the for-
ward end of the rotary tube. For more information
on launcher hydraulic system, refer to T.O.
1B-52H-1.
POWER DRIVE UNIT CONTROL (PDUC) POWER
SWITCH
The PDUC power switch (figure 1-5), a two-position
switch marked ON- -OFF, located on the RH equip-
ment rack in the lower compartment, provides pow-
er to the rotary launcher PDU. The PDUC circuit
breaker is also on the switch panel.
PDUC Power Application
If the CSRL PDUC power switch is in the ON posi-
tion when OAS Master Power is applied, power will
be applied to the PDUC. Even though there is no
software status of the CSRL PDUC power switch,
the PDUC is statused, so when OAS Master Power
is applied, if the PDUC does not respond, fault indi-
cations will be displayed on FRMT-6. Upon power
application the PDUC will automatically perform
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
internal initializations for a maximum of five sec-
onds. Any faults detected will be set by the PDUC
at the completion of initialization and will be indi-
cated on FRMT-6. In addition a PDUC Master
Fault message will be displayed on the MFD and
LNCHR will be displayed on FRMT-7.
NOTE
Launcher faults may occur if the PDUC is
powered on after the SMO is loaded. Manu-
al rotation of the launcher may be required
to clear the faults and allow automatic
launcher rotation capability.
PYLONS
The pylons (figure 1-6) attach to pylon adapters on
the underside of each wing between the fuselage
and the inboard engine pods. The pylon provides
supporting structure and wing interface for six
MAU-12 ejector racks, three forward and three aft.
Internal cables route power and signals between
the missile interface unit (MIU), relay assembly, six
ejector racks, and six missile station umbilical con-
nectors. An environmental air ducting system dis-
tributes conditioned air to and from the pylon MIU
and to each of six missile stations. The pylons can
be jettisoned separately or simultaneously, with or
without missiles attached using the pylon jettison
control switches on the pilot’s overhead panel.
LOCK-UNLOCK CONTROL
Lock and unlock control of the MAU-12 ejector
racks is accomplished by use of the pilot’s consent
panel LOCK-UNLOCK and WCP LOCK-UNLOCK
switches. Ejector unlock power is provided from the
28 volt dc missile essential bus. When the ordnance
enable relay is energized, ejector unlock power is
routed through the switching units to each missile
ejector. When the unlock command is received from
the avionics control unit (ACU), the MIU sends
ejector unlock power to the missile ejector.
MAU-12 EJECTOR RACK
A MAU-12 ejector rack is installed at each missile
station for suspension and ejection of a missile. The
electrical connector carries control and monitoring
signals to and from the rack. Rack unlock and arm-
ing is performed by application of 28 volt dc to the
rack solenoids. The rack has provisions for installa-
tion of a ground safeing pin. At the pylon ejectors,
an access cover must be removed from the fairing to
gain access to the ground safety pin hole.
Change 1 1-7
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

1 LAUNCHER MIU
2 EJECTOR RACK
3 GROUND
OPERATION
SAFETY SWITCH
PIN

Figure 1-3. Launcher Configuration

1-8
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Figure 1-4. Launcher Hydraulic System

Change 1 1-9
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CONTROL-
NO. INDICATOR FUNCTION

1 PDUC Power Switch
The PDUC power switch, a two-position switch marked ON- -OFF pro-
vides power to the rotary launcher PDUC. The PDUC circuit breaker is
also on the switch panel. In the ON position, the PDUC allows rotation of
the CSRL on either the launcher hydraulic system or the RH BODY hy-
draulic system, as applicable. In the OFF position, the CSRL will not ro-
tate. Since there is no software status of the CSRL PDUC power switch,
it is assumed power will be available when OAS Master Power is applied.
If the PDUC does not respond, fault indications will be displayed on
FRMT-6.

NOTE

Launcher faults may occur if the PDUC is powered on after the

SMO is loaded. Manually commanded rotation of the launcher
may be required to clear the faults and allow automatic launcher
rotation capability.

Figure 1-5. PDUC Power Switch

1-10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

1 D DOOR (6)
2 PYLON EJECTOR ACCESS DOOR (6)
3 MAU-12 EJECTOR RACK (6)

2
3
1

SWAY ELECTRICAL
IN FLIGHT SAFETY GROUND SAFETY BRACES(4) RECEPTACLE
LOCKOUT BOLT LOCKPIN HOLE

30 IN. HOOK 30 IN. HOOK

CENTER CARTRIDGE SENSING SWITCH EJECTOR
EJECTOR ARMING RETAINERS PLUNGER
FOOT FOOT
SOLENOID

MAU 12 A65467

Figure 1-6. Pylon Configuration

1-11
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
MAU-12 ELECTRO-EXPLOSIVE DEVICE (EED) POWER
EED power is internally routed to an ordnance en-
able relay in the power distribution box (PDB). The
relay contacts are closed when both pilot and navi-
gator have issued an unlock command and the AIU
has issued the critical power-on signal. EED power
distribution from the MIU is controlled by the AIU
for launch and jettison.
AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Primary system power is 400 Hz ac furnished from
engines No. 1, 3, 5, and 7 generator power boxes.
Power is distributed from buses in the main genera-
tor power boxes (forward wheel well) and from the
secondary buses located in the aircraft. Aircraft dc
power is furnished primarily for system control.
Aircraft power is removed from the missile during
launch countdown after missile battery power is
switched to the missile circuitry. The OAS No. 1
and 2 circuit breakers located on the right forward
BNS circuit breaker panel (figure 1-7) are the
source for control power for the OAS and missile
systems. Essential power, fill-in power for critical
avionics and missile navigation functions, pylons
and ejectors unlock power, and power for electro-ex-
plosive devices are distributed from the power dis-
tribution box in the forward wheel well. Figure 1-8
lists related circuit breakers and their locations.
AIRCRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
SYSTEM (ECS/MCS)
The aircraft environmental control system supplies
conditioned air to the missiles through the missile
conditioning subsystem (MCS) which ensures mis-
sile temperature is maintained within a normal op-
erating range. The system will operate when Mis-
sile Interface Unit (MIU) power is applied and the
cabin air conditioning system is on. The system is
composed of two distinct circuits. The temperature
control circuit consists of a heat exchanger, hot and
cold air modulating valves, ECS/MCS temperature
controller, missile circuit temperature sensor, and
ram air inlet temperature sensor. The missile air
circuit consists of a fan, fan differential pressure
switch, pressure regulator, missile overtemperature
switch, two wing leading edge bypass valves, and
four pylon breakaway valves. Both circuits contain
ducting for routing air and wiring required for oper-
ation and control of the system. The missile circuit
fan circulates conditioned air through a closed loop
to the wing and bomb bay missiles. The air is cooled
or heated to the desired temperature as it flows
through the heat exchanger core. The missile cir-
cuit air temperature is monitored by a sensor in-
1-12 Change 7
stalled in the heat exchanger outlet duct. Ambient
temperature is sensed by the ram air inlet tempera-
ture sensor. These signals allow the controller to de-
termine the three modes of operation for the MCS
system: warmup mode, normal heating mode, and
normal cooling mode.
The MCS controller adjusts airflow through the hot
or cold air modulating valves to provide the re-
quired missile supply air temperatures. The right
wing ram airscoop provides cooling air to the mis-
sile dc power supplies installed in a rack immedi-
ately aft of the heat exchanger. Self-sealing valves
at the pylon interface assure conditioned air is not
lost into the atmosphere after the pylon is jetti-
soned or when no pylon is installed. After pylon
separation or when no pylons are installed, the
leading edge bypass valves open allowing supply air
to return to complete the cooling loop. Proper opera-
tion of the missile environmental control system is
continuously monitored. Improper operation of the
system is indicated when a reverse video environ-
mental control unit (ECU) appears on the MFD.
Fan failure, as sensed by the fan differential pres-
sure switch, missile circuit air temperature above
140°F or below 46°F, missile circuit temperature
sensor failure, or ram air inlet temperature sensor
failure will generate this display. Also, an overheat
condition, as sensed by the missile circuit overtem-
perature switch, will cause the fan to shut down
and result in a fault indication on the MFD. The
ECS/MCS controller incorporates a built-in-test
(BIT) feature which allows isolation of defective
components. The system requires 28 volt dc for con-
trol and 118/205 volt ac 400 Hz power for major
component operation.
An ECU fault will not shutdown powered
MIUs and missiles. Therefore, consider-
ation should be given to the potential of
MIU overheat conditions.
ANTI-ICING AND PRESSURIZATION
Anti-icing of the ram airscoop, located in the right
wing leading edge, is accomplished with bleed air
supplied by engines 3 and 4. Valve operating power
for bleed air is from the RH AIR SCOOP ANTI-ICE
circuit breaker on the right forward dc power panel.
A valve open relay is enabled from the pilot’s
engine, nacelle and scoops anti-ice switch when the
squat switch relay contacts are closed. The anti-ice
valve is closed by system pressure when electrical
power is removed.
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL (TYPICAL)

RIGHT FORWARD BNS CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL (TYPICAL)

Figure 1-7. Circuit Breaker Panels (Sheet 1 of 3)

Change 10 1-13
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Less [AMI] LEFT FORWARD BNS CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL (TYPICAL)

[AMI] LEFT FORWARD BNS CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL (TYPICAL)

Figure 1-7. Circuit Breaker Panels (Sheet 2 of 3)

1-14 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

RIGHT S/V FILTER BOX CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

Figure 1-7. Circuit Breaker Panels (Sheet 3 of 3)

Change 10 1-15
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CIRCUIT
BREAKER AMPERE
CIRCUIT NOMENCLATURE RATING LOCATION TYPE FUNCTION

MISSILE JETTISON 15 Right fwd BNS DC Pilot’s jettison

JETTISON POWER overhead CB switch power
panel

NORMAL 15 Right fwd BNS DC Ejector unlock

RELEASE overhead CB consent
panel

JETTISON 10 Right fwd BNS DC Jettison control

CONTROL overhead CB power
panel

WEAPON 2.5 Right S/V filter box DC Weapon control

CONTROL PANEL CB panel panel power

ARMAMENT 2.5 Right S/V filter box DC Controls EED dis-

INTERFACE UNIT CB panel tribution power
and WCP power

GAM-72 GEAR JETTI- 5 Pilot’s Circuit DC Bomb Door Limit

SON & AGM-69A Breaker Panel Safety Switches
for jettison se-
quence

PYLON WEAPON 2.5 Left FWD BNS DC Pylon lock-unlock

JETTISON CONTROL PANEL overhead CB consent power
panel

WEAPON 2 Right S/V filter box DC Weapon control

CONTROL PANEL CB panel panel power

LEFT PYLON JETTI- 10 Pilot’s CB panel DC Left pylon jettison

SON power
CONTROL

RIGHT PYLON 10 Pilot’s CB panel DC Right pylon jetti-

JETTISON son power
CONTROL

CSRL PDUC 2.5 Navigator’s side DC PDUC control box

panel power

ARMAMENT 2.5 Right S/V filler box DC Controls EED dis-

INTERFACE UNIT CB panel tribution power
and WCP power

GAM-72 GEAR JETTI- 5 Pilot’s Circuit DC Pylon Jettison

SON & AGM-69A Breaker Panel

Figure 1-8. Circuit Protection

1-16 Change 10

PART 2 - B-52 AVIONICS SYSTEM
OFFENSIVE AVIONICS SYSTEM (OAS)
The B-52 Offensive Avionics System (OAS) is a
computer controlled electronics system providing
nearly automatic navigation and missile delivery by
use of computers programmed by Less [AMI] mag-
netic tapes, [AMI] data transfer cartridges, con-
taining the flight computer program and mission
data information. The OAS provides present posi-
tion, speed, direction, pitch and roll data, accelera-
tion, altitude, Planned Time of Arrival (PTA), and
update and reference data to the missile for missile
navigation computations. For information on OAS
navigation, refer to the applicable flight manual.
Figure 1-9 shows the location of the CALCM re-
lated controls at switches at the Pilots’ station.
OFFENSIVE AVIONICS SYSTEM (OAS)
INTERFACE
Less [AMI] The B-52 Integrated Conventional
Stores Management System (ICSMS) provides OAS
control for release of CALCM weapons. The ICSMS
operational computer program consists of a Ground
Maintenance Computer Program (GMCP) and
Flight Computer Program (FCP). The GMCP is not
discussed. The FCP consists of the flight manage-
ment system (FMS) and stores management over-
lay (SMO). The CALCM SMO is used for CALCM
power application, alignment, targeting, and
launch functions.
Less [AMI] The CALCM SMO software controls
CALCM weapon functions. The Navigation and
Weapon Delivery (NAWD) ACU executes the navi-
gation and weapon delivery functions for the SMO.
The Controls and Displays (CAD) ACU executes the
controls and displays function along with a majority
of the BIT (Built In Test) processing.
[AMI] The B-52 OAS provides control for program-
ming and release of CALCM. The operational com-
puter program consists of a Ground Maintenance
Computer Program (GMCP) and Flight Computer
Program (FCP). The GMCP is not discussed. The
FCP consists of the Flight Management System
(FMS), Common Stores Processing (CSP), and
CALCM Stores Management Overlay (CALCM
SMO). For further information regarding OAS and
basic SMO functions, refer to T.O. 1B-52H-1-12.
[AMI] The OAS provides the capability for control-
ling and monitoring more than one type of weapon
system at a time. This is accomplished by the CSP
and loading multiple weapon SMOs. Currently, only
the JASSM SMO may be loaded with the CALCM
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
SMO. With the CALCM and JASSM SMOs loaded,
MIU/WIU power, environmental conditioning and
monitor capabilities are available to all the CALCM
and JASSM weapons. However, all other weapon
functions are available only to those weapons con-
trolled by the Primary SMO.
• [AMI] With CALCM designated as the Prima-
ry SMO (CF-62x), all CALCM weapon functions are
available. The CALCM can be powered, aligned,
monitored, targeted, ranged, launched and jetti-
soned.
• [AMI] If the CALCM SMO is not the Primary
SMO, only MIU power, heating and monitoring
functions (FRMT 7A, 7B, 7C and 77) are available
for the missiles.
OAS/WEAPON SYSTEM RELATED CONTROLS AND
DISPLAYS
Operator controls and displays for weapon release
system control are located at the pilots’ and naviga-
tors’ stations. The munitions consent panel is lo-
cated at the pilots’ station. The WCP, OAS power
control panel, keyboards, MFD, and computer con-
trol panel are located at the navigators’ station. See
figure 1-10 for OAS/weapon data flow.
Pilot’s Munitions Consent Panel
The pilot’s munitions consent panel (figure 1-11)
contains the PREARM-OFF and LOCK-UNLOCK
switches. The panel provides unlock consent for
powering the weapon ejectors. The PREARM func-
tion of the pilot’s switch is not used with the
CALCM SMO. The LOCK-UNLOCK switch is
guarded in the LOCK position.
Weapon Control Panel
The Weapon Control Panel (WCP) (figure 1-12), lo-
cated on the navigator’s front panel, provides con-
trols for weapon power application, weapon power
removal, weapon jettison, or weapon abort. The
WCP is also used to clear master faults and manu-
ally rotate the CSRL launcher. The PYLON UN-
LOCK and PA ENBL switches are not used or rec-
ognized by the CALCM SMO.
LOCATION/STATION SELECTION
Weapons are selected with the LOCATION (LP, RP,
and BAY) and STATION (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and
ALL) switches. The WCP PYLON location switches
are enabled only when the associated MIU is pow-
ered and has completed startup and initialization.
Change 10 1-17
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
The BAY location switch is enabled anytime the
OAS is operational, although the launcher rotate
command is the only command recognized when the
BAY MIU is off. The WCP station switches are en-
abled only when one or more locations have been
selected. If no location is selected when either the
ALL station switch or an individual station switch
has been selected, the advisory message LOCA-
TION?? will be displayed on each MFD. If an inval-
id location (not loaded with a CALCM) is selected
the advisory X: LOCATION (X = L - Left Pylon, R-
Right Pylon, or B - Bay) will be displayed on each
MFD. If an invalid station (7 or 8 at a pylon LOCA-
TION) is selected, the advisory Less [AMI] STA-
TION??, [AMI] CALCM STATION??, will be dis-
played on each MFD.
Location and station selection is required for the
following commands:
• Power application.
• Power removal.
• Selective jettison.
• Prearm (Ready-To-Launch).
• Safe.
• Launcher Rotation (bay only).
• Mission data erase.
• Manual targeting.
• Direct targeting.
• Telemetry power ON.
• Telemetry power OFF.
• Telemetry power transfer.
• Weapon erase.
Launcher rotation, manual targeting, direct target-
ing and telemetry commands require that only one
location and station is selected.
Once a weapon command is entered, the location
switch(es) will be extinguished.
EJECTOR UNLOCK CONSENT
Ejector unlock consent is provided using the WCP
NUCLEAR UNLOCK - LOCK switch figure 1-12 and
the pilot’s unlock consent switch (UNLOCK - LOCK)
on the Pilots Munitions Consent Panel, figure 1-11.
Both of these switches are required to be in the UN-
LOCK position to allow weapon release from the air-
craft via either a launch or jettison. If either the WCP
unlock consent switch or the pilot’s unlock consent
switch are not in the UNLOCK position, Electro-Ex-
plosive Device (EED) power will not be available at
the ejectors and ejector squib fire cannot be accompli-
shed. When the WCP unlock consent switch and the
pilot’s unlock consent switch are in opposite positions
(one UNLOCK and one LOCK) the release consent
master fault UNLOCK CONSENT is displayed on
each MFD. If the switches are then placed in the same
position while the fault is displayed, the master fault
1-18 Change 10
will be removed automatically. The fault can also be
acknowledged by the Navigator/Radar Navigator by
pressing the master fault acknowledge switch, MSTR
FAULT, on the WCP.
If automatic or manual launch is commanded when
ejector unlock enables are not present, the advisory
message Less [AMI] LCD ENTRY INHB, [AMI]
CALCM LCD ENTRY will be displayed on each MFD.
WEAPON POWER CONTROL COMMAND
The weapon power switch is used by the SMO, in
conjunction with the location and station switches
to command CALCM missile power ON and OFF to
selected CALCMs. The weapon power switch is en-
abled only when one or more stations are selected.
If the weapon power switch is momentarily placed
in the OFF position, the SMO will remove power
from the selected CALCM(s) which are not in
launch countdown. If the weapon power switch is
momentarily placed in the ON position, while the
carrier is providing valid inertial navigation data,
the SMO will apply power to the selected
CALCM(s) for which power is not inhibited. When
released, the weapon power switch returns to the
neutral position. A power command will be pro-
cessed only for the selected stations and then only
for those stations where a CALCM is present.
Since an ALCM has the same umbilical as a CALCM,
the primary means to prevent the control of an ALCM
by the CALCM SMO is through detection of a commu-
nication failure when the ALCM fails to recognize the
CALCM critical data request control word sent by the
CALCM SMO during weapon power ON. The SMO
will declare a transient fatal fault for this condition.
The advisory message Less [AMI] LOC/STA??,
[AMI] CALCM LOC/STA??, will be displayed when
weapon power is commanded ON or OFF if any of
the following conditions are true.
• No location/station is selected on the WCP.
• Individual stations are selected on a pylon or
launcher and both the ejector and umbilical status
at one or more of those stations show that a
CALCM is not present or for a weapon commanded
OFF and is in launch countdown.
• All stations on a pylon or launcher are selected
using the ALL switch and both the ejector and umbili-
cal status at all stations show that no CALCMs are
present at those locations or for a weapon commanded
OFF the only CALCM present is in launch count-
down. If all stations are selected and if one or more
CALCMs are present on a selected pylon or launcher,
the command will be processed only for those
CALCMs that are present and not in launch count-
down. No advisory message will be displayed unless
there are no CALCMs at another selected location.

If the desired warm-up time for a CALCM has not
elapsed since heater power was applied and if warm-
up override is not commanded with a CF-55E com-
mand, the advisory message Less [AMI] WARMUP/
GYRO WAIT, [AMI] CALCM WARMUP, will be dis-
played on each MFD when a command to apply power
to that station is entered.
Power is inhibited for CALCMs which have a per-
manent fatal or safety critical fault. The advisory
message(s) Less [AMI] WARMUP/GYRO WAIT,
[AMI] CALCM GYRO WAIT, will be displayed on
each MFD when a command to apply power to
CALCM(s) that have not had a fifteen second cool
down period since gyro spindown, or have not had
an eight minute cool down period since a shutdown
without gyro spindown.
READY-TO-LAUNCH (RTL) COMMAND
The PREARM/SAFE switch is used to provide WCP
control of CALCM missiles to be launched. When
momentarily placed in the PREARM position for
valid selected location(s) and station(s) which have
power applied, the RTL status will indicate RDY on
FRMT-7 and the weapon can be automatically or
manually launched when other launch prerequisite
conditions are satisfied. When the switch is momen-
tarily placed in the SAFE position for valid selected
location(s) and station(s) which have power applied,
or if no PREARM command has been given the RTL
status will indicate SAF on FRMT-7 and weapon
launch is inhibited. RTL is a prerequisite to launch.
The advisory message Less [AMI] LOC/STA??,
[AMI] CALCM LOC/STA??, will be displayed when
RTL or Safe is commanded and any of the following
conditions are true.
• No location/station is selected on the WCP.
• Individual stations are selected on a pylon or
launcher and at least one of the selected CALCMs
is not powered ON.
• All stations on a pylon or launcher are selected
using the ALL switch and no CALCM at that location
is powered ON. If all stations are selected and if one
or more CALCMs are powered ON on a selected pylon
or launcher, the command will be processed only for
those CALCMs that are powered ON. No advisory
message will be displayed unless there are no
CALCMs powered ON at another selected location.
MISSILE LAUNCH MODE SELECT COMMAND
The LNCH MODE (AUTO - MAN) switch is used to
select between the automatic or manual launch
modes. When a weapon is in launch countdown
changing a weapon from automatic to manual
launch mode will cause the weapon to enter a
launch countdown hold. This command may be en-
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
tered any time direct launch mode is not active and
the command is not weapon dependent. The se-
lected launch mode will be illuminated on the
switch. SMO Processing will cause the launch mode
to change from automatic to manual if a bay weap-
on is hung during a launch or jettison. The launch
mode can be returned to automatic by use of the
launch mode select switch, if this occurs.
MANUAL LAUNCH COMMAND
The MAN LNCH switch is used to initiate launch of
a CALCM missile from the pylon or launcher asso-
ciated with the current cruise missile launch point
when in manual launch mode. It is also used to
launch a Direct Targeted CALCM when PRGM-
Dn(n) is active. A bay manual launch can be se-
lected regardless of where the launcher position is,
but LCD will not start until the weapon is within
one position of down. In manual launch mode, entry
of a manual launch command will cause a CALCM
associated with the next weapon event to enter
launch countdown if the launch prerequisite condi-
tions discussed in Section VII under MISSILE
LAUNCH have been met.
The switch light will be illuminated when the
launch command is accepted and extinguished at
the completion of the launch sequence or if manual
launch is deselected. If the manual launch switch is
depressed while it is illuminated (i.e. a manual
launch has already been initiated), manual launch
is deselected and the light will extinguish. If LCD
has not started when this occurs, no launch is initi-
ated. If LCD has started when this occurs, a LCD
hold occurs which lasts until the manual launch
switch is pressed again or the hold timer expires. If
the CALCM associated with the next weapon event
is not ready to be launched when the launch switch
is momentarily depressed, the switch input will be
ignored.
If either the WCP unlock consent switch or the pi-
lot’s missile consent switch are not in the UNLOCK
position when launch is commanded, the ejector un-
lock enables will not be present, so the command
will not be processed and the advisory message
Less [AMI] LCD ENTRY INHB, [AMI] CALCM
LCD ENTRY, will be displayed on each MFD.
The advisory message Less [AMI] LOC/STA??,
[AMI] CALCM LOC/STA??, will be displayed when
manual launch is commanded and the following
conditions are true.
• The current destination is not a cruise missile
launch point or there are no CALCMs associated
with the cruise missile launch point.
• PRGM-Dnn is not entered to select a direct
targeted weapon.
Change 10 1-19
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
LAUNCHER ROTATE COMMAND
The WCP LCHR ROTATE switch commands rota-
tion of the launcher to the currently selected weap-
on in the bay. In order to use this command, the
launch mode must be manual, only one station in
the bay must be selected, and the launcher cannot
be carrying out a previously commanded launcher
rotate command. The LCHR ROTATE switch will
remain illuminated until the launcher has stopped
rotating.
The command will be ignored if not in manual
launch mode or if the launcher is carrying out a
previously commanded launcher rotate command.
Launcher rotation commanded by a launch or jetti-
son command takes precedence over a manual rota-
tion request and it will be ignored.
WEAPON CONTROL PANEL ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
An advisory WCP on the MFD indicates malfunc-
tion on the WCP. The operator will use CF-E (figure
1-31) to back up actions accomplished on the WCP.
This will allow the operator to work around certain
failures of the WCP and OAS power control panel.
NOTE
With a total WCP failure prior to accom-
plishing hardwired functions, weapon re-
lease is not possible.
CF-E may be used in conjunction with an opera-
tional WCP and OAS power panel to operate the
system. The operators may use keyboard entries to
perform functions mechanized on these panels at
any time regardless of the panels go/no-go status.
The OAS will treat the keyboard command as if it
had originated from the WCP or OAS power panel.
The lock-unlock function is not available on the
CF-E backup. The display is laid out in basically
the same arrangement as the panel. To accomplish
a backup action for the malfunctioning panel
switch, the operator enters CF-E and the symbols
associated with the switch on the keyboard in the
same sequence that normal switch operation would
occur. See CF-E this section for further discussion
of the CF-E functions.
Bomb Tone Scoring Switch
The SMO controls the Bomb Tone Scoring cutoff at
weapon release (launch) for each powered on
CALCM. The Bomb Tone Scoring master switch,
figure 1-13 is located at the Radar Navigator’s sta-
tion and begins TONE operation when the switch is
momentarily placed in the INITIATE position. The
1-20 Change 10
Bomb Tone Scoring master switch can also be used
to end TONE operation by momentarily placing the
switch in the CUTOFF position. The Bomb Tone
Scoring master switch must be used to initiate the
tone prior to each launch or the cutoff command
from the SMO will be ignored.
OAS Power Control Panel
The OAS power control panel (figure 1-14) located
on the navigators’ front panel provides power con-
trol for the OAS and the MIU (Missile Interface
Unit). All legends are backlighted green when
power is on. The MIU switches which command
power to the MIU are alternate action pushbuttons
and will remain latched if the MIU loses power or is
shut down by the OAS. The light in the switch is
software controlled and will go out when MIU
power is removed regardless of switch position. To
reapply power to the MIU when they have been
shut down by other than the operator, the switch
must be pressed and released to reset the switch
and then pressed a second time to reapply MIU
power.
Keyboard
The keyboards (figure 1-15) located at the naviga-
tor’s and radar navigator’s stations, provide inter-
face with the control of the OAS and weapon sys-
tem. The keyboard and MFD provide operator in-
terface with the weapons through the selection of
format (FRMT), control function (CF), program
(PRGM), and modify (MDFY) commands. The selec-
tion of FRMT results in the display of a specific
OAS and weapon data presentation on the selected
MFD. Control function selection results in display
of a specific OAS data display or initiates the entry
into a specific operating mode. If WCP switches
malfunction, the navigator or radar navigator can
select CF-E which provides a display of the WCP
switches and the MIU power switches.
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAYS
The multifunction display (MFD) (figure 1-16) is a
CRT display unit. The MFD displays scan con-
verted radar video, electro-optical viewing system
(EVS) video, and alphanumeric mission data. Two
MFDs are located at the navigator’s station and two
at the radar navigator’s station.
MFD DISPLAY FIGURES
In the MFD display figures in this T.O., the items
modifiable by the operator or the SMO are repre-
sented in the display explanations as lower case
(non-capital) letters. The labels which are not modi-
fiable are presented in all capital letters.
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

1 MUNITIONS CONSENT PANEL 3 PYLON JETTISON CONTROL PANEL

2 BOMB BAY AND MISSILE JETTISON CONTROL 4 PYLON JETTISON CONSENT PANEL
PANEL 5 PILOT CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

Figure 1-9. Pilot’s Station CALCM Related Controls and Switches (Typical)

1-21
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Figure 1-10. OAS/Missile Data Flow

1-22 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

PILOT’S LEFT SIDE PANEL

Figure 1-11. Pilot’s Munitions Consent Panel

1-23
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

NAVIGATOR’S FRONT PANEL

NO. CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION

1 WEAPON JETTISON Spring-loaded to NORM (off) position. Used with unlock consent from pilot’s
SELECT (SEL) Switch missile consent panel and WCP nuclear lock-unlock switch.

SEL - Jettisons missiles selected on location and station switches.

2 NUCLEAR PREARM SAFE Three position, spring-loaded to neutral (N).

Switch
PREARM - When momentarily placed to PREARM, changes the status of the
missiles selected by WCP location and station switches to Ready To Launch
(RDY).
SAFE - When momentarily placed to SAFE, with a LOCATION and STATION
selected, removes RDY status from the selected missiles.

Figure 1-12. Weapon Control Panel (Sheet 1 of 2)

1-24
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

NO. CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION

3 STATION Switches Used with location switches to select individual Bay missile stations (1
through 8), pylon missile stations (1 through 6) or all (ALL) stations at the
selected location for missile operational functions

4 WEAPON POWER (WPN Three position, spring-loaded to neutral (N).

PWR) Switch
ON - Commands power be applied to the missiles selected by the location and
station switches on the WCP.

OFF - Commands power be removed from the missiles selected by the WCP.

5 NUCLEAR CAUTION (NUC Not used with the CALCM SMO.

CAUTN) Light

6 MASTER FAULT (MSTR Indicates a fault has occurred and more information is available on the MFD.
FAULT) Light Pressing acknowledges receipt of message, turns light off, and erases mes-
sage.

7 LAMP TEST Switch When pressed all panel lights will come on.

8 MISSILE MANUAL LAUNCH Starts the missile launch countdown if SAIR exists. Light will remain on until
Switch missile has been launched.

9 MISSILE LAUNCH MODE Alternately selects automatic (AUTO) or manual (MAN) launch mode and
Switch turns on respective light. Light also indicates OAS selected launch mode. MAN
overrides auto and enables manual launch switch.

10 LAUNCHER ROTATE (LCHR Used in manual launch mode to position selected BAY missile in launch posi-
ROTATE) Switch tion. The light remains on until the missile is in the commanded position.

11 LOCATION Switches Used with station select switches to select missiles for missile operation
functions

LP (Left Pylon) - selects left pylon missiles.

RP (Right Pylon) - selects right pylon missiles.

BAY (Bay) - selects bay missiles.

12 NUCLEAR PREARM Not used with the CALCM SMO.

ENABLE Switch

13 NUCLEAR LOCK-UNLOCK Guarded two position switch used with pilot’s consent to lock and unlock mis-
Switch sile ejectors.

14 PYLON LOCK-UNLOCK Guarded two position lever lock switch gives consent to jettison missile pylons.
Switch

Figure 1-12. Weapon Control Panel (Sheet 2 of 2)

1-25
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

BOMB TONE SCORING PANEL

CONTROL-
NO. INDICATOR FUNCTION

1 Bomb TONE ON Light A tone-on indicator light located on the bomb tone scoring panel is illumi-
nated when the bomb tone scoring system has been energized.

2 Bomb Tone Scoring Switch
The switch provides a means of energizing the bomb tone scoring system
and has INITIATE- -NORMAL- -CUTOFF positions The switch is spring-
loaded to the unmarked NORMAL position. Actuating this switch momen-
tarily to INITIATE position will energize the circuit, causing the tone-on in-
dicator light to illuminate and both UHF radio sets to transmit a steady
tone provided both UHF radio sets are turned on. Actuating this switch
momentarily to CUTOFF position will deenergize the circuit, causing the
bomb tone indicator light to go out and the tone transmission to stop.

Figure 1-13. Bomb Tone Scoring Panel

1-26

NAVIGATOR’S FRONT PANEL
NO. CONTROL/INDICATOR
1 LAMP TEST Switch
2 MISSILE INTERFACE UNIT
Switches
3 MASTER POWER Switch
Figure 1-14. OAS Power Control Panel
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
FUNCTION
Tests all lights on the Power Control Panel.
MIU/LP - Commands power to the left pylon missile interface unit and
missile heaters.
MIU/BAY - Commands power to the bay missile interface unit and
missile heaters
MIU/RP - Commands power to the right pylon missile interface unit and
missile heaters.
NOTE
• There is a delay of up to 15 seconds for an ON indication change
following power application/removal commanded by the operator.
• If MIU power is lost or removed by OAS, the MIU power switch
will not automatically reset, and therefore must be pushed and
released once to reset the switch manually, then pressed a sec-
ond time to reapply power to the MIU.
• The MIU power off sequence requires 15 seconds to allow mis-
siles to power down and an additional 5 seconds for the MIU to
power off before power is actually removed from the MIU and the
light indication goes out.
ON (light on) sends master power to:
• OAS
• Weapon Control Panel
• Armament Interface Unit (AIU)
• Electro-Explosive Device (EED) power after MIU power is ON.
• Ejector Unlock power
• Enable MIU Power switches
• Enable missile power
For all other functions, refer to the applicable flight manual.
1-27
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE RELATED KEYS AND SWITCHES

NO. CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION

1 0 - 9 Keys Enter the respective number in the data/command to be transferred. When

2 ENTER Key
3 Message (MSG) Switch
4 Crosshair On Target Key
5 A - F Keys
6 Return (RTN) Key
7 Backspace (←) and Advance
(→) Keys
8 Upper Corner (UC) Key
9 Display Select Keys (4)
used in conjunction with upper corner key, gives N, S, E, W, +, -, and comma
(,).
Completes the operator sequence. When pressed, data/commands will be
transferred to OAS and displayed on MFD.
Acknowledges an existing message after being displayed on all four MFDs.
Used to designate the crosshair position.
Enter respective letter in data/command to be transferred.
Places the MFD cursor to the first operator-changeable position in the row des-
ignated.
Keys move the cursor on the MFD to the left and right respectively.
When pressed, the number keys enter the symbols in the upper left corner of
the key.
PRGM displays current event program or selected event program.

CF displays OAS mode supervision menu or initiates entry into specific OAS
mode.

MDFY initiates operator changes to MFD displayed data.

FRMT displays video and/or data

10 L MFD and R MFD Selection Select either MFD for display of data inputs from the keyboard
Switches

Figure 1-15. Integrated Keyboard (IKB)

1-28 Change 6
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

TYPICAL MFD RADAR NAVIGATOR’S AND NAVIGATOR’S FRONT PANELS

PRIME MISSION DATA (PMD)

CRITICAL DESIGNATION/LAUNCH EVENT DATA

OR
OAS SUPERVISORY MENUS, MISSION DATA TABLES,
AND WEAPON/PME STATUS

OAS ADVISORY DATA AREA

KEYBOARD DATA INPUTS

MASTER FAULT MESSAGES NUCLEAR CAUTION MESSAGE PME FAULT MESSAGES
QUESTIONS REQUIRING YES - NO RESPONSE
OAS ADVISORY MESSAGES AND SELECTED WEAPON STATION STATUS

GENERAL DISPLAY ARRANGEMENT

Figure 1-16. Multifunction Display

1-29
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
MISSILE JETTISON
[AMI] The crew can command the SMO to jettison
MIU controlled weapons at locations controlled by
the SMO, when the SMO is primary and the MIUs
at the selected locations are on.
MISSILE JETTISON SWITCH
Missile jettison is accomplished using the naviga-
tor’s weapon jettison select switch on the WCP or
the pilots’ Bomb Bay & Missile jettison control
switch (figure 1-17). The WCP jettison switch al-
lows the navigator to selectively jettison one or
more missiles by selecting the location and station
switches on the WCP. Pressing the pilots’ Bomb Bay
& Missile jettison control switch jettisons all weap-
ons Less [AMI] on the aircraft, [AMI] controlled by
the primary SMO. In order to jettison CALCMs,
OAS must be operating, the respective MIU must
be powered, and, for CSRL missiles, PDUC power
must be applied. The missile jettison system is il-
lustrated in figure 1-18.
• The pilots’ Bomb Bay & Missile Jettison
Control switch jettisons all GWD and ac-
tive/primary SMO controlled weapons
loaded on the aircraft and will only be used
as a backup to jettison by the Radar Navi-
gator. If jettison is commanded using the pi-
lots’ Bomb Bay & Missile Jettison Control
switch, all GWD weapons and, with OAS
operating and MIUs/WIUs powered, all ac-
tive/primary SMO controlled weapons will
be jettisoned. Proper separation clearance
between weapons and between weapons
and aircraft cannot be ensured.
• The radar navigator’s Bomb Bay Jettison
switch is excluded from operation with the
CALCM SMO, however, a malfunction in
the jettison system could enable the switch,
making it function in the same manner as
the pilots’ Bomb Bay & Missile jettison
switch.
• Selectively jettisoning pylon missiles using
the Pilots’ Bomb Bay & Missile Jettison
Control switch, while attempting to retain
internal CSRL weapons by pulling Bomb
Door Control Valve circuit breakers is not
authorized. If jettison is attempted in this
fashion, the jettison command will remain
1-30 Change 11
in the OAS even until all statused weapons
have been jettisoned. Resetting the Bomb
Door Control Valve circuit breakers will
cause the bomb bay doors to open, which
will complete the jettison sequence causing
all internal CSRL weapons to be jettisoned.
Once selective jettison is commanded using
the pilots’ switch, the only way to clear the
resident jettison command from the OAS
without jettisoning the weapons is by shut-
ing down OAS (CF-67).
• Jettison of missiles from the aft inboard py-
lon stations is inhibited if bomb doors are
not closed and latched.
• The CALCM SMO has no interlocks pre-
venting jettison on the ground. With unlock
consent, and power applied to the OAS and
the WIU, actuation of jettison switches
while on the ground will result in weapon
jettison.
NOTE
• With a total WCP failure prior to accom-
plishing hardwired functions, missile
launch or jettison, and pylon jettison is not
possible.
• If unlock enables are not present for the
MIU from which the weapon is being jetti-
soned, when jettison is commanded, the
weapon will be powered down (if powered
on) for the associated MIU, and the master
fault NO UE will be displayed on each
MFD.
• If a multiple CALCM jettison is command-
ed, some of the weapons may not have a jet-
tison or hung release advisory displayed at
the bottom of the MFD. This is attributed
to timing differences between the jettison
and the advisory display update rate.
• [AMI] If the primary SMO is not assigned
to the selected jettison location(s) on the
WCP when using the jettison select switch,
or to all locations when using the pilots’
Bomb Bay & Missile jettison control switch,
an advisory message X: JETT INHIB is dis-
played, where X is the location B, L, or R
for bay, left pylon, or right pylon respective-
ly. Select jettison location for which the
SMO is primary or change the primary
SMO for the desired locations and reaccom-
plish.
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

NOTE

[AMI] BOMB BAY AND MISSILE JETTISON CONTROL switch jettisons all weapons controlled by the primary SMO.

Figure 1-17. Pilot’s Jettison Controls and Indicators

Change 11 1-31
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Figure 1-18. Missile Jettison System

1-32
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

PYLON JETTISON
PYLON JETTISON CONTROL SWITCH
Pylon jettison is accomplished by using the pilot’s
pylon jettison control switches (figure 1-19) after
unlock consent is given and the release circuits dis-
connect is connected. Unlock consent between the
navigator and pilot must exist by use of the naviga-
tor’s pylon lock-unlock switch on the WCP, and the
pilot’s pylon jettison consent panel switches. A bar-
ber pole indication on the pylon locked indicator
means the pylon is not locked. When the ready light
on the pilot’s pylon jettison control panel comes on,
the pylon is ready for jettison. EED power for pylon
jettison is supplied by the Noninterrupted DC
(NDC) power supply. The NDC power supply is
powered any time at least one MIU is powered. See
figure 1-20 for pylon jettison system.
Do not reposition the pylon jettison consent
switch(es) after the pylons have been jetti-
soned. Damage to the pylon lock-unlock ac-
tuator could occur.
NOTE
• Even though pylon(s) indicate unlocked
(barber pole) and READY, pylon jettison
will not occur unless EED power is avail-
able from the NDC power supply. At least
one MIU must be powered in order for the
NDC power supply to supply EED power.
• With total WCP failure prior to accomplish-
ing hardwired functions, pylon jettison is
impossible.

RELEASE CIRCUITS DISCONNECT (RCD)

The release circuits disconnect (figure 1-19), when

connected, completes the pylon jettison circuits. The
Do not jettison pylon any time there are
RCD is enclosed and has a transparent plexiglass
missiles loaded unless the flight safety of
protective door. The plug and receptacle can be con-
the aircraft is in jeopardy.
nected, or disconnected by pulling the T-handle
after the protective door has been opened.

Change 10 1-33
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Figure 1-19. Pylon Jettison Controls and Indicators

1-34
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Figure 1-20. Pylon Jettison System

Change 2 1-35/(1-36 blank)

BLA

PART 3 - CALCM OAS SOFTWARE AND DISPLAYS
STORES MANAGEMENT OVERLAY (SMO)
The OAS controls the programming, targeting,
alignment, and launch CALCMs using the flight
computer program (FCP). The FCP consists of the
flight management system (FMS), stores manage-
ment overlay (SMO), and [AMI] Common Stores
Processing (CSP). The FMS controls navigation, ra-
dar, controls and displays, and supports the Con-
ventional Air Launched Cruise Missile (CALCM)
SMO. The CALCM SMO contains all weapon con-
trol and delivery functions required with CALCMs.
[AMI] The CSP incorporates common stores/weap-
on capabilities and provides multi-SMO operation.
The SMO menu can be displayed to allow the oper-
ator to select the appropriate SMO. Up to 10 SMOs
can be listed on control function CF-62, the SMO
Load Menu. Functions performed by the SMO in-
clude weapon control processing, simulation pro-
cessing, and controls and displays processing. To
perform its required functions, the SMO interfaces
with existing aircraft weapon system components,
the OAS sources of navigation, steering, controls
and displays processing, mission data, and with the
global positioning system (GPS) hardware.
SMO INITIALIZATION
Less [AMI] The SMO is automatically initialized
and begins execution immediately upon being
loaded into the ACUs. The procedure for loading
the SMO into the ACUs is equivalent to loading any
other ICSMS SMO. The SMO, if it exists on the
OCP DTUC, is identified on the CF-62 Menu by the
label CALCM followed by optional version informa-
tion. The SMO is loaded by operator entering
CF-62,n, where n is the line number with the
CALCM label. The advisory message SMO LOAD
CMPLT is displayed on each MFD following
completion of a SMO load.
[AMI] SMO load and primary SMO selection are
described in T.O. 1B-52H-1-12, Section 1, Offensive
Avionics System. SMO titles are selected from the
SMO load menu (CF-62) and loaded by position (LP,
BAY, RP). Selected SMOs appear at the top of the
SMO Load Menu by position in blinking video while
loading. The SMO titles convert to normal video
when loading is complete and appear as bright un-
derlined video when selected as the primary SMO.
[AMI] With CALCM designated as the Primary
SMO (CF-62x), all CALCM weapon functions are
available. The CALCM can be powered, aligned,
monitored, targeted, ranged, launched and jetti-
soned.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
[AMI] If the CALCM SMO is not the Primary
SMO, only MIU power, heating and monitoring
functions (FRMT-7A, 7B, 7C and 77) are available
for the missiles.
[AMI] If the CALCM SMO is currently the Primary
SMO and will become a secondary SMO the selection
process will be inhibited if any process is active that
can’t be accomplished in the secondary SMO mode.
In order to obtain an accurate Time of Launch Er-
ror (TLE) for preplaned CALCM missions (direct
targeted CALCMs use TLE of zero), the following
FMS data is needed:
• The Universal Time Coordinate (UTC).
• The Planned Time of Arrival (PTA) Reference
for a designated destination.
• The Planned Time of Arrival on FRMT-10 for
a designated destination.
Both values are input on the FMS Startup Menu
(CF-61) display, with the inputs validated by the
FMS. The UTC needs to be entered only once. How-
ever, the PTA Reference for a designated destina-
tion should be entered each time a B-52 mission is
loaded and before the first launch at a launch point.
(Updating the PTA reference for each launch point
is recommended.) The SMO does not need to be
loaded prior to entering this data.
NOTE
• For proper missile mission timing, planned
missile launch time must be entered into
CF-61, Line 3, PTA REF time.
• The hours field of the PTA Reference ac-
cepts an input up to 48, allowing update of
planned arrival times past midnight of the
current date.
SMO TERMINATION
SMO execution can be terminated in either of the
following Less [AMI] three ([AMI] two) ways.
Less [AMI] Another SMO can be loaded into the
ACUs, using CF-62,n a SMO load initialization pro-
cess which terminates execution of and overwrites
the SMO. With this method, FMS will continue to
be executed. The SMO will inhibit the command to
terminate execution if any MIU is powered ON. The
SMO will delay compliance with the SMO load re-
quest until all outstanding SMO faults have been
recorded and DTU Input/Output is complete (if an
FDRC is installed).
Change 10 1-37
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
Less [AMI] A CF-64 command will immediately
halt FMS and SMO processing and erase processor
memory. The INSs, WCE and weapons will not be
powered off and can not be powered off until the
FMS and SMO are reloaded.
[AMI] The operator can command the FMS to un-
load the SMO as described in T.O. 1B-52H-1-12,
Section 1, Offensive Avionics System. With this
method, FMS will continue to be executed. The
SMO will delay compliance with the command to
terminate execution until the SMO has removed
power from the WCE and all outstanding faults
have been recorded.
A CF-67 command can be entered by the operator
which halts execution of all software loaded into the
ACUs (FMS and any loaded SMO(s)). The SMO will
delay compliance with the shutdown request until
all outstanding SMO faults have been recorded and
for as long as it takes to power down all WCE that
is powered ON.
SMO RESTART
The method of restarting the SMO is dependent
upon the method which terminated SMO execution.
The three methods are described below.
If SMO execution was terminated by loading another
SMO into the ACUs, the SMO must be reloaded into
the ACUs as described in SMO INITIALIZATION.
If SMO execution was terminated by entering
CF-67, the FMS and the SMO can be restarted by
depressing the PROC SYNC button on the CSCP, if
ACU memory has not been erased.
If SMO execution was terminated by entering
CF-64 or CF-67 with a memory erase, there is no
SMO restart capability without reloading the FMS
and the SMO.
SMO RECONFIGURATION
Less [AMI] SMO capabilities and processes are af-
fected when reconfiguration occurs (i.e. the Hot Spare
ACU takes over the functions of the CAD or NAWD
ACU). SMO operation is suspended until its functions
can be taken over by a new processor. The FMS shows
reconfiguration has occurred by displaying advisory
messages indicating reconfiguration load status. The
FMS loads the SMO Reconfiguration Load first, then
the FMS Reconfiguration Load from the load DTUC.
The advisories displayed by the FMS for a successful
Reconfiguration Load should be as follows:
• SMO RCNFG LDG
• SMO RCNFG COMPLT
• FMS RCNFG LDG
• FMS RCNFG COMPLT
Less [AMI] All SMO functions are currently resi-
dent in the Hot Spare ACU, so there is no SMO Re-
configuration Load required as part of the reconfi-
guration process, even though the FMS reports that
1-38 Change 11
one occurred. However, some SMO functions may
rely on non-resident FMS functions and have to
wait for the FMS Reconfiguration Load to complete
before they can operate.
[AMI] SMO capabilities and processes are affected
when reconfiguration occurs (i.e. the secondary
ACU takes over the functions of the primary ACU).
SMO operation is suspended until its functions can
be taken over by the other processor. Some opera-
tions will continue and some abort. The following
SMO processes are or may be affected by reconfi-
guration:
• Flex targeting data modification aborts and
has to be restarted.
• Direct targeting data modification aborts and
has to be restarted.
• The missile launch process aborts and has to
be restarted.
• The store jettison process aborts and has to be
restarted.
• Fuze data modification aborts and has to be
restarted.
• MIU power application might abort and have
to be restarted.
• CALCM power application might abort and
have to be restarted.
• The manual targeting of a CALCM might
abort and have to be restarted.
• The flex targeting of a CALCM might abort
and have to be restarted.
• The direct targeting of a CALCM might abort
and have to be restarted.
[AMI] All SMO displays remain on the MFD they
were on prior to reconfiguration although modifica-
tion of data will be inhibited for the flex, direct, and
fuze data input screens because all targeting pro-
cesses are aborted. After reconfiguring, the SMO
will display the CALCM CLAPAR LD advisory.
If the condition and status of the data in the ACUs
is in question after reconfiguration, it is recom-
mended that the crew reload any, or all, of the fol-
lowing:
• FMS
• CALCM SMO
• B-52 Mission
Controls and Displays (C&D) Commands
Reconfiguration aborts or interrupts various SMO
processes, and therefore may require SMO C&D com-
mands to be re-entered after reconfiguration occurs to
restart them, or to ensure that SMO controlled condi-
tions are set as desired. All SMO C&D commands con-
tinue to function and are available for entry immedi-
ately after a reconfiguration occurs. Less [AMI] Some
commands will wait until FMS RCNFG COMPLT is
displayed before being carried out, or the command
may have to wait to be issued until after FMS RCNFG
COMPLT is displayed.

OAS POWER CONTROL PANEL COMMANDS
Less [AMI] It is not necessary to wait for FMS Re-
configuration Load to complete before using the
switches on the Power Control panel. If the MIU is
powering on when reconfiguration occurs, the pow-
er on sequence aborts. The appropriate switch
needs to be set to the OUT position then set back to
the IN position to restart the MIU power-on process
if this happens. If the MIU is already on, it should
stay on.
NOTE
If the MIU is powering down when reconfi-
guration occurs, it will immediately indicate
that it is off, as will any powered-on weap-
ons for the MIU. It will be necessary to wait
for 8 minutes of gyro cool-down time prior
to weapon power application for any weap-
on powered down in this manner.
[AMI] It is necessary to wait for reconfiguration to
complete before using the switches on the PCP. If
the MIU is powering on when reconfiguration oc-
curs, and the power-on sequence aborts, then the
appropriate switch needs to be set to the non-de-
pressed position then set back to the depressed
position to restart the power-on process for that
location.
WEAPON CONTROL PANEL (WCP) COMMANDS
Less [AMI] It is not necessary to wait for FMS Re-
configuration Load to complete before using the
switches on the WCP.
• Reconfiguration causes the launch mode to be
set to manual. Auto launch mode can be selected
afterwards.
• Reconfiguration will abort launch, if in pro-
gress. If a manual launch was in progress, the
manual launch command will have to be reissued
using the MAN LNCH switch. If an automatic
launch was in progress, then launch can be contin-
ued by reselecting automatic launch mode using the
launch mode select switch.
• Reconfiguration clears all location/station
selections. They must be reselected.
• CALCMs in power-on sequence that have not
started coarse alignment are powered off and re-
quire reapplication of missile power. Since the mis-
sile does not immediately initiate spindown, an 8
minute cool down period is required before weapon
power application will be allowed.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
• CALCMs in power off sequence (during MIU
off) when reconfiguration occurs will immediately
indicate being off afterwards. Since a complete
spindown does not occur, an 8 minute cool-down pe-
riod is required prior to weapon power application.
The WPN PWR switch can be used to power weap-
ons off, if desired, at any time after reconfiguration
occurs.
• The launcher rotation light remains as it was
prior to reconfiguration, and should be available for
use immediately after reconfiguration. A rotation
commanded prior to reconfiguration should contin-
ue to the commanded position.
• The MSTR FAULT switch should be available
immediately after reconfiguration occurs. Its light
will be as it was prior to reconfiguration, unless
faults are detected, in which case it will be illumi-
nated.
• The NUCLEAR LOCK-UNLOCK switch posi-
tion is not affected by reconfiguration.
• It is not necessary to wait for FMS Reconfi-
guration Load to complete to use WPN JETTISON
switch. However, since reconfiguration aborts jetti-
son, any weapons that did not jettison need to be
reselected and the jettison switch toggled again.
[AMI] It is necessary to wait for reconfiguration to
complete before using the switches on the WCP.
• Reconfiguration clears all Location/Station
selections. They must be reselected.
• If a Weapon Power On or Off request was in-
progress when a reconfiguration occurred, the opera-
tor must check via SMO MFD display(s) for the cur-
rent weapon power status, to determine if a Weapon
Power On or Off request needs to be reissued. If a
CALCM powers down because of reconfiguration, the
store power control switch will need to be used to pow-
er it back on. However, there may be an eight minute
wait required to ensure gyro spindown has occurred.
• If a Weapon Prearm or Safe request was in-
progress when a reconfiguration occurred, the oper-
ator must check via SMO MFD display(s) for the
current weapon prearm/safe status, to determine if
a Prearm or Safe request needs to be reissued.
• If a Weapon Selective Jettison request was in
progress when a reconfiguration occurred, the oper-
ator must check via SMO MFD display(s) for the
current weapon jettison status, to determine if a
Weapon Selective Jettison request needs to be reis-
sued. Since reconfiguration aborts the jettison pro-
cess, the selected jettison switch or the switch on
the BMJCP may have to be pressed again to com-
plete jettison.
• The Launcher Rotation light remains as it was
prior to reconfiguration, unless it was illuminated
and the SMO requests CSP to extinguish it (e.g. the
rotation was aborted due to reconfiguration).
• Reconfiguration causes the Launch Mode to be
set to manual.
Change 10 1-39
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
• The Manual Launch light remains as it was
prior to reconfiguration, unless it was illuminated
and the SMO requests CSP to extinguish it (e.g. the
launch was aborted due to reconfiguration). Since
reconfiguration aborts the launch process, if it was
prior to ejector squib firing, the manual launch
switch or the launch mode switch must be pressed
again to complete launch.
• The Nuclear Unlock/Lock switch position is
not affected by reconfiguration. The Unlock Con-
sent status remains as it was prior to reconfigura-
tion.
• The Nuclear Prearm Enable/Off switch posi-
tion is not affected by reconfiguration. The Prearm
Consent status remains as it was prior to reconfi-
guration.
• The Nuclear Caution switch remains as it was
prior to reconfiguration, unless it was extinguished
and nuclear caution messages were issued following
reconfiguration, then it will be illuminated.
• The Master Fault switch remains as it was
prior to reconfiguration, unless it was extinguished
and master fault messages were issued following
reconfiguration, then it will be illuminated.
PILOT’S MUNITIONS CONSENT PANEL
COMMANDS (PMCP)
Less [AMI] It is not necessary to wait for FMS Re-
configuration Load to complete before using the
LOCK-UNLOCK switch on the Pilot’s Munitions
Consent Panel nor is its position affected by reconfi-
guration.
[AMI] It is necessary to wait for reconfiguration to
complete before using the switches on the Pilot’s
Munitions Consent Panel. The Unlock Consent
status remains as it was prior to reconfiguration,
and the Prearm Consent status remains as it was
prior to reconfiguration.
PILOT’S BOMB BAY AND MISSILE JETTISON
CONTROL (BMJCP) SWITCH COMMANDS
Less [AMI] It is not necessary to wait for FMS Re-
configuration Load to complete before using the pi-
lot’s bomb bay and missile jettison control switch.
However, since reconfiguration aborts jettison, the
switch must be pressed again to complete jettison.
[AMI] It is necessary to wait for reconfiguration to
complete before using the pilot’s bomb bay and mis-
sile jettison control switch. If a Jettison All request
was in progress when a reconfiguration occurred,
the operator (navigator) must check via SMO MFD
display(s) for the current jettison status, to deter-
1-40 Change 10
mine if a Jettison request needs to be reissued.
Since reconfiguration aborts the jettison process,
this switch on the BMJCP or the selected jettison
switch on the WCP may have to be pressed again to
complete jettison.
IKB COMMANDS
Less [AMI] It is not necessary to wait for FMS Re-
configuration Load to complete before using the
switches on the IKB. Certain SMO commands may
need to be re-issued if their processes were aborted
by the reconfiguration and some may require FMS
Reconfiguration Load to complete. Unless listed be-
low, all SMO IKB commands are available for use
immediately after reconfiguration occurs, subject to
their normal prerequisite conditions.
Less [AMI] All display requests should be available
immediately after reconfiguration occurs.
• Reconfiguration aborts Flex Targeting and Di-
rect Targeting data input. The command sequence
to continue the aborted targeting data input pro-
cess must be reissued. However, the last data field
entered on the Flex or Direct Targeting Input Dis-
plays (MDFY-nn) may not be processed properly if
reconfiguration occurs shortly after entry. There-
fore, it is advisable to re-enter that field again
when resuming the Flex or Direct Targeting Data
input that was in progress when reconfiguration oc-
curred.
Less [AMI] All weapon targeting commands should
be available:
• Immediately after CAD reconfiguration oc-
curs.
• Immediately after FMS Reconfiguration Load
completes when NAWD reconfiguration occurs.
• Since Targeting aborts because of reconfigura-
tion, Manual Targeting (CF-556,nn) and Send Tar-
geting Data (CF-DD) commands may need to be re-
issued to ensure they are properly carried out. For
the Send Targeting Data (CF-DD) command to be
reissued, the Flex or Direct Targeting it was associ-
ated with must first be restarted.
• If the Target/Retarget All (CF-559) command
was active before reconfiguration, it will pick up
where it left off automatically once it establishes
that conditions are set to continue, or if desired, the
command may be reissued to start targeting over
again.
• Although it is immediately available for use,
the Exit Targeting Mode command (CF-DE) does
not need to be used if Flex or Direct Targeting Data
Input was active when reconfiguration occurred.

[AMI] It is necessary to wait for reconfiguration to
complete before using the switches on the IKB. All
Command Menu display request commands, Sys-
tem Status display request commands, and System
Control commands should be available for use im-
mediately after reconfiguration occurs. The opera-
tional (Strike/Sim) mode and the ECU Override re-
main as they were prior to reconfiguration. Certain
CSP IKB commands may need to be reissued if
their processes were aborted by the reconfiguration:
• If automatic targeting was actively targeting
a CALCM when reconfiguration occurred, the retar-
get all command need only be reissued if reconfi-
guration somehow disrupted the assigning of
CALCMs to targets in the preferred launch se-
quence. Otherwise, automatic targeting will start
back up on its own.
• If manual targeting was active when reconfi-
guration occurred, the manual targeting command
may need to be reissued to ensure the CALCM is
targeted correctly.
• If flex targeting data input was active, includ-
ing the fuze data input screen when applicable,
when reconfiguration occurred, the flex targeting
command must be reissued to continue entering
flex targeting and/or fuze data.
• If direct targeting data input was active, in-
cluding the fuze data input screen when applicable,
when reconfiguration occurred, the direct targeting
command must be reissued to continue entering di-
rect targeting and/or fuze data.
• If flex or direct targeting data was being sent
to a CALCM when reconfiguration occurred, the ap-
propriate targeting command must be reissued
prior to reissuing the send targeting data command
to ensure the CALCM was targeted correctly.
MFD DISPLAYS
When reconfiguration occurs, some SMO functions
are affected and can cause data that is displayed on
the PCP, the WCP, and the MFDs to change. To as-
certain the current conditions after a reconfigura-
tion occurs the following displays should be re-
viewed to verify settings and conditions are as de-
sired.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
Less [AMI] :
• Control Function (CF) menu
• Weapon Supervision Menu (CF-5)
• CALCM Supervision Menu (CF-55)
• FCP Supervision Menu (CF-6)
• PME Status Display (FRMT-6)
• Status and Inventory Display (FRMT-7)
• Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)
[AMI] :
• Control Function Menu (CF-) for the current
operational (Strike/Sim) mode.
• Weapon Supervision Menu (CF-5) for the
current operational (Strike/Sim) mode.
• FCP Supervision Menu (CF-6) for the current
ECU Override status.
• PME Status Display (FRMT-6).
• Stores Summary Display (FRMT-77).
The following displays may be reviewed if they
were being used prior to reconfiguration to verify
settings and conditions are as desired.
• WCP Backup Display (CF-E)
• Flex Targeting Input screen (CF-557,nn)
• Direct Targeting Input screen (CF-558,nn)
Less [AMI] FMS Reconfiguration Load Fails
If the FMS Reconfiguration Load did not occur after
the NAWD fails, due to a bad load DTUC or the
load DTUC is not having been mounted or selected,
SMO targeting functions will be affected as follows:
• Auto targeting will cease to operate
• Manual Targeting (CF-556,nn) will result in a
TGT XFER ABORT advisory for any weapon, re-
gardless of whether it was previously targeted or
not
• Flex Targeting (CF-557,nn) and the ensuing
CF-DD, Send Data command) will function only
with those weapons that are already targeted to
CALCM launch points
• Direct Targeting (CF-558,n(n) and the ensuing
CF-DD, Send Data command) will function only
with those weapons that are already targeted, or
have indicated they have received GPS Initializa-
tion Data. Weapons that have indicated they have
received GPS Initialization Data can only be Direct
Targeted.
Change 10 1-40A
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

SMO MFD DISPLAYS • PRGM,nn CALCM Launch Point Program

Display
Displays can be requested on each Multifunction • PRGM, Dnn CALCM Direct Target Program
Display (MFD) which contain SMO data and are Display
used to interface with the operator for CALCM op- RELEASE ADVISORY DISPLAY
erations. Several of the displays are defined and
updated primarily by the FCP for which the SMO When weapons are declared launched, jettisoned,
provides additional data for display. Some of the aborted or hung, the Location/Station number and
displays are completely unique to SMO operation the appropriate status of each affected weapon will
for which the SMO provides all of the data. The fol- be shown as a Weapon Release advisory as indi-
lowing displays are affected wholly or in part by the cated in figure 1-21. The Weapon Release Advisory
SMO: display will be shown on the bottom of the display
• Release Advisory Display on all MFDs. There is no operator command to
• CF Control Function cause the Weapon Release advisory to be displayed.
• CF-5 Weapon Supervision Menu Once displayed, the data will remain on the MFDs
• CF-55 CALCM Supervision Menu for approximately five seconds after the release or
• CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display attempted release of the last weapon in the
• CF-558,nn Direct Target Input Display for sequence. The Weapon Release Advisory is also dis-
played when an abort to one or more weapons
Direct Target Dn
• CF-6 FCP Supervision Menu occurs.
• CF-61 FCP Initialization Display
• CF-62 SMO Load Menu NOTE
• CF-67 FCP Termination Display
• CF-8 Mission Supervision Menu If a multiple weapon jettison is commanded,
• CF-81 [AMI] Mission Data Load some of the weapons may not have a jetti-
son or hung release advisory displayed.
Display
• CF-82 [AMI] CALCM Group Selection This is attributed to timing differences be-
tween the jettison and the advisory display
Menu
• CF-DF Fuze Data Input Display when update rate.
entered from the Flex or Direct
Target Displays PRIME MISSION DATA
• CF-DF or [AMI] CALCM Group Assign
Less [AMI] The prime mission data is displayed
CF-DB ment Display when entered
from CALCM Status & Inven anytime a MFD is displaying CF-61, CF-67, CF-E,
tory Display FRMT-2, FRMT-4, FRMT-5, FRMT-6, FRMT-8,
• CF-E Weapon Control Panel Backup FRMT-9, FRMT-10, or a PRGM display.
Display
• FRMT- Format Menu [AMI] Prime mission data (PMD) displays aircraft
• FRMT-1 Radar Display Data location, flight parameters, and mission parameters
• FRMT-2 Radar Display Data with PMD to monitor mission performance. Either Full or Par-
• FRMT-4 EVS Display Data tial PMD is displayed at the top of most MFDs. See
• FRMT-5 EVS Full Display Data T.O. 1B-52H-1-12 for a further description of PMD.
• FRMT-6 PME Status Display The SMO produces a one line PMD when FRMT-7
• FRMT-7 CALCM Status and Inventory is entered. The one line PMD only displays time-to-
Display go to current destination, steering heading error
• FRMT-7xy CALCM Status and Inventory with associated course correction arrow, and time of
Display with Selected Station day.
Status
• FRMT-10 Destination Table Display The SMO provides the destination label for the cur-
• FRMT-10,nn Destination Table Display rent destination when the destination is a CALCM
for destination nn launch point.

1-40B Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY FUNCTION

1 xy Location and station of each weapon launched.

x= B for Bay stations, L for Left pylon stations, and R for Right pylon
stations.
y = Station number - Bay 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
Pylon 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6

The location and station of the weapon launched will be displayed in window 1
and will be displayed for 5 seconds. If multiple jettison from pylons occurs,
some messages may be skipped due to display timing.

2 AWAY_ The weapon was successfully launched.

HUNG_ The weapon umbilical and/or ejector status indicate that the weapon was not
released.
ABORT A weapon abort was commanded.
JETT_ The weapon was successfully jettisoned.

Figure 1-21. Release Advisory Display

1-41
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
CONTROL FUNCTION (CF) DISPLAYS
SMO Control Function (CF) commands are listed in
figure 1-22. Pressing the CF key on the IKB will
display the CF MENU display (figure 1-23). Much
of the data displayed on the Control Function Menu
is related to FMS and will not be discussed in this
T.O. The SMO related items are included in this
T.O. Operations are listed below:
• 5 WPN SUPV indicates a CF-5 command can
be used to request the Weapon Supervision Menu.
The current operational SMO mode (i.e., STRIKE,
PART SIM, FULL SIM, or Less [AMI] PLUS CT)
is displayed in the adjacent window.
• 6 FCP SUPV, indicates a CF-6 command can
be used to request the FCP Supervision Menu.
• 8 MSN SUPV, indicates a CF-8 command can
be used to request the Mission Supervision Menu.
• E WCP BACKUP indicates a CF-E command
can be used to request the WCP Backup display.
WEAPON SUPERVISION MENU (CF-5)
The Weapon Supervision Menu, commanded by
CF-5, has the following functions:
• 50 STRIKE indicates a CF-50 command can be
used to select STRIKE mode.
• 51 PART SIM indicates a CF-51 command can
be used to select PART SIM from STRIKE mode.
• 52 FULL SIM indicates a CF-52 command can
be used to select FULL SIM from STRIKE mode.
• Less [AMI] 55 CALCM SUPV indicates a
CF-55 command can be used to select the CALCM
Supervision Menu.
• [AMI] 55 CALCM SUPV indicates a CF-55
command can be used to select the CALCM Super-
vision Menu when CALCM is designated the prima-
ry SMO. The alternate CALCM supervision display
commands, CF-5x (where x = A for left pylon, B for
bay, and C for right pylon), can be used at any time
to select the CALCM Supervision Menu, but the
commands are only valid if the SMO is assigned to
the corresponding location.
• 59 BAY DOORS identifies the operator com-
mand to open and close the bomb bay doors (Not
pertinent to operation of the SMO).
When the Weapon Supervision Menu is displayed,
the current SMO mode (i.e., STRIKE, FULL SIM,
or [AMI] PART SIM) is displayed, similar to the
Control Function Menu (CF-).
STRIKE Mode Command (CF-50)
Less [AMI] Operator entry of CF-50 will command
the SMO from either SIM mode into STRIKE mode.
If the command is entered while the SMO is in
STRIKE mode or PLUS CT mode, it will be ignored.
1-42 Change 11
The SMO will reject a CF-50 command and display
it in reverse video when the operational mode is
FULL SIM or PART SIM and the MIUs are being
simulated in the ON condition. The SMO will reject
a CF-50 command and display it in reverse video if
simulated power is applied to any MIU, Go/No-Go
test option is active or SIT (System Interface Test)
option is active.
[AMI] Operator entry of CF-50 will command the
weapon system from SIM mode into STRIKE mode.
If the command is entered while the weapon system
is in STRIKE mode, it will be ignored. The CF-50
command will be rejected and displayed in reverse
video if any of the following is true:
• Simulated Go/No-Go test mode is active.
• Simulated SIT mode is active.
• Simulated power is applied to either MIU or
to any weapon.
After SIM mode is exited by commanding STRIKE
mode, the B-52 mission data and the SMO must be re-
loaded to guarantee proper operation of the system.
PART SIM Mode Command (CF-51)
Less [AMI] Operator entry of CF-51 will command
the SMO from STRIKE mode into PART SIM mode.
If the command is entered while the SMO is in
PART SIM mode, it will be ignored. The SMO will
reject a CF-51 command and display it in reverse
video under the following conditions:
• Power is applied to any MIU.
• Operational mode is FULL SIM.
• The B-52 mission tape payload type indicates
a war mission.
• The MIUs have previously been powered ON
and any ejector was in the unlocked state.
• Either SIT or Go/No-Go Testing mode is active.
[AMI] Operator entry of CF-51 will command the
weapon system from STRIKE mode into PART SIM
mode. If the command is entered while the weapon
system is in PART SIM mode, it will be ignored.
The CSP will reject a CF-51 command and display
it in reverse video if any of the following is true:
• The system is in FULL SIM mode.
• Mission data is for an operational (STRIKE)
mission.
• Power is applied to an MIU or to any weapon.
• Actual Go/No-Go test mode is active.
• Actual SIT mode is active.
• 28 VDC T/R Power Discrepancy fault exists.
• AIU Communication fault exists.
• Any CALCM ejector is in the unlock state as de-
termined from previously having MIU power applied.

FULL SIM Mode Command (CF-52)
Less [AMI] Operator entry of CF-52 will command
the SMO from STRIKE mode into FULL SIM mode.
If the command is entered while the SMO is in
FULL SIM mode, it will be ignored. The SMO will
reject a CF-52 command and display it in reverse
video under the following conditions:
• Power is applied to any MIU.
• Operational mode is PART SIM.
• The B-52 mission tape payload type indicates
a war mission.
• The MIUs have previously been powered ON
and any ejector was in the unlocked state.
• Either SIT or Go/No-Go Testing mode is active.
[AMI] Operator entry of CF-52 will command the
weapon system from STRIKE mode into FULL SIM
mode. If the command is entered while the weapon
system is in FULL SIM mode, it will be ignored.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
The CSP will reject a CF-52 command and display
it in reverse video if any of the following is true:
• The system is in PART SIM mode.
• The loaded B-52 mission is an operational
(strike/war) mission.
• Power is applied to either MIU or to any weap-
on.
• Actual Go/No-Go test mode is active.
• Actual SIT mode is active.
• 28 VDC T/R Power Discrepancy fault exists.
• AIU Communication fault exists.
• Any CALCM ejector is in the unlock state as de-
termined from previously having MIU power applied.
FULL SIM mode operation is described in Section
VII. The operational mode is displayed on Control
Function Menu, Weapon Supervision Menu, and
CALCM Supervision Menu.
Change 10 1-43
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

COMMAND DESCRIPTION

CF Control Function Menu Request

CF-5 Weapon Supervisory Menu Request
CF-5x [AMI] CALCM Supervision Menu Request (Displays CALCM Supervision Menu, CF-55,
when CALCM SMO controls location x)
CF-50 STRIKE Mode Command
CF-51 PART SIM Mode Command
CF-52 FULL SIM Mode Command
CF-55 CALCM Supervision Menu Request
CF-550 [AMI] Auto Target Enable/disable Command
CF-55A* Telemetry Power On Command for Selected CALCM
CF-55B* Telemetry Power Off Command for Selected CALCM
CF-55C* Telemetry Power Transfer Command for Selected CALCM
CF-55D Crypto Key Override Command
CF-55E Warm-Up Override Command
CF-55F** Weapon Erase Command for selected CALCM
CF-550 [AMI] Automatic Target On/Off Command
CF-551 Go/No-Go Test Command (MAINTENANCE ONLY)
CF-552 SIT Command (MAINTENANCE ONLY)
CF-553 Manual SAIR Command for Current Launch Point
CF-554 Automatic Retargeting On/Off Command
CF-555** Classified Data Erase Command
CF-556,nn* Manual Targeting of a Selected CALCM to the Mission Associated with Cruise Missile
Launch Point nn
CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display Request for Launch Point nn
CF-558,nn* Direct Target Input Display Request for Selected CALCM with Direct Target Designa-
tion of Dnn.
CF-559 Manually Initiated Targeting or Retargeting of All Available CALCMs
CF-6 FCP Supervision Menu Request
CF-61 FCP Initialization Display Request
CF-62 SMO Load Menu Request
CF-62,n Less [AMI] SMO Load Command for SMO Menu No. n
CF-62x [AMI] Primary SMO Selection Command by SMO Location x
CF-64 Classified Data Erase Command
CF-65 SMO Mission Event Recording Command
CF-66 Clear PME Faults Command
CF-67 OAS Shutdown Command
CF-68 ECU Fault Override Command

Figure 1-22. SMO Control Function (CF) Commands (Sheet 1 of 2)

1-44 Change 11
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

COMMAND DESCRIPTION

CF-8 Mission Supervision Menu Request

CF-81,n Read B-52 Sortie Mission Data Command for Mission No. n
CF-82x [AMI] Weapon Group Selection Menu Request for SMO Loaded at Location x
CF-82,nn or n [AMI] CALCM Weapon Group Selection Command for Weapon Group No. nn or n.
CF-DB Page Backward from the AGM-86D Fuze Data Screen to the Flex or Direct Target Dis-
play
[AMI] Previous Sortie Command when entered from B-52 Mission Data Load Display,
CF-81
[AMI] Page Backward to Previous CALCM Group Selection Menu when entered from
CALCM Group Selection Menu
[AMI] Page to CALCM Status and Inventory Display when entered from Weapon
Group Assignment Data Display
CF-DD Send Data for Flex/Direct Targeting
CF-DE Exit Flex/Direct Targeting
CF-DF Page Forward to the AGM-86D Fuze Data Screen from Flex or Direct Target Displays
[AMI] Next Sortie Command when entered from B-52 Mission Data Load Display,
CF-81
[AMI] Page Forward to Next CALCM Group Selection Menu when entered from
CALCM Group Selection Menu
[AMI] Page to CALCM Status and Inventory Display when entered from Weapon
Group Assignment Data Display
CF-E Weapon Control Panel Backup Display Command
CLR-D Exit Direct Launch Mode Command

* Only one location and station can be selected if multiple locations and/or stations are selected, the command is
displayed in reverse video and LOC/STA?? advisory displayed.
** Multiple locations/stations can be selected.

Figure 1-22. SMO Control Function (CF) Commands (Sheet 2 of 2)

Change 10 1-44A
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF CONTROL FUNCTION MENU

Less [AMI]

[AMI]

PMD

CF MENU

1 I N U - 1 SUP V
2 I N U - 2 SUP V
3 A L TER SUP V
4 NAV R E F
5 WPN SUP V 1
6 F C P SUP V
7 S TE E R SUP V
8 MSN SUP V

E WCP B ACK UP
F RNMP B ACK UP

- - - - CF -

B41011

Figure 1-23. Control Function (CF) Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)

1-44B Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF CONTROL FUNCTION MENU

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 STRIKE NO Operational mode is STRIKE.

PART SIM Operational mode is Part Simulation.

FULL SIM Operational mode is FULL Simulation.
Less [AMI] PLUS CT Operational mode is Plus Count.

Figure 1-23. Control Function (CF) Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)

Change 10 1-44C
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-5 WEAPON SUPERVISION MENU

Less [AMI]

[AMI]

PMD

5 WPN SUP V 1
5 0 S TR I K E
5 1 P AR T S I M
5 2 F UL L S I M

5 5 CA L CM SUP V

59 B AY DOORS 2
5A L P WPN SUP V 3
5B B AY WPN SUP V 3
5C RP WPN SUP V 3

- - - - CF - 5

B41012

Figure 1-24. CF-5 Weapon Supervision Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)

1-44D Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Operational Mode NO
STRIKE Operational mode is STRIKE.
PART SIM Operational mode is Part Simulation.
FULL SIM Operational mode is FULL Simulation.
Less [AMI] PLUS CT Operational mode is Plus Count.
2 Bomb Bay Door NO
Status
OPEN AIU door status indicates bay doors are open.
CLSD AIU door status indicates bay doors are closed.
UNLTCHD AIU door status indicates bay doors are not opened and not closed.
UNLTCHD AIU door status indicates bay doors are both opened and closed.
(Reverse Video)
3 [AMI] SMO ID NO
24 Character SMO ID SMO is loaded for the respective location (A=Left Pylon, B=Bay,
C=Right Pylon) but is not the Primary SMO.
24 Character SMO ID SMO is loaded for the respective location (A=Left Pylon, B=Bay,
(Bright Underlined C=Right Pylon) and is the Primary SMO.
Video)
Blank SMO is not loaded for the respective location (A=Left Pylon, B=Bay,
C=Right Pylon) but is not the Primary SMO.

Figure 1-24. CF-5 Weapon Supervision Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)

Change 10 1-45
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
CALCM Supervision Menu (CF-55)
The CALCM Supervision menu, commanded by
CF-55 ([AMI] CF-55, CF-5A, CF-5B, and CF-5C), is
shown in figure 1-25. CF-55 displays the current
SMO status and lists CF commands associated with
CALCM operations. When the CALCM Supervision
Menu is displayed, the current SMO mode (i.e.,
STRIKE or SIM) is displayed just as on the Control
Function Menu (CF-) and the Weapon Supervision
Menu (CF-5).
[AMI] Commands CF-5A, CF-5B, and CF-5C will
display the same CALCM Supervision menu when-
ever the CALCM SMO is loaded at the respective
left pylon, bay, or right pylon location. Unlike
CF-5A, CF-5B, and CF-5C commands, the CF-55
command displays the CALCM Supervision menu
only when CALCM is designated as the primary
SMO. Although CF-5A, CF-5B, and CF-5C com-
mands are operable, whichever SMO is prime, if
CALCM is loaded but not prime, none of the options
on the CALCM Supervision menu, CF-550 through
CF-559 and CF-55A through CF-F,x,y are available.
The control function commands that are unique to
the SMO are of the form CF-55x where x represents
any of several digits or alpha characters which may
or may not be followed by a comma and other dig-
it(s) or alpha characters. The CALCM Supervision
Menu displays the control function commands of
this form that are accepted by the SMO and the
function commanded by each. In addition to identi-
fying the CF-55x commands, the CALCM Supervi-
sion Menu (CF-55) also identifies other SMO com-
mands not identified on other CALCM displays.
TELEMETRY POWER COMMANDS (CF-55A,
CF-55B, AND CF-55C)
Discussion of the telemetry power commands
(CF-55A, CF-55B, and CF-55C) is contained in Sec-
tion IV.
CRYPTO KEY OVERRIDE COMMAND CF-55D
Operator entry of CF-55D while the Crypto Key
override is inactive, which is the initial condition,
will command the SMO to activate the Crypto Key
override option, removing targeting and launch re-
strictions due to lack of Crypto Keys. Once active,
the Crypto Key override option will become inactive
only if the SMO is reloaded or if a logoff is com-
manded and the system is restarted. Entry of
CF-55D again after activating the override will be
ignored. If the override is not active, targeting will
1-46 Change 10
not occur unless valid Crypto Keys are available,
and weapons will not be launched unless Crypto
Keys are verified in the weapon GPS receiver. The
override will apply to all CALCMs. The current sta-
tus of the Crypto Key override option is displayed
on the CALCM Supervision screen figure 1-25. The
SMO will reject a CF-55D command to activate the
Crypto Key override option, removing targeting and
launch restrictions due to lack of Crypto Keys and
display the command in reverse video if another
SMO confirmation message is active.
Prior to initiating crypto key override the SMO will
seek confirmation by displaying the question KEY
ORIDE? YES/NO. A YES response will result in
crypto key override being initiated, while a NO re-
sponse will terminate the request. After Less
[AMI] 60 seconds, [AMI] 120 seconds, the default
response of NO will be assumed.
WARM UP OVERRIDE COMMAND CF-55E
Prior to accepting a command for missile electronic
power application, the SMO will ensure missile
heater power has been applied for forty minutes to
allow the missile electronic components to warm
up. Missile heater power is applied to each missile
at each location following MIU power application
and initialization. Missile heater power is removed
from each missile at each location during the MIU
shutdown process. Operator entry of CF-55E while
the warmup override is inactive, which is the initial
condition, will command the SMO to activate the
warm up override option and to ignore the mini-
mum CALCM heater power ON time for all mis-
siles. If the command is entered when the override
option is active, the missile warm up override op-
tion will become inactive. The current status of the
missile warm up override option is displayed in ad-
jacent to the command on the CALCM Supervision
Menu (CF-55) figure 1-25.
NOTE
• Warm up timer (CF-55E) will not be by-
passed for initial MIU operation.
• MIU power must be on for 40 minutes be-
fore missile power can be applied, unless
timer override command is entered. CF-55E
will override approximately 35 minutes of
the 40 minutes warm-up time when ex-
treme cold conditions are present. Even
with CF-55E entered, missile power will not
be accepted if missile INE platform temper-
ature is not within limits.
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-55 CALCM SUPERVISION MENU

Less [AMI]

(CF-55, CF-5A, CF-5B, CF-5C)

[AMI]

* Only one location and station can be selected if multiple locations and/or stations are selected, the command is
displayed in reverse video and LOC/STA?? advisory displayed.
** Multiple locations/stations can be selected.
Figure 1-25. CF-55 CALCM Supervision Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)

Change 11 1-46A
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Operational Mode NO

STRIKE Operational mode is STRIKE.

PART SIM Operational mode is Part Simulation.
FULL SIM Operational mode is FULL Simulation.
Less [AMI] PLUS CT Operational mode is Plus Count.
2 GO/NOGO Test Status NO
ON (Bright) Go/No-Go test is commanded and in progress. (Maintenance Function)
OFF (Bright) Go/No-Go test is not commanded.

3 SIT Test Status NO

ON (Bright) SIT test is commanded and in progress. (Maintenance Function)

OFF (Bright) SIT test is not commanded.
4 Auto Retarget Status NO
ON (Bright) Auto retarget function is commanded.
OFF (Bright) Auto retarget function is not commanded.
5 Crypto Key Override NO
Status
ON (Bright) Crypto key override, which inhibits launch restrictions due to lack of
crypto keys, is active.
OFF (Bright) Crypto key override is not commanded.
6 Warmup Override NO
Status
ON (Bright) Warmup override, which inhibits missile electronic power application
due to sufficient missile heater warmup time.
OFF (Bright) Warmup override is not commanded.
7 [AMI] Auto Target NO
Status
ON (Bright) Auto target function is commanded.
OFF (Bright) Auto target function is not commanded.

NOTE

Aircrew members will not command CF-551 or CF-552 with actual missiles onboard unless required to verity DTUC/DTC
contents. Entry of CF-551 with missiles powered will cause all missiles to power down at the end of the Go/No-Go test.

Figure 1-25. CF-55 CALCM Supervision Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)

1-46B Change 10

WEAPON ERASE COMMAND CF-55F
Operator entry of CF-55F will result in weapon
mission data and the CALCMs operational flight
software (OSF) being erased for the weapon(s) se-
lected on the WCP. The SMO will ignore the com-
mand for any selected CALCMs that are off or go-
ing off. The SMO will reject a CF-55F command to
initiate weapon erase and display the command in
reverse video if any of the following conditions ex-
ist:
• At least one location and station is not
selected.
• A single selected weapon is in launch
countdown.
• Less [AMI] Another SMO confirmation mes-
sage is active.
Prior to initiating weapon erase the SMO will seek
confirmation by displaying the question WEAPON
OFS ERASE? YES/NO. A YES response will result
in weapon erase being initiated, while a NO re-
sponse will terminate the request. After Less
[AMI] 60 seconds, [AMI] 120 seconds, the default
response of NO will be assumed.
NOTE
• Use of CF-55F and CF-555 is unrestricted af-
ter authorization from higher headquarters.
• CF-55F will erase all data from the missile,
including the missile Operational Flight Soft-
ware (OFS). The missile must be removed
from the aircraft in order for the software to
be reloaded. CF-55F will erase missile data
from any selected powered missile, including
when the aircraft is on the ground.
[AMI] CALCM Auto Targeting Mode CF-550
Operator entry of CF-550 toggles between command-
ing the Auto Targeting mode ON and OFF. The auto-
matic targeting process has the SMO assigning
CALCMs to CALCM launch points and downloading
the appropriate weapon mission into the primary
CALCM assigned and its backups. Since other target-
ing processes cannot be commanded for a CALCM un-
til it has been initially targeted with an actual or de-
fault weapon, each CALCM must successfully com-
plete the automatic targeting process first. The cur-
rent status of the Auto Target mode is displayed on the
CALCM Supervision Menu (CF-55, CF-5A, CF-5B,
CF-5C). The initial condition is OFF which inhibits
automatic targeting from occurring.
Go/No-Go Test CF-551
Entry of CF-551 will command the SMO to activate
the Go/No-Go Test function. When active, Go/No-Go
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
Test tests can be performed on operational
CALCMs. The SMO will reject a CF-551 command
and display it in reverse video if the SIT mode is ac-
tive or Less [AMI] the SIM mode is active ([AMI]
any MIU has power applied). The SMO will display
a GO/NOGO CMPLT advisory message when the
test for all CALCMs for which powered was com-
manded. Entry of CF-551 prior to test completion
will exit the Go/No-Go Test function.
NOTE
Aircrew members will not command CF-551
or CF-552 with missiles on board unless re-
quired to verify DTUC/DTC contents. Entry
of CF-551 with missiles powered will cause all
missiles to power down at the end of the Go/
No-Go test.
System Interface Test (SIT) CF-552
SIT performs a checkout of WCE, weapon interface,
and missile(s). Entry of CF-552 will command the
SMO to activate the SIT function. When active, SIT
tests can be performed on operational CALCMs.
The SMO will reject a CF-552 command and dis-
play it in reverse video if the aircraft is not on the
ground, if the Go/No-Go Test is active, or Less
[AMI] SIM mode is active ([AMI] any MIU has
power applied). Entry of CF-552 prior to SIT
completion will exit the SIT Test function.
NOTE
Aircrew members will not command CF-551
or CF-552 with missiles on board. Entry of
CF-551 with missiles powered will cause all
missiles to power down at the end of the Go/
No-Go test.
Manual SAIR Command CF-553
Operator entry of CF-553 will result in manual
SAIR mode being initiated for the weapon associat-
ed with the current cruise missile launch point.
When Manual SAIR is entered the launch mode
will automatically change to manual. The SMO will
reject a CF-553 command to initiate manual SAIR
and display the command in reverse video if any of
the following conditions exist:
• The current destination is not a cruise missile
launch point.
• No weapon is targeted to the current cruise
missile launch point.
• A direct target is selected as the current weap-
on event.
• Weapon is in launch countdown sequence.
• Less [AMI] Another SMO confirmation mes-
sage is active.
Change 10 1-46C
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
Prior to entering Manual SAIR the SMO will seek
confirmation by displaying the question MANUAL
SAIR? YES/NO on the bottom of the MFD. A YES
response will result in manual SAIR being initi-
ated, while a NO response will terminate the re-
quest. After Less [AMI] 60 seconds, [AMI] 120 sec-
onds, the default response of NO will be assumed.
Manual SAIR will remain active until one of the fol-
lowing occurs:
• A weapon release.
• The launch mode is changed to automatic.
• Entry into direct launch mode.
• Three minutes have elapsed since entry into
manual SAIR mode.
• The operator issues a Fly-to command, or nor-
mal destination sequencing occurs. Normal se-
quencing is inhibited as long as a missile is tar-
geted to the launch point and SAIR conditions are
valid. Sequencing will occur when all three of the
following have occurred
1) The aircraft has flown within 1 nm of the
launch point.
2) The aircraft has flown within 0.1 nm of the
launch point, or is no longer within 1 nm of
the launch point.
3) The aircraft is no longer in SAIR or no
missile is targeted to the launch point.
Automatic Retargeting Enable
Command CF-554
Operator entry of CF-554, while the automatic re-
targeting function is inhibited, which is the initial
condition, will cause automatic retargeting to be ac-
tive. If the command is entered while the automatic
retarget function is active, automatic retargeting
will become inhibited. The current status of auto-
matic retargeting, whether it is active or inactive, is
displayed in the window adjacent to the command
on the CALCM Supervision Menu (CF-55) and on
the Program screen.
Classified Data Erase Command CF-555
Operator entry of CF-555 will result in classified
data erase mode being initiated for the weapon(s)
selected on the WCP. The SMO will ignore the com-
mand for any selected CALCM that is off or going
off. The SMO will reject a CF-555 command to initi-
ate classified data erase and display the command
in reverse video if any of the following conditions
exist:
• At least one valid location and station is not
selected.
• A single selected weapon is in launch count-
down.
• Less [AMI] Another SMO confirmation mes-
sage is active.
1-46D Change 10
Prior to initiating classified data erase the SMO
will seek confirmation by displaying the question
CLSF DATA ERASE? YES/NO. A YES response
will result in the mission data set, including crypto
keys, being erased from the weapon memory. A NO
response will terminate the request. After Less
[AMI] 60 seconds, [AMI] 120 seconds, the default
response of NO will be assumed.
NOTE
•
Use of CF-55F and CF-555 is unrestricted
after authorization from higher headquar-
ters.
• CF-555 erases mission data only. The mis-
sile OFS remains loaded and as a result the
missile still contains software classified SE-
CRET. The CALCM can have power reap-
plied and made ready for launch after using
the CF-555 command.
Manual Target Command CF-556,nn
Operator entry of CF-556,nn with a single weapon
location and station selected on the WCP will cause
the mission associated with the cruise missile
launch point nn to be loaded in the selected weapon
and up to two available backup weapons. The SMO
will reject a CF-556,nn command to send targeting
data and display the command in reverse video if
any of the following conditions exist:
• [AMI] Another SMO is designated as primary.
• [AMI] The selected weapon group is not avail-
able.
• nn is not a valid cruise missile launch point
number.
• A single weapon location and station has not
been selected.
• There is no CALCM at the selected location/
station.
• The warhead type for the cruise missile
launch point number does not match the warhead
type of the single weapon selected.
• Any CALCM is in launch count down.
• Another targeting mode is in progress.
• Less [AMI] The loaded sortie mission does not
identify a MIU in the stores table that is associated
with the single weapon selected.
• The CALCM selected is OFF or going OFF.
• The single weapon selected has not received
GPS initialization data.
• Mission data transfer is in progress.
NOTE
If the launch point being manually targeted
is the current destination, automatic se-
quencing to the next destination will be in-
hibited while in-range.

Flex Targeting Selection Command CF-557,nn
Operator entry of CF-557,nn where nn is the cruise
missile launch point number, will cause the Flex
Targeting Input display, figure 1-26, to be dis-
played. This display is used to flex off of any
CALCM mission steering waypoint to a operator
entered target location. The launch point number,
its associated missile location/station, and Less
[AMI] the DTUC checksum or [AMI] CALCM
weapon group are shown at the top of the display.
Less [AMI] All digital input fields will be initial-
ized to zero at SMO load. Before the data can be
sent to the weapon the operator must enter each
non-zero data item.
Flex targeting data entry is initiated by entering a
MDFY-n command (where n is the line number of
the desired line to modify). The operator will then
enter the requested information and press ENTER.
When ENTER is pressed, range checks will be pro-
vided for all data on the line being modified and the
first out-of-range entry on a line will be reverse
highlighted. Once an entry has been reverse high-
lighted it stays reverse highlighted even when cor-
rect data is entered. To remove the reverse high-
light, the MDFY-n command for that line (or a dif-
ferent line if desired) must be used and all data for
that line re-entered.
NOTE
If the latitude or longitude fields become re-
verse highlighted, the arrow keys on the
IKB must be used to skip over the degree,
minute, and decimal delimiters because it
will no longer happen automatically).
If the data is valid, it is copied from the command
line that was modified. When the operator has com-
pleted a line or wishes to modify another line,
MDFY-n can be entered to modify the same or dif-
ferent line. The process of entering MDFY-n, then
the data, then pressing ENTER is repeated until all
lines have valid data on them. Once all required
data has been entered, the selected CALCM can be
retargeted with the entered data by issuing the CF-
DD command.
Less [AMI] The DTUC Checksum on line 1 allows
verification that the launch point’s CALCM mission
being flexed came from the appropriate CALCM
weapon DTUC. Checksums must be provided to the
aircrew by the mission planners.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
A message for AGM-86Ds has been added at the
bottom of the display above the CF-DD prompt.
This message, CF-DF PAGE FORWARD, directs the
operator to select CF-DF for the AGM-86D Fuze
Data Display.
The available backup weapons will be flexed auto-
matically when the CF-DD command is issued. Un-
til the CF-DD command is issued, the operator can
re-enter data on any modifiable line by reselecting
that line using the MDFY-n command as before.
During the Flex targeting process the operator can
command display of an additional flex targeting input
display by entering CF-557. After the CF-DD or CF-
DE command is issued, Flex targeting will be termi-
nated, the entered data will remain displayed and the
operator must reenter CF-557,nn to flex target anoth-
er weapon. If the operator changes displays such that
Flex targeting screens are no longer displayed, Flex
targeting will be terminated and the entered data will
be stored for display on a subsequent Flex targeting
command. The operator may review Flex targeting
data for a weapon previously targeted by entering
CF-557,nn for that launch point.
The SMO will reject a CF-557,nn command and dis-
play the command in reverse video if any of the fol-
lowing conditions exist:
• [AMI] The CALCM SMO is not the primary
SMO.
• nn is not a valid CALCM launch point number.
• There is no CALCM associated with the speci-
fied launch point.
• Flex target modification is active for another
launch point.
The CF-557,nn and CF-557 commands will be re-
jected and reverse highlighted for the following:
• Mission data transfer is in progress.
• Another targeting mode is in progress.
• Launch countdown is in progress for any mis-
sile.
The CF-557,nn, CF-557, and CF-DF commands will
be rejected and reverse highlighted for the following:
• The CALCM associated with the launch point
is off or powering off.
The CF-557 and CF-DF commands will be rejected
and reverse highlighted for the following:
• Flex targeting mode is in progress.
Change 10 1-47
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-557,nn FLEX TARGET INPUT DISPLAY FOR LAUNCH POINT nn

Less [AMI]

[AMI]

Figure 1-26. CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display For

Launch Point nn (Sheet 1 of 9)

1-48 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Launch Point No. NO

nn (Bright Underlined) Selected launch point number.

(blank) Flex targeting not active.
2 Location/Station NO
xy (Bright Underlined) Location(x) and station (y) of the weapon of associated weapon.
(blank) Flex targeting not active & flex screen displayed.

x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.
3 Less [AMI] DTUC NO
Checksum
nnnn (Bright) NO DTUC checksum in hexadecimal format, in the range of 0000 to FFFF.

4 Target Latitude YES

Less [AMI] Target latitude in Less [AMI] degrees, minutes, seconds and thousandths
add°mm ss.sss of a second, [AMI] degrees, minutes and thousandths of minutes.
[AMI] add°mm.mmm a= N for north and S for south.
(Bright) Valid input range = N/S 90°
Less [AMI] N00°00 Awaiting Data Input or valid zero input.
00.000
[AMI] N00°00.000
(Bright)
5 Target Longitude YES
Less [AMI] Target longitude in Less [AMI] degrees, minutes, seconds and thousandths
addd°mm ss.sss of a second, [AMI] degrees, minutes and thousandths of minutes..
[AMI] addd°mm.mmm a= E for east and W for west.
(Bright) Valid input range = Less [AMI] E 180° 00 00.000 thru
W 179° 59 59.999 [AMI] E 180°00.000 through W 179°59.999.
Less [AMI] E000°00 Awaiting Data Input or valid zero input.
00.000
[AMI] E000°00.000
(Bright)
6 Target Elevation YES
nnnnn (Bright) Target elevation (MSL): -1300 to 29030 in feet.
00000 (Bright) Awaiting Data Input, or valid zero target elevation.
7 Pre-target Steering YES
Waypoint
nn (Bright) CALCM steering waypoint to be used as the pre-target waypoint.
Valid input range = 2 to JMAX-3.
Where JMAX-3 is the planned pre-target waypoint.
00 Awaiting Data Input.

Figure 1-26. CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display For

Launch Point nn (Sheet 2 of 9)

Change 10 1-49
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

8 JMAX-3 NO

nn JMAX-3, Where JMAX-3 is the planned pre-target waypoint.

9 Burst Altitude YES

nnnn (Bright) Height of burst altitude AGL in feet.Valid input range = 0 to 5000.

0000 Awaiting Data Input, or valid zero target altitude.

n (Bright) SWP to Target Mach speed index.Valid input range = 0 to 4.

0 (Bright) Awaiting Data Input, or valid zero input.

10 Steering Waypoint to YES

Target Mach Index

n (Bright) SWP to Target Mach speed index.Valid input range = 0 to 4.

0 (Bright) Awaiting Data Input, or valid zero input.

11 Flight Mode Code YES

n (Bright) Flight mode from the SWP to the target
(0 = Baro Hold, 1 = Terrain Following).
0 (Bright) Awaiting Data Input, or valid zero input.
12 Flight Mode NO
TF When flight mode is Terrain Following.
BH When flight mode is Baro Hold.
13 Flight Altitude YES
nnnnn (Bright) Flight altitude from the SWP to TMIP in feet.
Valid input range = -1000 to 50000
MSL when flight mode is Baro Hold
or = 0 to 8000 AGL when flight mode is Terrain Following .
00000 (Bright) Awaiting data input, or valid zero input.
14 Less [AMI] Flight Mode NO
Altitude Reference
AGL When flight mode is Terrain Following.
MSL When flight mode is Baro Hold.
[AMI] Flight Mode Alti- NO
tude Range
(0 – 8000 FT AGL) When flight mode is Terrain Following.
(-1000 – 50000 MSL) When flight mode is Baro Hold.

Figure 1-26. CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display For

Launch Point nn (Sheet 3 of 9)

1-50 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

15 Line 7 NO
7 When flight mode is Terrain Following or flight altitude trajectory mode on
CF-558 is Terrain Following.
(blank) When flight mode is not Terrain Following.
16 Barometric Hold NO
Backup Altitude
BH BKUP ALT When flight mode is Terrain Following.
(blank) When flight mode is not Terrain Following.

17 Backup Altitude YES

nnnnn (Bright) Backup altitude in feet (SWP to TMIP).
Valid input range = -1000 to 50000 MSL when flight mode is Terrain Fol-
lowing.
00000 (Bright) Awaiting data input, or valid zero input when flight mode is Terrain Fol-
lowing.
(blank) When flight mode is Baro Hold.

18 Less [AMI] Backup NO

Altitude Reference
FT MSL, TF Only When flight mode is Terrain Following.
(blank) When flight mode is not Terrain Following.
[AMI] Backup Altitude
Range
(-1000 – 50000MSL) When flight mode is not Terrain Following.
19 Rollover Flag YES
n (Bright) Valid inputs: 0= OFF, 1 = ON.

20 Less [AMI] Impact YES

Angle
nn (Bright) Impact Angle in whole degrees. Valid input range accepted by OAS is 00
to 80.
AGM-86C - If rollover mode is not selected the input range which will be
accepted by the missile is 00 to 50. If rollover mode is selected, the input
which will be accepted by the missile is 70. If a value greater than 50 is
used for a push over or a value other than 70 is used for a rollover the
missile will NoGo.

AGM-86D - If rollover mode is not selected the input range which will be
accepted by the missile is 00 to 50. If rollover mode is selected, the input
range which will be accepted by the missile is 50 to 70. If a value be-
tween 70 to 80 is entered the missile will use 70. If a value outside the
pushover or rollover limitations is entered the missile will accept the val-
ues and may unsuccessfully attempt to achieve the commanded angle.
00 (Bright) Awaiting data input, or valid zero input.

Figure 1-26. CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display For

Launch Point nn (Sheet 4 of 9)

Change 10 1-51
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

20 [AMI] Impact Angle YES

nn (Bright) Impact angle in degrees. Valid input range = 0 to 80 for Warhead 2
(Penetrator) when Rollover Flag = 0 or 1. Valid input range = 0 to 50 for
Warhead 1 (Blast/Frag) when Rollover Flag = 0. Valid input = 70 for War-
head 1 when Rollover Flag = 1.
00 (Bright) Awaiting data input, or valid zero input.
(blank) Awaiting data input.
21 PAGE FORWARD Msg NO
CF-DF PAGE Page forward to Fuze Data screen (CF-DF) when the missile is an
FORWARD AGM-86D.
(Underlined)
(blank) Missile not an AGM-86D.
22 Location/Station NO
xy (Bright Underlined) Location(x) and station (y) of the weapon of associated weapon.
x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.
23 Store Type NO
P Store is present but unidentified.
C CALCM is present .
C (Bright Underlined) CALCM is present with OTL power on.
X Store is not present at the specified location/station.
(blank) MIU is not powered.
24 Warhead Type NO
n (Bright) Weapon warhead type provided by missile data (1 = Blast/Frag, 2 =
Penetrator).
(blank) Warhead type has not been received from the missile.

Figure 1-26. CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display For

Launch Point nn (Sheet 5 of 9)

1-52 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

25 CALCM Status NO

OF CALCM electronic power is off.

ON CALCM electronic power is on.
CA CALCM is coarse aligning.
TA (Reverse) Transfer Alignment maneuver is required.
AL CALCM is aligned.
GO CALCM is aligned, GPS receiver is initialized, and Crypto Keys are veri-
fied (if keyed mission).
Less [AMI] PL [AMI] CL CALCM plus ct launch is currently active when not in either SIM mode.
AW CALCM launch (captive carry mode not active) has successfully oc-
curred.
JT CALCM jettison has successfully occurred.
HG (Reverse) CALCM is hung.
NG (Reverse) CALCM permanent fatal fault has occurred, power is off and reapplication
of power is inhibited.
[AMI] ER CALCM Erase is active.
(blank) No CALCM at this station or MIU power is off.
26 Ready To Launch NO
Status

SAF Weapon has not been provided operator consent for launch from the
SAFE/PREARM switch.

RDY Weapon has been provided operator consent for launch from the SAFE/
PREARM switch.

(blank) No CALCM at this station or MIU power is off.

27 Flex/Direct Target NO
Indication

F (Bright Underlined) Weapon has been flex targeted.

F Flex targeted weapon has been launched.

D (Bright Underlined) Weapon has been direct targeted.

D Direct targeted weapon has been launched.

(blank) No CALCM at this station, it is not flex or direct targeted, or MIU power is off.

28 Targeting Status NO

nn Primary mission of a weapon has launch point or direct target nn defined,

or Weapon has been launched at launch point or direct target nn.

nn (Bright Underlined) Primary mission of a weapon has launch point or direct target nn defined
and the weapon is targeted.

Figure 1-26. CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display For

Launch Point nn (Sheet 6 of 9)

Change 10 1-53
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

28 Targeting Status (Cont)

G GPS initialization data has been loaded into the weapon, but no mission
is assigned.

R CALCM indicates it is ready to receive mission data.

(blank) MIU power is off, CALCM power is off, or weapon is not a CALCM.

29 MISSILE FAULTS NO SEE SECTION VII.

(Reverse)

30 Ordnance Alarm Status NO

ALARM (Reverse) Ordnance Alarm fault indication has been received for selected CALCM.

SAFE No ordnance alarm fault indication has been received for selected
CALCM.

(blank) No CALCM selected or MIU is powered off.

31 Ejector Status NO

LOCKD Ejector is locked for selected CALCM.

UNLOCKD Ejector is unlocked for selected CALCM.

UNKNOWN Ejector status cannot be determined (Illegal ejector status) for the
(Reverse) selected CALCM.

(blank) No CALCM present or selected, or MIU is powered off.

32 OTL Payload Status NO

OTL Weapon has OTL payload.

(Bright Underlined)

(blank) Payload type is not identified as OTL, no CALCM selected, or MIU is

powered off.

33 OTL Power Status NO

BATT OTL instrumentation power is on CALCM battery power for selected

CALCM.

CARR OTL instrumentation power is on carrier power for selected CALCM.

UNKN (Reverse) OTL instrumentation power has indeterminate status for selected
CALCM.

OFF OTL instrumentation power is off for selected CALCM.

(blank) Payload type is not identified as OTL, no CALCM selected, or MIU is
powered off.

Figure 1-26. CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display For

Launch Point nn (Sheet 7 of 9)

1-54 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

34 Command Destruct NO
Status
C/D (Bright Underlined) Missile has command destruct (flight termination) receiver installed.
(blank) Missile does not have command destruct (flight termination) receiver
installed.
35 Flight Termination NO
System Status
SAFE Flight termination system is disable for selected CALCM.
ARMD (Reverse) Flight termination system is enabled for selected CALCM.
(blank) Payload type is not identified as OTL, no CALCM selected, or MIU is
powered off.
36 CALCM INS Temp Fault NO
TEMP (Reverse) CALCM INS platform temperature NO-GO for the selected CALCM.
(blank) No fault detected or MIU is powered off.
37 CALCM Altimeter Fault NO
ALTM (Reverse) CALCM Radar Altimeter (RA) No-Go or Radar Altimeter Equipment
(RAE) No-Go for the selected CALCM.
(blank) No fault detected or MIU is powered off.
38 CALCM INS Fault NO
INS (Reverse) CALCM INS Z-Velocity No-Go or INS Alignment No-Go for the selected
CALCM.
(blank) No fault detected or MIU is powered off.
39 Backup NO
Location/Station
xy (Bright Underlined) Location(x) and station (y) of the backup for selected CALCM.

x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.
(blank) No backups for selected CALCM or no CALCM selected or MIU is powered off.
40 CALCM Weapon NO
Group ID
28 Characters (Bright) CALCM Weapon Group ID associated with weapon mission being flexed.

41 Manual SAIR Range NO

nnn Maximum manual launch range in NM. Valid range = 20 - 300 NM.

Figure 1-26. CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display For

Launch Point nn (Sheet 8 of 9)

Change 10 1-55
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

42 Lower Impact Angle NO

Limit

00 Lower range value for Impact Angle for Warhead Type 2 (Penetrator) with
Rollover Flag = 0 or 1.

00 Lower range value for Impact Angle for Warhead Type 1 (Blast/Frag) with
Rollover Flag = 0.

70 Lower range value for Impact Angle for Warhead Type 1 (Blast/Frag) with
Rollover Flag = 1.

43 Upper Impact Angle NO

Limit

80 Upper range value for Impact Angle for Warhead Type 2 (Penetrator) with
Rollover Flag = 0 or 1.

50 Upper range value for Impact Angle for Warhead Type 1 (Blast/Frag) with
Rollover Flag = 0.

70 Upper range value for Impact Angle for Warhead Type 1 (Blast/Frag) with
Rollover Flag = 1.

Figure 1-26. CF-557,nn Flex Target Input Display For

Launch Point nn (Sheet 9 of 9)

All data on pages 1-56A and 1-56B (Deleted)

1-56 Change 10

Direct Targeting Input Screen CF-558,nn
Operator entry of CF-558,nn, with a single weapon
location and station selected on the WCP will cause
the Direct Targeting Input screen, figure 1-27, to be
displayed for direct target Dnn. This screen is used
to direct target a CALCM to a operator entered tar-
get. The direct target designation and the missile
location/station are displayed in figure 1-27 next to
the screen title in windows 1 and 2. All digital in-
put fields will be initialized to zero at SMO load.
Direct Targeting data entry is initiated by entering
a MDFY-n command (where n is the line number of
the desired line to modify). The operator will then
enter the requested information and press ENTER.
When ENTER is pressed, range checks will be pro-
vided for all data on the line being modified and the
first out-of-range entry on a line will be reverse
highlighted. Once an entry has been reverse high-
lighted it stays reverse highlighted even when cor-
rect data is entered. To remove the reverse high
light, the MDFY-n command for that line (or a dif-
ferent line if desired) must be used and all data for
that line re-entered. (Special note: If the latitude or
longitude fields become reverse highlighted, the ar-
row keys on the IKB must be used to skip over the
degree, minute, and decimal delimiters because it
will no longer happen automatically).
If the data is valid, it is copied from the command
line that was modified. When the operator has com-
pleted a line or wishes to modify another line,
MDFY-n can be entered to modify the same or dif-
ferent line. The process of entering MDFY-n, then
the data, then pressing ENTER is repeated until all
lines have valid data on them.
The CF-DF command is used to page forward to the
AGM-86D Fuze Data Display when the missile is
an AGM-86D (figure 1-30C).
Once all required data has been entered, the se-
lected CALCM can be retargeted with the entered
data by issuing the CF-DD command. The available
backup weapons will be direct targeted automati-
cally when the CF-DD command is issued. Until the
CF-DD command is issued, the operator can reen-
ter data on any modifiable line by reselecting that
line using the MDFY-n command as before. During
the direct targeting process the operator can com-
mand display of an additional direct targeting input
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
display by entering CF-558. After the CF-DD or
CF-DE command is issued, direct targeting will be
terminated, the data entered will be saved as the
default, and the operator must reenter CF-558,nn
with another single weapon location and station se-
lected to direct target another weapon. If the Navi-
gator and Radar Navigator change displays, such
that direct targeting screens are no longer dis-
played, direct targeting will be terminated and the
entered data will be stored for display on the follow-
ing direct targeting command. The operator may re-
view Direct Targeting data for a weapon previously
targeted by selecting the location and station of the
weapon and entering CF-558,nn for the direct tar-
get designator.
The SMO will reject a CF-558,nn command and dis-
play the command in reverse video if any of the fol-
lowing conditions exist:
• [AMI] The CALCM SMO is not the primary
SMO.
• A single weapon location and station has not
been selected.
• Direct target modification is active for another
CALCM.
• Direct target modification is active for another
direct target number.
• The direct target number is assigned to a dif-
ferent CALCM than the one designated by the
WCP.
• nn is not a valid CALCM direct target number.
• The selected CALCM has not received GPS in-
itialization data.
The CF-558,nn and CF-558 commands will be re-
jected and reverse highlighted for the following:
• Mission data transfer is in progress.
• Another targeting mode is in progress.
• Launch countdown is in progress for any mis-
sile.
The CF-558,nn, CF-558, and CF-DF commands will
be rejected and reverse highlighted for the following:
• The CALCM associated with the direct target
is off or going off.
The CF-558, and CF-DF commands will be rejected
and reverse highlighted for the following:
• Direct targeting is not active.
Change 10 1-57
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-558, nn DIRECT TARGET INPUT DISPLAY FOR DIRECT TARGET nn

Less [AMI]

[AMI]

Figure 1-27. CF-558, nn Direct Target Input Display For

Direct Target nn (Sheet 1 of 10)

1-58 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Direct Target No. NO

Dnn (Bright Under- Direct target designation number.Valid range D1 to D20
lined)
(blank) Direct Targeting not active.
2 Location/Station NO
xy (Bright Underlined) Location(x) and station (y) of the weapon of associated weapon.
(blank) Flex Targeting is not active and the Flex screen is displayed or Direct target-
ing not active and direct screen displayed.
x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.
3 Target Latitude (Bright) YES
Less [AMI] Target latitude in Less [AMI] degrees, minutes, seconds and thousandths
add°mm ss.sss of a second, [AMI] degrees, minutes and thousandths of minutes.
[AMI] add°mm.mmm a= N for north and S for south.
Valid input range = N/S 90°
Less [AMI] N00°00 Awaiting Data Input or valid zero input.
00.000
[AMI] N00°00.000
4 Target Longitude YES
(Bright)
Less [AMI] Target longitude in Less [AMI] degrees, minutes, seconds and thousandths
addd°mm ss.sss of a second, [AMI] degrees, minutes and thousandths of minutes.
[AMI] addd°mm.mmm a= E for east and W for west.
Valid input range = Less [AMI] E 180° 00 00.000 thru
W 179° 59 59.999 [AMI] E 180°00.000 through W 179°59.999.
Less [AMI] E000°00 Awaiting Data Input or valid zero input.
00.000
[AMI] E000°00.000
5 Target Elevation YES
nnnnn (Bright) Target elevation (MSL): –1300 to 29030 in feet.
00000 (Bright) Awaiting Data Input, or valid zero target elevation.
6 Target Approach Azi- YES
muth
nnn (Bright) Target approach azimuth in degrees (True).Valid input range = 0 to 359 or
DAA for direct approach.
000 Awaiting Data Input or valid zero input.
7 Burst Altitude YES
nnnn (Bright) Height of burst altitude AGL in feet.Valid input range = 0 to 5000.
0000 Awaiting Data Input, or valid zero target altitude.
8 SWP Mach Speed Index YES
n (Bright) Launch to SWP Mach speed index.Valid input range = 0 to 4.
0 (Bright) Awaiting Data Input, or valid zero input.

Figure 1-27. CF-558, nn Direct Target Input Display For

Direct Target nn (Sheet 2 of 10)

Change 10 1-59
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

9 Flight Mode Code YES

n (Bright) Flight altitude trajectory mode from Launch to the SWP

(0 =Baro Hold, 1 = Terrain Following).

0 (Bright) Awaiting Data Input, or valid zero input.

10 Flight Mode NO

TF When flight altitude trajectory mode is Terrain Following.

BH When flight altitude trajectory mode is Baro Hold.

11 Launch to SWP YES

Flight Altitude

nnnnn (Bright) Flight altitude from Launch to SWP in feet.

Valid input range = -1000 to 50000 MSL when flight mode is Baro Hold
or = 0 to 8000 AGL when flight mode is Terrain Following.

00000 (Bright) Awaiting data input, or valid zero input.

12 Less [AMI] Flight Mode NO

Altitude Reference

AGL When flight mode is Terrain Following.

MSL When flight mode is Baro Hold.

[AMI] Flight Mode NO

Altitude Range

(0 – 8000 FT AGL) When flight mode is Terrain Following.

(-1000 – 50000 MSL) When flight mode is Baro Hold.

13 Line 7 NO

7 When flight mode on CF-558 is Terrain Following.

(blank) When flight mode is not Terrain Following.

14 Barometric Hold NO
Backup Altitude

BH BKUP ALT When flight mode is Terrain Following.

(blank) When flight mode is not Terrain Following.

15 Backup Altitude YES

nnnnn (Bright) Backup altitude in feet (Launch to SWP). Valid input range = -1000 to
50000 MSL when flight mode is Terrain Following.

00000 (Bright) Awaiting data input, or valid zero input.

(blank) When flight mode is Baro Hold.

Figure 1-27. CF-558, nn Direct Target Input Display For

Direct Target nn (Sheet 3 of 10)

1-60 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

16 Less [AMI] Backup Al- NO

titude Reference

FT MSL, TF Only When flight mode is Terrain Following.

(blank) When flight mode is not Terrain Following.

[AMI] Flight Mode NO

Altitude Range

(-1000 – 50000 MSL) When flight mode is Terrain Following.

(blank) When flight mode is not Terrain Following.

17 Steering Waypoint to YES

Target Mach Index

n (Bright) SWP to Target Mach speed index.Valid input range = 0 to 4.

0 (Bright) Awaiting Data Input, or valid zero input.

18 Steering Waypoint to YES

Target Distance

nn (Bright) Distance selection from SWP to the target. Valid input range = 30 to 99 NM.

00 Awaiting Data Input.

19 Flight Mode Code YES

n (Bright) Flight mode from the SWP to the target

(0 = Baro Hold, 1 = Terrain Following).

0 (Bright) Awaiting Data Input, or valid zero input.

20 Flight Mode NO

TF When flight mode is Terrain Following.

BH When flight mode is Baro Hold.

21 SWP to Target YES

Flight Altitude

nnnnn (Bright) Flight mode altitude from the SWP to the target in feet.
Valid input range = -1000 to 50000 MSL when flight mode is Baro Hold
or = 0 to 8000 AGL when flight mode is Terrain Following.

00000 (Bright) Awaiting data input, or valid zero input.

22 Less [AMI] Flight Mode NO

Altitude Reference

AGL When flight mode is Terrain Following.

MSL When flight mode is Baro Hold.

Figure 1-27. CF-558, nn Direct Target Input Display For

Direct Target nn (Sheet 4 of 10)

Change 10 1-61
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

22 [AMI] Flight Mode Alti- NO

tude Range (Cont)

(0 – 8000 FT AGL) When flight mode is Terrain Following.

(-1000 – 50000 MSL) When flight mode is Baro Hold.

23 Line 12 NO

12 When flight mode is Terrain Following.

(blank) When flight mode is not Terrain Following.

24 Barometric Hold NO
Backup Altitude

BH BKUP ALT When flight mode is Terrain Following.

(blank) When flight mode is not Terrain Following.

25 Backup Altitude YES

nnnnn (Bright) Backup altitude in feet (SWP to the target).

Valid input range = -1000 to 50000 MSL when flight mode is Terrain
Following.

00000 (Bright) Awaiting data input, or valid zero input when flight mode is Terrain Following.

(blank) When flight mode is Baro Hold.

26 Less [AMI] Backup Al- NO

titude Reference

FT MSL, TF Only When flight mode is Terrain Following.

(blank) When flight mode is not Terrain Following.

[AMI] Backup Altitude NO

Range

(-1000 – 50000MSL) When flight mode is not Terrain Following.

27 Rollover Flag YES

n (Bright) Rollover Flag. Valid inputs 0= OFF, 1 = ON.

Figure 1-27. CF-558, nn Direct Target Input Display For

Direct Target nn (Sheet 5 of 10)

1-62 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

28 Impact Angle YES Impact Angle in whole degrees. Valid input range accepted by OAS is 00 to
80.

Less [AMI] AGM-86C - If rollover mode is not selected (0 displayed in window 27) the
nn (Bright) input range which will be accepted by the missile is 00 to 50. If rollover mode
is selected (1 displayed in window 27) the input which will be accepted by
the missile is 70. If a value greater than 50 is used for a push over or a value
other than 70 is used for a rollover the missile will NoGo.

AGM-86D - If rollover mode is not selected (0 displayed in window 27) the

input range which will be accepted by the missile is 00 to 50. If rollover mode
is selected (1 displayed in window 27) the input range which will be accepted
by the missile is 50 to 70. If a value between 70 to 80 is entered the missile
will use 70. If a value outside the pushover or rollover limitations is entered
the missile will accept the values and may unsuccessfully attempt to achieve
the commanded angle.

00 (Bright) Awaiting data input, or valid zero input.

[AMI] Impact angle in degrees. Valid input range = 0 to 80 for Warhead 2

nn (Bright) (Penetrator) when Rollover Flag = 0 or 1. Valid input range = 0 to 50 for
Warhead 1 (Blast/Frag) when Rollover Flag = 0. Valid input = 70 for War-
head 1 when Rollover Flag = 1.

00 (Bright) Awaiting data input, or valid zero input.

29 PAGE FORWARD Msg NO

CF-DF PAGE Page forward to Fuze Data screen (CF-DF) when the missile is an
FORWARD AGM-86D.
(Underlined)

(blank) Missile not an AGM-86D.

30 Location/Station NO

xy (Bright Underlined) Location(x) and station (y) of the weapon of associated weapon.
x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.

Figure 1-27. CF-558, nn Direct Target Input Display For

Direct Target nn (Sheet 6 of 10)

Change 10 1-63
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

31 Store Type NO

P Store is present but unidentified.

C CALCM is present .

C (Bright Underlined) CALCM is present with OTL power on.

X Store is not present at the specified location/station.

(blank) MIU is not powered.

32 Warhead Type NO

n (Bright) Weapon warhead type provided by missile data (1 = Blast/Frag, 2 =

Penetrator).

(blank) Warhead type has not been received from the missile.

33 CALCM Status NO

OF CALCM electronic power is off.

ON CALCM electronic power is on.
CA CALCM is coarse aligning.
TA (Reverse) Transfer Alignment maneuver is required.
AL CALCM is aligned.
GO CALCM is aligned, GPS receiver is initialized, and Crypto Keys are veri-
fied (if keyed mission).
Less [AMI] PL [AMI] CL CALCM plus ct launch is currently active when not in either SIM mode.
AW CALCM launch (captive carry mode not active) has successfully oc-
curred.
JT CALCM jettison has successfully occurred.
HG (Reverse) CALCM is hung.
NG (Reverse) CALCM permanent fatal fault has occurred, power is off and reapplication
of power is inhibited.
[AMI] ER CALCM Erase is active.
(blank) No CALCM at this station or MIU power is off.
34 Ready To Launch NO
Status

SAF Weapon has not been provided operator consent for launch from the
SAFE/PREARM switch.

RDY Weapon has been provided operator consent for launch from the SAFE/
PREARM switch.

(blank) No CALCM at this station or MIU power is off.

Figure 1-27. CF-558, nn Direct Target Input Display For

Direct Target nn (Sheet 7 of 10)

1-64 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

35 Flex/Direct Target NO
Indication

F (Bright Underlined) Weapon has been flex targeted.

F Flex targeted weapon has been launched.

D (Bright Underlined) Weapon has been direct targeted.

D Direct targeted weapon has been launched.

(blank) No CALCM at this station, it is not flex or direct targeted, or MIU power is
off.

36 Targeting Status NO

nn Primary mission of a weapon has launch point or direct target nn defined,

or Weapon has been launched at launch point or direct target nn.

nn (Bright Underlined) Primary mission of a weapon has launch point or direct target nn defined
and the weapon is targeted.

G_ GPS initialization data has been loaded into the weapon, but no mission
is assigned.

R_ CALCM indicates it is ready to receive mission data.

(blank) MIU power is off, CALCM power is off, or weapon is not a CALCM.

37 MISSILE FAULTS NO SEE SECTION VII.

(Reverse)

38 Ordnance Alarm Status NO

ALARM (Reverse) Ordnance Alarm fault indication has been received for selected CALCM.

SAFE No ordnance alarm fault indication has been received for selected
CALCM.

(blank) No CALCM selected or MIU is powered off.

39 Ejector Status NO

LOCKD Ejector is locked for selected CALCM.

UNLOCKD Ejector is unlocked for selected CALCM.

UNKNOWN Ejector status cannot be determined (Illegal ejector status) for the
(Reverse) selected CALCM.

(blank) No CALCM present or selected, or MIU is powered off.

Figure 1-27. CF-558, nn Direct Target Input Display For

Direct Target nn (Sheet 8 of 10)

Change 10 1-65
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

40 OTL Payload Status NO

OTL Weapon has OTL payload.

(Bright Underlined)

(blank) Payload type is not identified as OTL, no CALCM selected, or MIU is

powered off.

41 OTL Power Status NO

BATT OTL instrumentation power is on CALCM battery power for selected

CALCM.

CARR OTL instrumentation power is on carrier power for selected CALCM.

UNKN (Reverse) OTL instrumentation power has indeterminate status for selected
CALCM.

OFF OTL instrumentation power is off for selected CALCM.

(blank) Payload type is not identified as OTL, no CALCM selected, or MIU is

powered off.

42 Command Destruct NO
Status

C/D (Bright Underlined) Missile has command destruct (flight termination) receiver installed.

(blank) Missile does not have command destruct (flight termination) receiver
installed.

43 Flight Termination NO
System Status

SAFE Flight termination system is disabled for selected CALCM.

ARMD (Reverse) Flight termination system is enabled for selected CALCM.

(blank) Payload type is not identified as OTL, no CALCM selected, or MIU is

powered off.

44 CALCM INS Temp Fault NO

TEMP (Reverse) CALCM INS platform temperature No-Go for the selected CALCM.

(blank) No fault detected or MIU is powered off.

45 CALCM Altimeter Fault NO

ALTM (Reverse) CALCM CMRA No-Go or RAE No-Go for the selected CALCM.

(blank) No fault detected or MIU is powered off.

Figure 1-27. CF-558, nn Direct Target Input Display For

Direct Target nn (Sheet 9 of 10)

1-66 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

46 CALCM INS Fault NO

INS (Reverse) CALCM INS Z-Velocity No-Go or INS Alignment No-Go for the selected
CALCM.

(blank) No fault detected or MIU is powered off ([AMI] or weapon is powered off,
selected store is not a CALCM, no store selected or weapon has been
released).

47 Backup NO
Location/Station

xy (Bright Underlined) Location(x) and station (y) of the backup for selected CALCM.

x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.

(blank) No backups for selected CALCM or no CALCM selected or MIU is powered

off.

48 Lower Impact Angle NO

Limit

00 Lower range value for Impact Angle for Warhead Type 2 (Penetrator) with
Rollover Flag = 0 or 1.

00 Lower range value for Impact Angle for Warhead Type 1 (Blast/Frag) with
Rollover Flag = 0.

70 Lower range value for Impact Angle for Warhead Type 1 (Blast/Frag) with
Rollover Flag = 1.

49 Upper Impact Angle NO

Limit

80 Upper range value for Impact Angle for Warhead Type 2 (Penetrator) with
Rollover Flag = 0 or 1.

50 Upper range value for Impact Angle for Warhead Type 1 (Blast/Frag) with
Rollover Flag = 0.

70 Upper range value for Impact Angle for Warhead Type 1 (Blast/Frag) with
Rollover Flag = 1.

Figure 1-27. CF-558, nn Direct Target Input Display For

Direct Target nn (Sheet 10 of 10)

Change 10 1-66A
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Target/Retarget All Command CF-559 Prior to initiating targeting or retargeting of all

Initial operator entry of CF-559 will result in the
targeting of all CALCMs which have power applied
and their available backups in order of the pre-
ferred launch sequence until either all available
weapons have unique primary missions or all
unique missions have been exhausted from the
CALCM Mission DTUC/DTC. If after targeting has
been completed and for any reason a CALCM be-
comes available that is not targeted and a CALCM
launch point is not targeted, the CALCM and any
available backups will be targeted automatically
without need for reissuing the CF-559 command.
The CF-559 command must be issued and targeting
completed prior to commanding any other weapon
targeting options. If after all cruise missile missions
have been exhausted, and there remain CALCMs
which have not been targeted, GPS initialization
data will be sent so that other targeting functions
can be performed on those weapons. Entering
CF-559 after targeting has been initiated will clear
the existing mission to weapon assignments and re-
target all available weapons beginning with the
current destination. The SMO will reject a CF-559
command to send targeting data and display the
command in reverse video if any of the following
conditions exist:
• A B-52 mission has not been loaded.
• Automatic targeting is not enabled.
• Another targeting mode is in progress (exclud-
ing automatic retargeting).
• Less [AMI] Another SMO confirmation mes-
sage is active.
CALCMs, the SMO will seek confirmation by dis-
playing the question TGT/RETGT ALL? YES/NO. A
YES response will result in targeting being initi-
ated, while a NO response will terminate the re-
quest. After Less [AMI] 60 seconds, [AMI] 120 sec-
onds, the default response of NO will be assumed.
One of the following conditions must be met prior to
issuing the CF-559 command or targeting will not
occur and the command will have to be re-issued
once one of the conditions is met.
If the IU is on:
• Almanac data is resident in the IU.
• Crypto key data is resident in the IU if Crypto
Key Override has not been selected.
If the IU is off and a B-52 sortie DTUC/DTC with
GPS data is available:
• Almanac data is resident in the DTUC/DTC.
• Crypto key data is resident in DTUC/DTC if
Crypto Key Override has not been selected. (The
current date, CF-61 line 4, must be within the
Crypto Key start and End date in the DTUC/DTC.

1-66B Change 10

FCP SUPERVISION MENU (CF-6)
The FCP Supervision Menu, commanded by CF-6,
is shown in figure 1-28. Much of the data displayed
on the FCP Supervision Menu is related to FMS
and will not be discussed herein. However, the
items which regard SMO operation are:
FMS Startup Menu (CF-61)
CF-61 commands OAS startup. The procedure for
starting up the OAS is the same as for any other
OAS startup and is contained in T.O. 1B-52H-1-12.
Data on the FMS Startup Menu (CF-61) is entered
in order to process data for CALCMs with pre-
planed missions (direct targeted CALCMs do not
use this data). Operator entry of CF-61 will request
the FMS Startup Menu display. The MDFY-n com-
mand is then used to enter the required data in
lines 1 and 3. MDFY-1 allows the entry of the UTC
used as the clock time for the flight system.
MDFY-3 allows the entry of the Planned Time of
Arrival (PTA), and the destination it applies to,
used to determine a time of launch deviation error
sent to the missile during LCD to adjust missile
cruise speed.
This data must be entered prior to launching the
first CALCM associated with a launch point. The
data must be loaded after each B-52 mission load.
The entered PTA is used to compute a delta value
that will be applied to the planned PTAs for each
destination.
Less [AMI] SMO Menu (CF-62)
The 62 SMO Load Menu, figure 1-29, indicates a
CF-62 command can be used to request the display
of the SMOs available on the OCP DTUC. Operator
entry of CF-62,n will result in an FMS display of
the SMOs available on the OCP DTUC (figure
1-29). Operator entry of CF-62,n will result in the
FMS loading the SMO indicated by n. The SMO
will reject a CF-62,n command to have the FMS
load a new SMO and display the command in
reverse video if any MIU has power applied. The
SMO will delay a CF-62,n command to have the
FMS load a new SMO until the SMO has completed
necessary fault processing and DTU Input/Output
if a Flight Data Record Cartridge DTUC is
installed.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
The SMO is automatically initialized and begins exe-
cution immediately upon loading the SMO into the
ACUs. The procedure for loading the CALCM into the
ACUs is equivalent to loading any other SMO. The
CALCM, if it exists on the OCP DTUC, is identified
by CALCM followed by optional version information
on the CF-62 menu. The status message SMO LOAD
CMPLT will be displayed on each MFD following
completion of a SMO load. The procedure for loading
the CALCM, (the same as for loading any other SMO)
is contained in T.O. 1B-52H-1-12.
[AMI] SMO Menu (CF-62)
SMO Load Menu (CF-62) (figure 1-29) allows the op-
erator to select and load a SMO for left pylon, bay, or
right pylon. The primary SMO is selected from the
SMO’s loaded on left pylon, bay, or right pylon.
With the CF-62 menu displayed the operator will
enter MDFY-11 to copy the following text to the bot-
tom of the MFD for modification:
11 SMO LOAD LP__ BAY__ RP__
The operator will then enter the number of the de-
sired SMO into the field that corresponds to the
location that the SMO is to control and press the
ENTER key. The location: LP (left pylon), BAY, or
RP (right pylon) is defined by the cursor which can
be moved using the arrow keys on the IKB.
To select a SMO as the primary SMO, Operator will
enter CF-62x where x is either A, B or C to select
the SMO that controls the left pylon, bay or right
pylon, respectively.
The procedure for loading the SMO, (the same as
for loading any other SMO) is contained in T.O.
1B-52H-1-12.
CLSF MEM Erase (CF-64)
CF-64 commands erase of OAS classified memory
in the ACUs. The INS, WCE, and weapons will not
be powered off when CF-64 is commanded, but the
FMS and SMO will immediately halt execution.
Unlike the CF-67 command, there is no delay to al-
low the SMO to record outstanding faults or power
down all WCE and missiles. The procedure for era-
sing the OAS classified memory is the same as con-
tained in T.O. 1B-52H -1-12.
Change 10 1-66C
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
Data Record (CF-65)
CF-65 DATA RECORD indicates a CF-65 command
can be used to record mission event data. When a
SMO is loaded, the weapon modes, ranges, safe con-
ditions and pertinent information is recorded along
with FMS mission event data. Operator entry of
CF-65 will result in a DTUC/DTC recording of navi-
gation and mission parameters and weapon mode
switches.
Erase PME Faults (CF-66)
CF-66 ERASE PME FAULTS indicates a CF-66
command can be used to erase fault indications
that are no longer valid from the PME Status Dis-
play (FRMT-6). The SMO will indicate to the FMS
which of its fault indications should be erased. Op-
erator entry of CF-66 will result in erasure of all
past fault indications shown on the PME Status
Display (FRMT-6, figure 1-34). Any faults for the
MIUs, PDUC, and ECU will be cleared. Any exist-
ing faults will cause a fault recording and the fault
indication will continue to be displayed in reverse
video.
Shutdown (CF-67)
CF-67 SHUTDOWN indicates a CF-67 command
can be used to shutdown FMS and SMO processing
in the ACUs. Operator entry of CF-67 will result in
the shutdown of the FMS and SMO. The SMO will
delay compliance of the shutdown request until all
outstanding SMO faults have been recorded (Less
[AMI] if an FDRC is installed) and until power
down of all WCE and weapons is complete. The pro-
cedure for shuting down the OAS with the CALCM
loaded is the same as for any other shutdown and is
contained in T.O. 1B-52H-1-12.
ECU PWR ORIDE (CF-68)
Less [AMI] CF-68 ECU PWR ORIDE indicates a
CF-68 command can be used to override faults asso-
ciated with unavailability of Environmental Control
Unit (ECU) power. The current state of the override
is displayed (ON or OFF). The SMO will not reject a
CF-68 command.
[AMI] CF-68 ECU PWR ORIDE serves as an ON-
OFF toggle for Environmental Control Unit (ECU)
fault override. Only when the override is OFF can
an ECU or ECU PWR Master Fault message be
1-66D Change 11
displayed when applicable (See Section 7). The OAS
provides the current state of the override to the
SMO. The current state of the override is displayed
(ON or OFF) on the FCP Supervision Menu (CF-6).
During MIU power on and initialization, the ECU,
which supplies cooling air to the MIUs, is com-
manded on. If aircraft status indicates ECU power
is not available when commanded, the MIU power
on process is terminated. Additionally, if an Envi-
ronmental No-Go fault is detected from the ECU a
master fault will be displayed unless the operator
activates the ECU fault override option.
Operator entry of CF-68 will command the OAS to
activate the ECU fault override option and ignore
any ECU faults. If an Environmental No-Go fault is
detected, an ECU master fault will be displayed. If
MIU and/or weapon power application is inhibited
because of a fault, the CF-68 command can be
entered prior to re-applying MIU power and the
ECU fault will be ignored. The OAS will not reject a
CF-68 command.
While in ECU fault override, the MIU may be oper-
ated using a 30 minute on, 15 minute off, 30 minute
on cycle.
With an ECU fault present, damage to
equipment may occur if MIU power remains
on continuously as a result of selecting ECU
PWR ORIDE.
Less [AMI] The ECU fault override option will
become inactive only if the SMO is reloaded or if a
logoff is commanded and the system is restarted.
The current status of the ECU fault override
option, whether it is active or inactive, is displayed
(ON or OFF) on the FCP Supervision Menu (CF-6)
next to the 68 ECU PWR ORIDE menu item.
[AMI] If enabled, ECU power override can be dis-
abled with a second entry of CF-68. If an ECU fault
is still in effect, the operator will be given 1 minute
to recommand ECU power override with another
CF-68 entry, otherwise weapon and WIU power will
be removed. A system logoff and restart of the sys-
tem will also de-activate ECU power override.
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-6 FCP SUPERVISION MENU

Less [AMI]

PMD

6 F CP SUPV
6 1 S T AR TUP
6 2 SMO MENU

64 CL SF MEM ERASE
65 DA T A RECORD
66 ERASE PME F AUL T S
67 SHUTDOWN
68 ECU PWR OR I DE 4

CF − 6

B43136

[AMI]

PMD

6 F CP SUP V PR I MARY SMO : 1

6 1 S T AR TUP
6 2 SMO MENU
F CP APPL I CAT I ONS
6 4 C L S F MEM E RASE 2 3
6 5 D A T A R E COR D 2 3
6 6 E R A S E PME F AUL T S 2 3
6 7 S H U T DOWN
2 3
6 8 ECU PWR OR I DE 4
2 3
6 9 A SHUTDOWN PR I MARY ACU
6 9B SHUTDOWN SECONDA RY A CU 2 3
2 3
2 3
2 3

− − − −CF - 6

B42827

Figure 1-28. CF-6 FCP Supervision Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)

Change 10 1-66E
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Primary SMO Title NO

24 Character Label Primary SMO title.

2 FCP Application Title NO

24 Character Label Title of each non-SMO FCP application (FMS, CSP, and ODI) successfully
loaded into ACU memory.

24 Character Label Title of each non-SMO FCP application (FMS, CSP, and ODI) that is in the
(Blinking Video) process of being loaded into ACU memory.

24 Character Label Title of each non-SMO FCP application (FMS, CSP, and ODI) that failed to
(Reverse Video) successfully load into ACU memory.

3 FCP Application Ver- NO

sion/Revision

6 Character Label Version/revision identifier of the associated FCP application.

4 ECU Power Override NO

Switch

ON ECU power override is commanded.

OFF ECU power override is not commanded.

With an ECU fault present, damage to equipment may occur if MIU power
remains on as a result of selecting ECU PWR ORIDE. While in ECU power
override, the MIU may be operated using a 30 minute on, 15 minute off,
30 minute on cycle.

Figure 1-28. CF-6 FCP Supervision Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)

1-66F Change 11
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-62 SMO LOAD MENU

Less [AMI]

[AMI]

Figure 1-29. CF-62 SMO Load Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)

Change 10 1-66G
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 SMO Title NO

24 Character Label Title of the SMO assigned to the corresponding location while the SMO
(Blinking Video) is being loaded.

24 Character Label
24 Character Label
(Bright Underline)
24 Character Label
(Reverse Video)
(Blank)
2 DTC SMO Title NO
Title of the SMO assigned to the corresponding location after the SMO
has been successfully loaded and the SMO is not the Primary SMO.
Title of the SMO assigned to the corresponding location and that SMO is
the Primary SMO.
Title of the SMO assigned to the corresponding location if the SMO has
failed.
No SMO is assigned to the corresponding location.

24 Character Label Title of each SMO load module that is resident on the DTC.

(Blank) All SMO titles resident on the DTC have been displayed.

3 Version/Revision NO
Identifier
6 Character Label SMO Version/revision identifier.
(Blank) All SMO version/revision identifiers have been displayed.
4 SMO Menu No. YES

nn Number associated with the SMO that is assigned to the corresponding

location and either loading of that SMO has not completed or the other two
assigned SMOs are not compatible. Displayed as an integer with a lead-
ing blank.
nn Number associated with the SMO that is assigned to the corresponding
(Reverse Video) location and that SMO is not compatible with another assigned SMO.

(Blank) Displayed prior to a command to load a SMO at the corresponding loca-

tion and after successful or unsuccessful completion of the SMO load.

Figure 1-29. CF-62 SMO Load Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)

1-66H Change 10

MISSION SUPERVISION MENU (CF-8)
Less [AMI] The Mission Supervision Menu, com-
manded by CF-8, is shown in figure 1-30. Much of the
data displayed on the Mission Supervision Menu is re-
lated to the flight management system and is con-
tained in T.O. 1B-52H-1-12. The SMO operation item,
CALCM MSN DATA will be displayed, followed by the
weapon group ID from the loaded weapon DTUC.
[AMI] The Mission Supervision Menu, commanded
by CF-8, is shown in figure 1-30. The screen dis-
plays the sortie, mission, and weapon group by loca-
tion (left pylon, bay, and right pylon) loaded in the
OAS. A further description of this menu is con-
tained in T.O. 1B-52H-1-12.
Less [AMI] Read B-52 Sortie Mission Data Command
(CF-81,n)
Operator entry of CF-81,n will initiate reading of
B-52 Mission n data. Before mission data can be
loaded, the SMO must perform a Mission File For-
mat check. If the Mission File Format is not in
ICSMS format or the operational mode is PLUS CT
(Plus Count) and any MIUs are powered on or flex,
direct or manual targeting are currently active the
SMO will inhibit loading of the mission data and
the command will be displayed in reverse video.
Loading a B-52 mission causes CALCMs targeted to
launch points to be untargeted from the current as-
signments and targeted to CALCM launch points in
accordance with the newly loaded mission.
NOTE
Telemetry power commands only function
when an OTL or an OTL PLUS CT mission
is loaded. Removing telemetry power is
highly recommended prior to loading a non-
OTL mission.
If the mission data that is loaded does not identify a
MIU as the stores management interface unit at a
location where missiles were previously targeted,
those missiles will not be able to be targeted by any
targeting process. The missiles will remain powered
and can be retargeted if a mission is loaded with a
MIU as the stores management interface unit at
that location.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
[AMI] B-52 Mission Data Load Display (CF-81)
The B-52 Mission Data Load Display (CF-81), fig-
ure 1-25A, displays the primary SMO, loaded sor-
tie, mission and primary SMO weapon group, num-
ber of sorties available on the DTC, and a list of
missions available for each sortie. The display also
provides the capability of selecting and loading the
sortie and mission.
NOTE
The resident sortie and mission windows at
the top of the CF-81 display will remain blank
or display the previously loaded sortie and
mission identifiers until a mission/new mis-
sion is loaded.
The operator can select a sortie from one of three
ways, Either CF-DF to select the next sortie, CF-
DB to select the previous sortie, or MDFY-1, enter
the desired sortie number and press the ENTER
key. The selected sortie number will be displayed
along with the sortie title and the associated mis-
sions will be listed below them.
Operator entry of CF-81,n will initiate reading of
B-52 mission n data. The CALCM SMO will cause the
command to be rejected and reverse highlighted if the
currently loaded carrier mission is a Captive Carry
mission and any MIU has power applied.
NOTE
Manual Targeting, Direct Targeting, or Auto-
matic Targeting, if active, will be terminated
when a valid CF-81,n command is entered.
For an in-depth discussion of mission data opera-
tions see MISSION DATA in Section VII.
Change 10 1-67
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
[AMI] Weapon Group Selection Menu (CF-82A, CF-82B,
CF-82C)
Operator entry of a CF-82x will display the CALCM
Weapon Group Selection Menu, figure 1-30B, when
the CALCM SMO is loaded at location x where x= A
for left pylon, B for bay, or C for right pylon. The Weap-
on Group Selection Menu shows the sortie, mission
and weapon group (for the SMO loaded at location x)
currently loaded into the OAS. The display also de-
picts the number of weapon groups available and a
listing of the weapon groups.
There can be up to 72 available CALCM weapon
groups on a DTC. The CF-82A, B, or C displays can
show a maximum of nine weapon groups at a time.
CF-DF and CF-DB commands are used to page for-
ward or back to the page containing the desired weap-
on group.
1-68 Change 11
The operator can select and load a weapon group
into the OAS with a CF-82,nn or CF-82,n com-
mand, where nn or n represents the weapon group
number as shown on the CF-82A, B, or C display.
NOTE
• Although CF-82A, CF-82B, and CF-82C are
depicted as LP, BAY, and RP WPN
GROUPs, CF-82A, CF-82B, and CF-82C
represent all the CALCM SMO controlled
weapons. A CF-82,nn or CF-82,n command
from either the CF-82A, CF-82B, or CF-82C
display will load the selected (nn or n)
weapon group for all the CALCMs.
• The CF-82,nn and CF-82,n commands will
be ignored, if CF-82A, CF-82B, or CF-82C
is not displayed on the current MFD.
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-8 MISSION SUPERVISION MENU

Less [AMI]

[AMI]

PMD

8 MSN SUP V

81 B 5 2 DA T A
RE S I D ENT SOR T I E 2
RE S I D ENT B − 5 2 DATA 3

SE L ECT ED WEAPON GROUP

8 2 A L P WPN GRP 4
8 2 B B AY WPN GRP 4
8 2 C RP WPN GRP 4

- - - - CF - 8

B40816

Figure 1-30. CF-8 Mission Supervision Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)

Change 10 1-68A
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Missile Mission ID NO

28 Character ASCII ID Missile mission data tape label.

(blank) When no missile DTUC is installed; title on mission data tape contains all
blanks.

2 Sortie Title NO

28 Characters Title of the sortie loaded into the ACU.

(blank) No mission is loaded into the ACU or mission data load is in progress.

3 Mission Title NO

28 Characters Title of the mission loaded into the ACU.

4 Weapon Group Title NO

28 Characters Title of the weapon group assigned to the associated location (LP, Bay,
RP).

28 Characters Title of the weapon group assigned to the associated location (LP, Bay,
(Bright Underlined RP). The SMO associated with the weapon group is primary.
Video)

Figure 1-30. CF-8 Mission Supervision Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)

1-68B Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-81 MISSION DATA LOAD DISPLAY

[AMI]

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Primary SMO Title NO

24 Character Label Primary SMO title.

2 Sortie Title NO

28 Character Label Title of the sortie from which the ACU resident mission was loaded.

(Blank) No mission is loaded into the ACU or mission data load is in progress.
3 Mission Title NO

28 Character Label Title of the mission loaded into the ACU.

(Blank) No mission is loaded into the ACU or mission data load is in progress.
4 PRIMARY SMO NO The text, PRIMARY SMO GROUP, will appear when a weapon group
GROUP has been loaded for the primary SMO.
(Bright Underlined
Video)
(Blank) No weapon group has been loaded for the primary SMO.
5 Primary SMO Weapon NO
Group
28 Character Label Title of the weapon group loaded for the primary SMO.
(Blank) No weapon group has been loaded for the primary SMO.

Figure 1-30A. CF-81 Mission Data Load Display (Sheet 1 of 2)

Change 10 1-68C
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

6 Sortie No. Select YES

n Selected sortie number (1 - 8).

7 DTC Sortie Count NO

0 No DTC is installed or no sorties are resident on the DTC.

n Number of sorties resident on the DTC that is installed.

8 Selected Sortie No. NO

n Selected sortie number (1-8).

9 Selected Sortie Title NO

28 Character Label Title of selected sortie on the DTC.

(Blank) No DTC is available.

10 DTC Mission Title NO

28 Character Label Title of each mission data file resident in the DTC for the selected sortie.

(Blank) No DTC is available.

Figure 1-30A. CF-81 Mission Data Load Display (Sheet 2 of 2)

1-68D Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-82A, CF-82B, CF-82C WEAPON GROUP SELECTION SCREEN

[AMI]

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Selected Sortie Title NO

28 Character Label Title of the sortie resident in the ACU.
(blank) No mission is loaded into the ACU or mission data load is in progress.
2 Selected Mission Title NO
28 Character Label Title of the mission resident in the ACU.
(blank) No mission is loaded into the ACU or mission data load is in progress.
3 Selected Weapon NO
Group
28 Character Label Title of the weapon group loaded into the ACU for the selected location.
(blank) No weapon group loaded into the ACU for the selected location.
4 Number of Weapon YES
Groups Available
n or nn Number of CALCM weapon groups available to load.
5 Weapon Group NO
Number
n or nn CALCM weapon group number.
6 Weapon Group NO
Title
28 Character Label CALCM weapon group title.

Figure 1-30B. CF-82A, CF-82B, CF-82C Weapon Group Selection Menu

Change 10 1-69
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
AGM-86D FUZE DATA DISPLAY PAGE BACK COMMAND
(CF-DB)
Displayed on the AGM-86D Fuze Data Input Dis-
play (figure 1-30C), the message CF-DB = PAGE
BACKWARD prompts the operator to key in CF-DB
to command return to the previous targeting screen
from the AGM-86D Fuze Data Input Display.
SEND TARGETING DATA COMMAND (CF-DD)
When flex or direct targeting screens are displayed
and all required data has been entered, operator
entry of CF-DD will command the SMO to send the
input targeting data to the selected weapon and
any backups associated with that weapon. The
SMO will reject a CF-DD command to send target-
ing data and display the command in reverse video
if any of the following conditions exist:
• The Flex or Direct targeting screen is not on
the selected MFD.
• All required data has not been successfully
entered.
• Flex or Direct targeting is not active.
• [AMI] The CALCM assigned to the launch
point being flex or direct targeted is in LCD.
NOTE
• When CF-DD is entered the affected missile
will be considered untargeted (indicated by
removal of the underline in the targeting
status) and cannot be launched until the
targeting data has been transferred to the
CALCM.
• If the launch point being manually targeted
is the current destination and has a
CALCM already assigned to it, sequencing
to the next destination will be inhibited
while in-range.
• [AMI] If the launch point being flex tar-
geted is the current destination, sequencing
to the next location will be inhibited while
in-range during the data transfer to the se-
lected CALCM.
1-70 Change 10
EXIT TARGETING MODE COMMAND (CF-DE)
When flex or direct targeting screen(s) are dis-
played, Operator entry of CF-DE will exit the flex
or direct targeting input displays without sending
flex or direct targeting data to the CALCM and its
backups. The SMO will reject a CF-DE command to
terminate flex or direct targeting and display the
command in reverse video if an active flex or direct
targeting screen is not on the selected MFD.
AGM-86D FUZE DATA INPUT DISPLAY COMMAND
(CF-DF)
The Fuze Data Input Display (figure 1-30C) for
AGM-86D missiles is commanded by CF-DF from
an active Flex or Direct Targeting Input display
(CF-557,nn or CF-558,nn). The Fuze Data Input
display is used to review the fuze settings for the
AGM-86D associated with the current target. The
default settings are contained in figure 1-30C. The
operator may change the settings or accept the de-
fault values.
The command will be rejected and reverse high-
lighted if any of the following conditions exist:
• Neither flex or direct target modification is ac-
tive.
• The CALCM associated with the direct target
is off or going off.
• The CALCM associated with the direct target
is not a warhead type 2 (penetrator).
• The data for the active targeting operation is
not valid.
WEAPON CONTROL PANEL BACKUP DISPLAY (CF-E)
CF-E, shown in figure 1-31, can be used by the op-
erator to enter weapon commands in lieu of enter-
ing the commands via the WCP. Input of commands
using CF-E is contained in Section III of T.O.
1B-52H-1-12.
NOTE
When any MIU power command is issued
using a PCP/WCP backup display command
(CF-E9A, CF-E9B, or CF-E9C), the corre-
sponding PCP/MIU switches are deacti-
vated until the enable hardware switch
command, CF-E9D, has been entered.
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-DF AGM-86D FUZE DATA INPUT DISPLAY

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Targeting Type NO

FLEX Flex Targeting type.

DIR Direct Targeting type.
2 Direct Target Indication NO
D (Bright Underlined) Direct Targeting is active.
(blank) Direct Targeting is not active.
3 Launch Point/Direct NO
Target Number
nn (Bright Underlined) Valid values 01-99 for Launch Point and 10-20 for Direct Target.
n_ Direct Target Number Valid values 1-9.
(blank) Neither Flex nor Direct Targeting is not active.
4 Fuze Mode YES
n Valid inputs 1=Void, 2=Solid, and 3=DOB. Default value of 1 (Void).

Figure 1-30C. CF-DF AGM-86D Fuze Data Input Display (Sheet 1 of 5)

Change 10 1-70A
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

5 Number of Events YES

nn Valid range = 1 to 15. Default value of 01.

6 Backup Depth of Burial YES

nnn Valid range = 0 to 262 feet. Default value of 0 feet.

7 Fuze Function Distance YES
nnn Valid range of 0 to 262 feet. Default value of 6 feet.
8 Time After Impact YES

nnn Valid range = 0 to 255 milliseconds. Default value of 250 milliseconds.

9 Impact Velocity YES

nnnn Valid range of 492–1509 Feet per Second.

Default value of 1299 Feet per Second.
10 Location/Station NO
xy (Bright Underlined) Location(x) and station (y) of the weapon of associated weapon.
x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.
11 Store Type NO
P Store is present but unidentified.
C CALCM is present.
C (Bright Underlined) CALCM is present with OTL power on.
X Store is not present at the specified location/station.
(blank) MIU is not powered.
12 Warhead Type NO
n (Bright) Weapon warhead type provided by missile data (1 = Blast/Frag, 2 =
Penetrator).
(blank) Warhead type has not been received from the missile.

Figure 1-30C. CF-DF AGM-86D Fuze Data Input Display (Sheet 2 of 5)

1-70B Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

13 CALCM Status NO

OF CALCM electronic power is off.

ON CALCM electronic power is on.
CA CALCM is coarse aligning.
TA (Reverse) Transfer Alignment maneuver is required.
AL CALCM is aligned.
GO CALCM is aligned, GPS receiver is initialized, and Crypto Keys are veri-
fied (if keyed mission).
Less [AMI] PL [AMI] CL CALCM plus ct launch is currently active when not in either SIM mode.
AW CALCM launch (captive carry mode not active) has successfully oc-
curred.
JT CALCM jettison has successfully occurred.
HG (Reverse) CALCM is hung.
NG (Reverse) CALCM permanent fatal fault has occurred, power is off and reapplication
of power is inhibited.
(blank) No CALCM at this station or MIU power is off.
14 Ready To Launch Sta- NO
tus

SAF Weapon has not been provided operator consent for launch from the
SAFE/PREARM switch.

RDY Weapon has been provided operator consent for launch from the SAFE/
PREARM switch.

(blank) No CALCM at this station or MIU power is off.

15 Flex/Direct Target NO
Indication

F (Bright Underlined) Weapon has been flex targeted.

F Flex targeted weapon has been launched.

D (Bright Underlined) Weapon has been direct targeted.

D Direct targeted weapon has been launched.

(blank) No CALCM at this station, it is not flex or direct targeted, or MIU power is off.

16 Targeting Status NO

nn Primary mission of a weapon has launch point or direct target nn defined,

or Weapon has been launched at launch point or direct target nn.

nn (Bright Underlined) Primary mission of a weapon has launch point or direct target nn defined
and the weapon is targeted.

Figure 1-30C. CF-DF AGM-86D Fuze Data Input Display (Sheet 3 of 5)

Change 10 1-71
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

16 Targeting Status (Cont)

G GPS initialization data has been loaded into the weapon, but no mission
is assigned.

R CALCM indicates it is ready to receive mission data.

(blank) MIU power is off, CALCM power is off, or weapon is not a CALCM.

17 MISSILE FAULTS NO SEE SECTION VII.

(Reverse)

18 Ordnance Alarm Status NO

ALARM (Reverse) Ordnance Alarm fault indication has been received for selected CALCM.

SAFE No ordnance alarm fault indication has been received for selected
CALCM.

(blank) No CALCM selected or MIU is powered off.

19 Ejector Status NO

LOCKD Ejector is locked for selected CALCM.

UNLOCKD Ejector is unlocked for selected CALCM.

UNKNOWN Ejector status cannot be determined (Illegal ejector status) for the
(Reverse) selected CALCM.

(blank) No CALCM present or selected, or MIU is powered off.

20 OTL Payload Status NO

OTL Weapon has OTL payload.

(Bright Underlined)

(blank) Payload type is not identified as OTL, no CALCM selected, or MIU is

powered off.

21 OTL Power Status NO

BATT OTL instrumentation power is on CALCM battery power for selected

CALCM.

CARR OTL instrumentation power is on carrier power for selected CALCM.

UNKN (Reverse) OTL instrumentation power has indeterminate status for selected
CALCM.

Figure 1-30C. CF-DF AGM-86D Fuze Data Input Display (Sheet 4 of 5)

1-72 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

21 OTL Power Status NO

(Cont)

OFF OTL instrumentation power is off for selected CALCM.

(blank) Payload type is not identified as OTL, no CALCM selected, or MIU is
powered off.
22 Command Destruct NO
Status
C/D (Bright Underlined) Missile has command destruct (flight termination) receiver installed.
(blank) Missile does not have command destruct (flight termination) receiver
installed.
23 Flight Termination NO
System Status
SAFE Flight termination system is disabled for selected CALCM.
ARMD (Reverse) Flight termination system is enabled for selected CALCM.
(blank) Payload type is not identified as OTL, no CALCM selected, or MIU is
powered off.
24 CALCM INS Temp Fault NO
TEMP (Reverse) CALCM INS platform temperature No-Go for the selected CALCM.
(blank) No fault detected or MIU is powered off.
25 CALCM Altimeter Fault NO
ALTM (Reverse) CALCM Radar Altimeter (RA) No-Go or Radar Altimeter Equipment
(RAE) No-Go for the selected CALCM.
(blank) No fault detected or MIU is powered off.
26 CALCM INS Fault NO
INS (Reverse) CALCM INS Z-Velocity No-Go or INS Alignment No-Go for the selected
CALCM.
(blank) No fault detected or MIU is powered off.
27 Backup NO
Location/Station
xy (Bright Underlined) Location(x) and station (y) of the backup for selected CALCM.

x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.
(blank) No backups for selected CALCM or no CALCM selected or MIU is powered off.

Figure 1-30C. CF-DF AGM-86D Fuze Data Input Display (Sheet 5 of 5)

Change 10 1-72A
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-E WEAPON CONTROL PANEL BACKUP DISPLAY

PMD

− − −W I U PWR − − − −
L P 1 / 2 =E 9A
WPN J E T T PRE A RM = E 2 A B AY 1 / 2 = E 9 B
SE L = EE 1 SAF E =E2B RP 1 / 2 = E 9 C
EN HW SWCH= E 9D

− − − − − L AUNCH− − − − − WPN PWR

3 4
5 / 6 MODE = E 7 ON = E 6 A
7 = ECD =E 1 0 =E 1 1 OF F = E 6 B

ENTER ’ E 3 ’ THEN ENTER ’ A ’ TO SE L ECT OR ’ 0 ’ TO CL E AR

− L OCA T I ON− − + − − − − − − S T A T I ON− − − − − − − = E 3
8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
− − − −CF − E 12

13 13 13 13 13 13 A60606

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 ON (Bright Underlined) NO MIU power is on.

ON MIU power is off.
2 OFF (Bright NO MIU power is off.
Underlined)
OFF MIU power is on.
3 LCHR NO Launcher is rotating.
ROT (Bright
Underlined)
LCHR Launcher is not rotating.
ROT
4 MSTR NO A master fault is displayed.
FAULT (Bright
Underlined)
MSTR A master fault is not displayed.
FAULT

Figure 1-31. CF-E Weapon Control Panel Backup Display (Sheet 1 of 2)

1-72B Change 4
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

5 AUTO (Bright NO Launch mode is automatic.

Underlined)
AUTO Launch mode is manual.
6 MAN (Bright NO Launch mode is manual.
Underlined )
MAN Launch mode is automatic.
7 MAN LAUNCH (Bright NO Manual launch has been commanded and launch is in progress.
Underlined )
MAN LAUNCH Manual launch has not been commanded or has completed.

8 LP (Bright Underlined) NO Left pylon is selected.

LP Left pylon is not selected.
9 BAY (Bright NO Bay location is selected.
Underlined)
BAY Bay location is not selected.
10 RP (Bright Underlined) NO Right pylon is selected.
RP Right pylon is not selected.
11 ALL (Bright NO ALL station switch is selected.
Underlined)
ALL ALL station switch is not selected.
12 Station Number NO Station is selected.
1 Thru 8 (Bright
Underlined )
Station Number Station is not selected.
1 Thru 8

13 A YES CF-E3 was the last command entered and the corresponding location or
station is currently selected. When ‘A’ is displayed, the location/station
identifier above it will be displayed in bright/underline (B/U) video.
0 CF-E3 was the last command entered and the corresponding location or
station is not selected. When ‘0’ is displayed, the location/station identifier
above it will be displayed in normal (N) video.
(blank) CF-E3 was not the last command entered or corresponding location or
station is not currently selected.

Figure 1-31. CF-E Weapon Control Panel Backup Display (Sheet 2 of 2)

1-73
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
FORMAT (FRMT) DISPLAYS
The FRMT display displays the format menu shown
in figure 1-33. FRMT-6 PME Status, FRMT-7 Weap-
on Data, ([AMI] FRMT-7A LP Weapon Data,
FRMT-7B Bay Weapon Data, FRMT-7C RP Weapon
Data, and FRMT-77 Stores Summary), FRMT-9
Fixpoint Table, and FRMT-10 DEST/OAP table dis-
plays are applicable to CALCM operations. Opera-
tor entry of FRMT will cause the Format Menu to
be displayed on the selected MFD at the station
where the command was entered. The Format com-
mands are shown in figure 1-32.
RADAR/ELECTRO - OPTICAL VIEWING SYSTEM (EVS)
DISPLAYS
Discussion of the Radar and EVS displays, com-
manded by FRMT-1, FRMT-2, FRMT-4, or FRMT-5,
is contained in T.O. 1B-52H-1-12. The CALCM will
provide the destination label for these displays
when the destination is a CALCM launch point.
PME STATUS DISPLAY (FRMT-6)
Figure 1-34 shows FRMT-6, the PME Status dis-
play. Much of the data displayed on the PME Status
display is common OAS equipment and is contained
in T.O. 1B-52H-1-12. The following items are
CALCM specific:
• Left Pylon, Right Pylon, and Bay MIU LRUs
and their communication status.
• Power Drive Unit Control (PDUC), PDU,
Launcher, and their communication status.
• ECU status.
• PMD.
Operator entry of FRMT-6 will cause the PME Sta-
tus display to be displayed on the selected MFD at
the station where the command was entered.
STATUS AND INVENTORY DISPLAY (FRMT-7)
The Status and Inventory display, commanded by
FRMT-7 ([AMI] FRMT-7, FRMT-7A, FRMT-7B and
FRMT-7C), is displayed by the SMO as depicted in
Figure 1-35. This display is used to view WCE,
weapon and ejector status data.
NOTE
• [AMI] FRMT-7 will display the Status and In-
ventory display for the primary weapon SMO
only. If CALCM is not selected as the primary
SMO, operator entry of FRMT-7A LP Weapon
data, FRMT-7B Bay Weapon data, or
FRMT-7C RP Weapon data will display all the
CALCM weapons when the CALCM SMO is
assigned to the corresponding location.
1-74 Change 11
• [AMI] Although designated as left, bay, and
right pylon weapon data displays,
FRMT-7A, FRMT-7B, and FRMT-7C will
display all the CALCM weapons in the
same format as FRMT-7.
The items which can be reviewed on the CALCM
Status And Inventory display are listed as follows.
• Weapon identification.
• Weapon warhead type.
• Weapon status.
• Ready-to-Launch status.
• Targeting status.
• Flex/direct targeting indicator.
• Weapon faults.
• Left, right, and bay MIU fault indications.
• ECU fault indication.
• Launcher fault indication.
• Bay door fault indication.
• Armament Interface Unit (AIU) fault
indication.
• Launcher station.
• Crypto Key availability status.
• [AMI] DTC access indication during target
data retrieval.
Status and Inventory Display Request with Selected
Station Status (FRMT-7xy)
The Selected Station Status Display commanded by
entry of FRMT-7xy, where x is the weapon location
(A = Left Pylon, B = Bay and C = Right Pylon), and
y is the weapon station (1 - 6 for the pylons and 1 -
8 for the bay), is an augment to the CALCM Status
and Inventory display and is displayed by the SMO
as depicted in figure 1-35. The CALCM Selected
Station Status Display also augments the Flex and
Direct Targeting Input screens as depicted in fig-
ures 1-26 and 1-27. This display is contained in the
advisory data area as shown in figure and is used to
view detailed information about a particular wea-
pon. The additional information displayed is listed
as follows.
• Weapon identification.
• Weapon warhead type.
• Weapon status.
• Ready-to-Launch status.
• Targeting status.
• Flex/direct targeting indicator.
• Weapon faults.
• Weapon location and station.
• Ordnance alarm status.
• Ejector status.
• OTL status in windows.
• Command/Destruct status.
• Weapon fault indications for temperature,
altimeter, and Inertial Navigation System (INS).
• Location/Station and availability of backup
weapons.
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

[AMI] Weapon Group Assignment Data Display
(CF-DF or CF-DB From FRMT-7, 7A, 7B, 7C or 7xy)
The CALCM Group Assignment Data display (figure
1-35A), is requested by paging forward (CF-DF) or
backward (CF-DB) from the Weapon Status and In-
ventory displays (FRMT-7, 7A, 7B, 7C or 7xy). In
addition to common FRMT-7 data, such as station
number, weapon type/subtype, and the launch point/
target identifier, the CALCM Group Assignment
Data display provides the weapon group id, selected
sortie, and selected B-52 mission. Paging forward
from FRMT-7 7A, 7B, 7C or 7xy, the CALCM Group
Assignment Data displays are presented in the order
of assigned CALCM locations; Left Pylon, Bay, Right
Pylon and back to the starting FRMT-7,7A, 7B, 7C or
7xy display. Paging backward from the FRMT-7, 7A,
7B, 7C or 7xy will present the CALCM Group Assign-
ment Data displays in the reverse sequence.
NOTE
[AMI] Stores Inventory Summary Display (FRMT-77)
Operator entry of FRMT-77 displays the Stores In-
ventory Summary (figure 1-35B). The Stores Inven-
tory Summary display provides generic store/weap-
on information for all locations. All data on this dis-
play is controlled by the CSP and none of the data
fields are modifiable.
DESTINATION TABLE DISPLAY (FRMT-10,nn)
The destination table display, commanded by
FRMT-10,nn is shown in figure 1-36. The SMO will
provide the destination label for the current or se-
lected destination and the subsequent destination
as depicted in figure 1-36 when they are CALCM
launch points. Entry of FRMT-10,nn will cause the
destination table display to be displayed on the se-
lected MFD where the command was entered. Mod-
ification of the current destination will not be per-
mitted for a CALCM launch point (CALCMLP).

Although not displayed (overwritten with

CALCM xy data), CF-DF and CF-DB com-
mands are available on the FRMT-7xy dis-
play, allowing the operator to request the
CALCM Group Assignment Data displays.

COMMAND DESCRIPTION
FRMT Format Menu Request.
FRMT-6 PME Status Display Request.
FRMT-7 CALCM Status and Inventory Display Request. ([AMI] Only when CALCM is primary SMO)
FRMT-7A [AMI] CALCM Status and Inventory Display Request.
FRMT-7B [AMI] CALCM Status and Inventory Display Request.
FRMT-7C [AMI] CALCM Status and Inventory Display Request.
FRMT-7xy CALCM Status and Inventory Display Request with Selected Station xy.
FRMT-77 [AMI] Stores Inventory Summary Display
FRMT-10,nn Destination Table Display. nn = current or selected destination
CF-DF or CF-DB From
FRMT-7, 7A, 7B, 7C or 7xy Weapon Group Assignment Data Display Request.
[AMI]

Figure 1-32. Format Commands

Change 10 1-75
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

FRMT (FORMAT) MENU

Less [AMI]

PMD

F RM T MENU
1 R DR
2 RDR + PMD
3 E VS
4 E VS + PMD
5 E VS F UL L
6 PME S T A TUS
7 WPN DA T A
8 EMERG DA T A
9 F XP T TB L
10 DE S T / OAP TB L

+ XH POS I T I ON

FRMT

A36687

[AMI]

PMD

FRMT MENU
1 RDR + XH POS I T I ON
2 RDR + PMD 7 7 ST OR ES SUMMARY
3 E VS
4 E VS + PMD
5 E VS F UL L
6 PME S T A TUS
1
8 EMERG DA T A
9 F XP T TB L
1 0 DE S T / OAP TB L
7 A L P WPN DA T A 2
7 B B AY WPN DA T A 2
7 C RP WPN DA T A 2

− − FRMT - DISPLAY IDENTIFIER

(TYPICAL LOCATION ALL DISPLAY)

B41020

Figure 1-33. FRMT (Format) Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)

1-76 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 7 PRIMARY NO A SMO is primary.

WEAPON DATA

(blank) No SMO is primary.

2 CALCM SMO ID NO

28 Characters CALCM SMO is loaded at the respective location (LP, BAY, or RP).

28 Characters CALCM SMO is loaded at the respective location and it is the primary
(Bright Underlined SMO.
Video)

(blank) No SMO is loaded at the respective location.

Figure 1-33. FRMT (Format) Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)

FRMT-6 PME STATUS DISPLAY

Less [AMI]

PMD

BUS PME FL T BUS PME FL T BUS PME FL T BUS PME FL T

ACU A DEU RIU CD I U

ACU B RSC AHRS CSCP
ACU C RVR RDR RNMP
RNK B WCP
D TU 1 NK B 1 2 PDUC 3
D TU 2 PDU 3 AIU
D TU 3 IU L NCR 3 RA
D TU 4 GP S D OOR
SAU ECU 3
I ME 1 RPK B
I ME 2 NPK B 1 2 B MIU 3
DVS 1 2 L MIU 3
EIU 1 2 R MIU 3

− − FRMT − 6

A60609

Figure 1-34. FRMT-6 PME Status Display (Sheet 1 of 3)

Change 10 1-76A
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

FRMT-6 PME STATUS DISPLAY

[AMI]

PMD

BUS PME FL T BUS PME FL T BUS PME FL T BUS PME FL T

DEU RIU CD I U
RSC AHRS CSCP
RVR RDR RNMP
RNK B WCP
FC NK B BAY
D TR 1 1 2 4 3 1 2 AIU 3
D TR 2 IU 1 2 5 3 RA 3
GP S 6 3 D OOR 3
SAU 7 3 ECU 3
I NU 1 NPK B
I NU 2 LP RP
EIU 1 2 8 3 1 2 8 3
DVS

− − FRMT - 6

CF - DF =PAGE FWD CF - DB =PAGE BACK

B42829

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Device Bus A Test NO

A The corresponding device has failed bus test as a remote terminal on
bus A since the last time faults were cleared (CF-66), but is currently
passing the bus A test.
A The corresponding device is currently failing bus A test.
(Reverse Video)
(blank) The corresponding device has not failed bus test as a remote terminal on
bus A since the last time faults were cleared.
2 Device Bus C Test NO
C The corresponding device has failed bus test as a remote terminal on
bus C since the last time faults were cleared (CF-66), but is currently
passing the bus C test.
C The corresponding device is currently failing bus C test.
(Reverse Video)
(blank) The corresponding device has not failed bus test as a remote terminal on
bus C since the last time faults were cleared.

Figure 1-34. FRMT-6 PME Status Display (Sheet 2 of 3)

1-76B Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

3 Device Fault NO
X The corresponding device has failed since the last time faults were
cleared (CF-66), but is currently not faulted.
X The corresponding device is currently faulted.
(Reverse Video)
(blank) The corresponding device has not failed since the last time faults were
cleared.
4 Bay MIU Assignment NO
MIU MIU is assigned to the Bay Location. The fault fields apply to the MIU.
(blank) No MIU is assigned to the Bay Location.

5 Bay PDUC Assignment NO

PDUC PDUC is assigned to the Bay Location. The fault fields apply to the PDUC.
(blank) No PDUC is assigned to the Bay Location.
6 Bay PDU Assignment NO
PDU PDUC/PDU is assigned to the Bay Location. The fault fields apply to the
PDU.
(blank) No PDUC/PDU is assigned to the Bay Location.
7 Bay CSRL Assignment NO
CSRL CSRL is assigned to the Bay Location. The fault fields apply to the CSRL.
(blank) No CSRL is assigned to the Bay Location.

8 MIU Pylon Assignment NO

MIU MIU is assigned to the designated Pylon Location. The fault fields apply
to the MIU.
(blank) No MIU is assigned to the Pylon Location.

Figure 1-34. FRMT-6 PME Status Display (Sheet 3 of 3)

Change 10 1-76C
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

FRMT-7 AND FRMT-7xy STATUS AND INVENTORY DISPLAY

Less [AMI]

[AMI]
On e L i n e PMD

2 3 6
1

1 4 / 5 7 1
RP 1
8
2 1 5 2
LP 2 BAY 1 BAY 5 RP 2

3 2 6 3
LP 3 BAY 2 BAY 6 RP 3

4 3 7 4
LP 4 BAY 3 BAY 7 RP 4

5 4 8 5
LP 5 BAY 4 BAY 8 RP 5

6 6
LP 6 RP 6
9

10 11 12 26 10 13 14 10
− − FRMT - 7 x y
2 3 6

18 19 22
15 4 / 5 7 ORD 16 20 21 23 24
8 EJ 17 BK UP S 25 25

SELECTED STATION STATUS B42830

NOTE
• Details of the LEFT 1 station inventory display are shown, the other station data
displays are identical.
• The Selected Station data at the bottom of the screen is displayed for FRMT-7xy.

Figure 1-35. FRMT-7 and FRMT-7xy Status and Inventory Display

(Sheet 1 of 5)

1-76D Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Crypto Key Status NO

NO KEYS Crypto keys are not available and crypto key override is commanded.
NO KEYS (Reverse ) Crypto keys are not available and crypto key override is not commanded.
(blank) Crypto keys are available or retrieval of crypto keys has not yet occurred.

2 Store NO

P Store is present but unidentified.

C CALCM is present .
C (Bright Underlined) CALCM is present with OTL power on.
X Store is not present at the specified location/station.
(blank) MIU is not powered.
3 Warhead Type NO
n (Bright) Weapon warhead type provided by missile data. (range 1 through 9 and
A through F)
0 = Test.
1 = Blast/Frag.
2 = Penetrator.
3 - 9 and A - F not assigned.
(blank) Warhead type has not been received from the missile.
4 CALCM Status NO
OF CALCM electronic power is off.
ON CALCM electronic power is on.
CA CALCM is coarse aligning.
TA (Reverse) Transfer Alignment maneuver is required.
AL CALCM is aligned.
GO CALCM is aligned, GPS receiver is initialized, and Crypto Keys are veri-
fied (if keyed mission).
Less [AMI] PL [AMI] CL CALCM plus count launch is currently active and not in either SIM mode.
AW CALCM launch (captive carry mode not active) has successfully oc-
curred.
JT CALCM jettison has successfully occurred.
HG (Reverse) CALCM is hung.
NG (Reverse) CALCM permanent fatal fault has occurred, power is off and reapplication
of power is inhibited.
[AMI] ER CALCM Erase is active.
(blank) No CALCM at this station or MIU power is off.

Figure 1-35. FRMT-7 and FRMT-7xy Status and Inventory Display

(Sheet 2 of 5)

Change 10 1-76E
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

5 Ready To Launch Sta- NO

tus
SAF Weapon has not been provided Nav/RNav consent for launch from the
SAFE/PREARM switch.
RDY Weapon has been provided Nav/RNav consent for launch from the
SAFE/PREARM switch.
(blank) No CALCM at this station or MIU power is off.
6 Flex/Direct Target NO
Indication

F (Bright Underlined) Weapon has been flex targeted.

F Flex targeted weapon has been launched.
D (Bright Underlined) Weapon has been direct targeted.
D Direct targeted weapon has been launched.
(blank) No CALCM at this station, it is not flex or direct targeted, or MIU power is off.
7 Targeting Status NO
nn Primary mission of a weapon has launch point or direct target n(n) de-
fined, or Weapon has been launched at launch point or direct target n(n).
nn (Bright Underlined) Primary mission of a weapon has launch point or direct target n(n) de-
fined and the weapon is targeted.
G GPS initialization data has been loaded into the weapon, but no mission
is assigned.
R CALCM indicates it is ready to receive mission data.
(blank) MIU power is off, CALCM power is off, or weapon is not a CALCM.
8 MISSILE FAULTS NO SEE SECTION VII.
(Reverse)
9 Launcher Down Station NO
[x] Launcher station in the down position, updated once per second when
the launcher is rotating. x = 1 - 8.
[x] (Reverse Video) Launcher station in the down position, updated once per second when
the launcher is rotating. x = 1 - 8. Indexing mode is incorrect or PDUC
communication lost.
(blank) Unable to determine launcher position.
10 MIU Fault Status NO
MIU (Reverse) A MIU communication failure or a MIU fault indication has been detected
which precludes missile launch for CALCMs communicating through that MIU.
(blank) The above condition does not exist.
11 ECU Fault Status NO
ECU (Reverse) A ECU fault indication has been detected.
(blank) The above condition has not been detected.

Figure 1-35. FRMT-7 and FRMT-7xy Status and Inventory Display

(Sheet 3 of 5)

1-76F Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

12 LNCHR Fault Status NO

LNCHR (Reverse) A launcher fault has been detected.
(blank) A launcher fault has not been detected.
13 Bay Door Fault Status NO
DOORS (Reverse) A bay door fault has been detected.
(blank) A bay door fault has not been detected.
14 AIU Fault Status NO An AIU fault has been detected.
AIU (Reverse) An AIU fault has been detected.
(blank) An AIU fault has not been detected.

15 Location/Station NO

xy (Bright Underlined) Location(x) and station (y) of the weapon of associated weapon.
x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.
16 Ordnance Alarm Status NO
ALARM (Reverse) Ordnance Alarm fault indication has been received for selected CALCM.
SAFE No ordnance alarm fault indication has been received for selected
CALCM.
(blank) No CALCM selected or MIU is powered off.
17 Ejector Status NO
LOCKD Ejector is locked for the selected CALCM.
UNLOCKD Ejector is unlocked for the selected CALCM.
UNKNOWN Ejector status cannot be determined (Illegal ejector status) for the
(Reverse) selected CALCM.
(blank) No CALCM present or selected, or MIU is powered off.
18 OTL Payload Status NO
OTL (Bright CALCM has OTL payload.
Underlined)
(blank) Payload is not identified as an OTL, no CALCM is selected, or MIU is off.
19 OTL Power Status NO
BATT OTL instrumentation power is on CALCM battery power for selected
CALCM.
CARR OTL instrumentation power is on carrier power for selected CALCM.
UNKN (Reverse) OTL instrumentation power has indeterminate status for selected
CALCM.
OFF OTL instrumentation power is off for selected CALCM.
(blank) Payload type is not identified as OTL, no CALCM selected, or MIU is
powered off.

Figure 1-35. FRMT-7 and FRMT-7xy Status and Inventory Display

(Sheet 4 of 5)

Change 10 1-76G
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

20 Command Destruct NO
Status
C/D (Bright Underlined) Missile has command destruct (flight termination) receiver installed.
(blank) Missile does not have command destruct (flight termination) receiver
installed.

21 Flight Termination NO
System Status

SAFE Flight termination system is disable for selected CALCM.

ARMD (Reverse) Flight termination system is enabled for selected CALCM.
(blank) Payload type is not identified as OTL, no CALCM selected, or MIU is
powered off.

22 CALCM INS NO
Temp Fault Status

TEMP (Reverse) CALCM INS platform temperature No-Go for the selected CALCM.
(blank) No fault detected or MIU is powered off.
23 CALCM Altimeter NO
Fault Status
ALTM (Reverse) CALCM CMRA No-Go or RAE No-Go for the selected CALCM.
(blank) No fault detected or MIU is powered off.

24 CALCM INS Fault Sta- NO

tus
INS (Reverse) CALCM INS Z-Velocity No-Go or INS Alignment No-Go for the selected
CALCM.
(blank) No fault detected or MIU is powered off.
25 Backup NO
Location/Station
xy (Bright Underlined) Location(x) and station (y) of the backup for selected CALCM.

x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.
(blank) No backups for selected CALCM, no CALCM selected or MIU powered off.
26 [AMI] DTC Access NO
Status
DTC (Blinking) SMO is accessing DTC.
DTC (Reverse Video) DTC access fault has occurred.
(blank) No DTC Access Fault is occurring and no DTC access fault has oc-
curred.

Figure 1-35. FRMT-7 and FRMT-7xy Status and Inventory Display

(Sheet 5 of 5)

1-76H Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-DF OR CF-DB FROM FRMT-7, 7A, 7B, OR 7C

WEAPON GROUP ASSIGNMENT DATA DISPLAY
[AMI]

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 CALCM Location NO
_LP Displayed weapon assignment data is for the left pylon.
BAY Displayed weapon assignment data is for the bomb bay.
_RP Displayed weapon assignment data is for the right pylon.

2 Selected Sortie Title NO

28 Character Label ID of sortie loaded into ACU.
(Blank) No sortie is loaded into ACU.
3 Selected Mission Title NO
28 Character Label ID of B-52 mission loaded into ACU.
(Blank) No B-52 mission is loaded in ACU.

Figure 1-35A. CF-DF or CF-DB Weapon Group Assignment Data Display

(Sheet 1 of 3)

Change 10 1-77
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

4 Store Status NO
P Store present but unidentified.
C CALCM is present.
C (Bright Underlined CALCM is present with OTL power on.
Video)
X Store is not present.
(blank) MIU power is off or (for group assignment only) Stations 7 and 8 do not exist
when pylon locations are selected or (for selected station status only) no
store is selected.

5 Warhead Type NO
n Weapon warhead type as provided from CALCM.
(1 = Blast/Frag, 2 = Penetrator)
(blank) One of the following conditions exist:
1. MIU power is off.
2. For group assignment only, Stations 7 and 8 do not exist when pylon loca-
tions are selected.
3. For selected station status only, no store is selected.
4. Store is not a CALCM.
5. Warhead type has not been received from CALCM at this station.
6 Targeting Status NO
F (Bright Underlined CALCM has been flex targeted.
Video)
F Flex targeted CALCM has been launched.
D (Bright Underlined CALCM has been direct targeted.
Video)
D Direct targeted CALCM has been launched.
(blank) One of the following conditions exist:
1. CALCM has been powered on, but not flex or direct targeted.
2. MIU power is off.
3. CALCM power is off.
4. Store is not a CALCM.
5. For group assignment only, Stations 7 and 8 do not exist when pylon loca-
tions are selected.
6. For selected station status only, no store is selected.
7 Launch Point/Direct NO
Target
nn (Bright Underlined Primary mission of a weapon has launch point or direct target n(n) defined
Video) and the weapon is targeted.
nn Primary mission of a weapon has launch point or direct target n(n) defined
and the weapon has been launched.

Figure 1-35A. CF-DF or CF-DB Weapon Group Assignment Data Display

(Sheet 2 of 3)

1-78 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

7 (Cont) G GPS initialization data has been loaded into the weapon, but no mission is
assigned.
R CALCM indicates it is ready to receive mission data.
(blank) One of the following conditions exist:
1. CALCM has been powered on, but has not yet been targeted.
2. MIU power is off.
3. CALCM power is off.
4. Store is not a CALCM.
5. For group assignment only, Stations 7 and 8 do not exist when pylon loca-
tions are selected.
6. For selected station status only, no store is selected.
8 Bay Station 7 NO
7 Display is for the bay. This is blank when a pylon is selected.
(blank) Pylon is selected.
9 Bay Station 8 NO
8 Display is for the bay. This is blank when a pylon is selected.
(blank) Pylon is selected.
10 Selected Weapon NO
Group
28 Characters ID of weapon group, loaded into ACU and used for targeting data.
(Blank) No targeting data is currently assigned to the weapon.

Figure 1-35A. CF-DF or CF-DB Weapon Group Assignment Data Display

(Sheet 3 of 3)

Change 10 1-79
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

FRMT-77 STORES INVENTORY SUMMARY DISPLAY

[AMI]

PMD

1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5

2 2 3 4 5 2 2 3 4 5 2 2 3 4 5

3 2 3 4 5 3 2 3 4 5 3 2 3 4 5

4 2 3 4 5 4 2 3 4 5 4 2 3 4 5

5 2 3 4 5 5 2 3 4 5 5 2 3 4 5

6 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5

7 2 3 4 5 7 2 3 4 5 7 2 3 4 5

8 2 3 4 5 8 2 3 4 5 8 2 3 4 5
− − FRMT - 7 7

B42831

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 SMO Title NO
17 Characters SMO title assigned to the location (truncated to 17 characters).
17 Characters (Bright Primary SMO title (truncated to 17 characters)
Underlined Video)
(blank) No SMO assigned to the Location.
2 Weapon Type NO
aa Weapon type as provided by the loaded aircraft mission data (No SMO
loaded at the location or the SMO cannot confirm the actual weapon
type). For CALCM, aa = C1 (Blast/Frag warhead) or C2 (Penetrator war-
head)
aa (Bright Underlined Weapon type as provided by the loaded aircraft mission data, that has
Video) been confirmed by the SMO with aircraft mission data.
aa (Reverse Video) Weapon type as provided by the loaded aircraft mission data, that has not
been confirmed by the SMO with aircraft mission data.
(blank) Weapon data is not being provided by loaded aircraft mission data or no
aircraft mission data is loaded.

Figure 1-35B. FRMT-77 Stores Inventory Summary Display

(Sheet 1 of 2)

1-80 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

3 Weapon Status NO
aa Two-digit weapon status (e.g. ON, OF, CA, AL, GO) as provided by the
particular weapon SMO. Refer to the applicable weapon manual for de-
tails of display.
(blank) No SMO assigned to the location, or no weapon status has been provided
by the SMO.

4 Direct Target/ NO
Launch Point
nn or Dn Launch point number (nn) or direct target number (Dn) assigned as pro-
vided by the SMO. Refer to the applicable weapon manual for details of
display.
(blank) No SMO assigned to the location, or no direct target or launch point has
been provided by the SMO.
5 Time To In-Range NO
mm Time-to-go to In-Range as provided by the SMO that is 10 minutes or
greater (up to 60 minutes). Refer to the applicable weapon manual for de-
tails of display.
m:ss Time-to-go to In-Range as provided by the SMO, that is less than 10 min-
utes. And, highlight mode as provided by the SMO. Refer to the applicable
weapon manual for details of display.
(blank) No SMO assigned to the location, or no time to In-Range provided by the
SMO, or SMO has decided it is not applicable.

Figure 1-35B. FRMT-77 Stores Inventory Summary Display

(Sheet 2 of 2)

Change 10 1-81
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

FRMT-10,nn DESTINATION TABLE DISPLAY

PMD

− 1 N3 7 o 4 1 . 9 9 W 9 7 o 17 . 9 8 14 9 0 ’ 0 : 04 : 59
1 OAP 1 N 0 o 0 0 . 0 0 E 0 o00 . 00 00’
2 2 N 0 o00 . 00 E 0 o00 . 00 00’
3 3 N 0 o00 . 00 E 0 o00 . 00 00’
4 4 N 0 o00 . 00 E 0 o00 . 00 00’

1 N3 8 o 2 4 . 0 0 W 98 o47 . 98 15 20 ’ 0 : 19 : 5 9
1 OAP 1 N 0 o00 . 00 E 0 o00 . 00 00’
2 2 N 0 o00 . 00 E 0 o00 . 00 00’
3 3 N 0 o00 . 00 E 0 o00 . 00 00’
4 4 N 0 o00 . 00 E 0 o00 . 00 00’

− − FRMT 1 0 ,
DESTINATION
SEQUENCE NO.

DESTINATION SEQUENCE NO. A60611

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 CALCMLP NO CALCM launch point

Figure 1-36. FRMT-10,nn Destination Table Display

1-82

SMO PROGRAM (PRGM) DISPLAY
The SMO PRGM commands are listed in figure
1-37. The CALCM launch point program display,
commanded by PRGM- or PRGM-nn, is displayed
by the SMO as depicted in figure 1-38 (Current And
Next Destination Not a CALCM Launch Point), fig-
ure 1-39 (Auto SAIR When Current or Next Des-
tination is a CALCM Launch Point), figure 1-40
(Manual SAIR When Current Destination is a
CALCM Launch Point), and figure 1-41 (Direct
Launch Mode). Using the PRGM- command causes
the FMS to display the current destination at the
top of the screen and the next destination at the
bottom. Using the PRGM-nn command, where nn is
a destination number from 1 to 99, causes the FMS
to display the current destination at the top of the
screen and the destination indicated by nn, even if
it is the same as the current destination, at the bot-
tom. This display is used to view launch informa-
tion about the weapon associated with a CALCM
launch point when it is the current destination, or
when it is the next destination if the current des-
tination is not a CALCM launch point.
The CALCM launch point program display only
provides launch information for the current or the
next destination, as applicable, and not the selected
destination. Information included in the display is
listed below. The second item below is displayed on
the program display regardless of whether the cur-
rent or next destination is a CALCM launch point,
although blanks will be displayed in windows
where no direct targets have been designated.
• Cruise missile launch point mnemonic for the
current destination and the next or selected des-
tination when the respective destination is a
CALCM launch point.
• Direct targeting status for up to twenty
weapons.
• SAIR mode, status, range (manual SAIR), and
time to go (automatic ranging).
• Unsafe condition.
• Automatic retargeting enable status.
• Location and station of weapon to be
launched.
• Launch countdown timer, manual launch re-
quirements, and launch countdown hold timer.
• Magnetic course to cruise missile first way-
point (manual SAIR).
• Bay door status.
• PMD.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
CALCM DIRECT TARGET PROGRAM DISPLAY
The CALCM direct target program display, com-
manded by PRGM-Dnn, where nn is the direct tar-
get number (1-20), and is displayed by the SMO as
depicted in figure 1-41. Using the PRGM-Dnn com-
mand causes the FMS to display the current des-
tination at the top of the screen and the next des-
tination at the bottom. This display is used to view
launch information about the weapon associated
with a CALCM direct target nn.
Information included in the display is listed below.
Direct targeting status for up to twenty weapons is
always displayed on the program display, although
blanks will be displayed for windows where no di-
rect targets have been designated.
• Cruise missile launch point mnemonic for the
current destination and the next or selected des-
tination when the respective destination is a
CALCM launch point.
• Direct targeting status for up to twenty weap-
ons.
• SAIR mode, status, and range.
• Unsafe condition.
• Automatic retargeting enable status.
• Location and station of weapon to be
launched.
• Launch countdown timer, manual launch re-
quirements, and launch countdown hold timer.
• Pre-target Steering Waypoint turn angle.
• Magnetic course to pre-target steering way-
point.
• Bay door status.
• PMD.
The SMO will reject a PRGM-Dnn command and
display it in reverse video under the following con-
ditions:
• Invalid direct target designation is selected.
• A weapon is in launch countdown.
• [AMI] The CALCM SMO is not primary.
Once Direct Launch Mode is activated, it will re-
main active until one of the following occurs:
• The associated weapon is launched.
• Clear direct launch mode is commanded.
• There is no longer a valid CALCM assigned to
the active direct target, Dnn.
Exit Direct Launch Mode.
Operator entry of CLR-D will exit Direct Launch
Mode that was entered by Operator entry of PRGM-
Dnn. If not in Direct Launch Mode when CLR-D is
entered, the command will be displayed in reverse
video.
Change 10 1-83
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WEAPON TARGETING COMMANDS
Before any CALCMs can be launched, the Operator
must initiate the transfer of targeting information
to the missile from the weapon DTUC/DTC. After
initial targeting of the CALCMs, the Operator can
1) Reinitiate targeting of all weapons,
2) Manually target a CALCM to a specified launch
point,
3) Modify a mission by using the Flex targeting op-
tion, or
4) Direct target a CALCM.
The commands to carry out these processes are de-
scribed in the following paragraphs. For all target-
ing commands the targeting information will also
be provided for up to two backup weapons, if avail-
able. After a mission is targeted to a primary weap-
on and available backups, there can be no new
backup weapons added for that mission without re-
initiating targeting or manually targeting the mis-
sion (options 1 and 2 above).

COMMAND DESCRIPTION
PRGM-,nn Launch Point Program Display
PRGM-Dnn Direct Target Program Display
CLR-D Exit Direct Launch Mode

Figure 1-37. SMO Program Commands

1-84 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

SMO LAUNCH POINT PROGRAM DISPLAY (PRGM)

(CURRENT AND NEXT DESTINATION IS NOT A CALCMLP)

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Direct Target Number Direct Target Number nn= 1 to 20.

Dnn Direct target has been assigned to weapon and target data is loaded and
verified, where nn = 1 to 20 from left to right across screen.

Dnn (Blinking) PRGM-Dnn is entered, where nn = 1 to 20 from left to right across

screen.
Dnn (Bright Direct target is in range, where nn = 1 to 20 from left to right across
Underlined) screen.
Dnn (Bright Direct target is in range and PRGM-Dnn is entered, where nn = 1 to 20
Underlined Blinking) from left to right across screen.
(blank) No weapons are assigned to the direct target or all assigned weapons
have been released.

Figure 1-38. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)

1-85
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

SMO LAUNCH POINT PROGRAM DISPLAY (PRGM) (AUTO SAIR)

(CURRENT OR NEXT DESTINATION IS A CALCMLP)

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 CALCMLP NO Current destination is a CALCM launch point.

2 Direct Target Number Direct Target Number nn= 1 to 20.
Dnn Direct target has been assigned to weapon and target data is loaded and
verified, where nn = 1 to 20 from left to right across screen.
Dnn (Blinking) PRGM-Dnn is entered, where nn = 1 to 20 from left to right across
screen.
Dnn (Bright Direct target is in range, where nn = 1 to 20 from left to right across
Underlined) screen.
Dnn (Bright Direct target is in range and PRGM-Dnn is entered, where nn = 1 to 20
Underlined Blinking) from left to right across screen.
(blank) No weapons are assigned to the direct target or all assigned weapons
have been released.

Figure 1-39. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)(Auto SAIR)

(Sheet 1 of 3)

1-86
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

3 SAIR NO CALCM is not within range and no launch restrictions exist.

SAIR (Bright CALCM is within range and no launch restrictions exist.
Underlined)
SAIR (Reverse Safe launch restrictions exist.
Blinking)
(blank) No CALCM is associated with the current and next destinations and di-
rect launch mode is not active.
4 mm:ss NO When automatic SAIR is active, time to go to SAIR is displayed in min-
utes and seconds when greater than 00:00. If time to go exceeds 59:59
then 59:59 is displayed.
Display range = 00:01 through 59:59
[AMI] FAR Either (1) Manual is active and the carrier is too far from the missile’s first
waypoint to launch or (2) Direct SAIR is active and the carrier is too far
from the target to launch.
[AMI] CLOSE Direct SAIR is active and carrier is too close to the target to load.
(blank) One of the following conditions exist:
1. Automatic SAIR is active and time to go to SAIR is less than 00:00
2. [AMI] Direct SAIR is active and carrier is in range.
3. [AMI] Manual SAIR is active and carrier is in range.
4. Less [AMI] Direct or Manual SAIR is active.
5. There is no current event.
5 BRG CHG (Reverse NO During direct launch mode, steer point turn angle exceeds CALCM capa-
Blinking) bility for selected direct target.
CLIMB (Reverse Aircraft altitude too low for safe release.
Blinking)
LEVL_OFF (Reverse Aircraft Z velocity and/or Z acceleration is too high for safe release.
Blinking)
ACCEL (Reverse Aircraft true airspeed is too slow for safe release.
Blinking)
PITCH (Reverse Aircraft pitch angle or pitch rate is unsafe for release.
Blinking)
ROLL (Reverse Aircraft bank angle or roll rate is unsafe for release.
Blinking)
YAW (Reverse Aircraft yaw rate is unsafe for release.
Blinking)
(blank) No Launch Restrictions Exist, or no CALCM is associated with the cur-
rent and next destinations and direct launch mode is not active.
6 AUTO RETGT (Bright NO Current or next destination is a CALCM launch point or direct launch
Underlined) mode is active.
(blank) None of the above.

Figure 1-39. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)(Auto SAIR)

(Sheet 2 of 3)

Change 10 1-87
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

7 ON NO Auto retargeting is enabled, not inhibited and either backup is launchable

when the current or next destinations are a CALCM launch point or direct
launch mode is active.
ON (Reverse) The current or next destination is a CALCM launch point or direct launch
mode is active and auto retargeting is enabled, but inhibited because
both backups for the weapon associated with the next weapon event are
not launchable.
OFF Auto retargeting mode is disabled and the current or next destination is a
CALCM launch point or direct launch mode is active.
(blank) None of the above.

8 xy NO Location and station of associated weapon when the current or next destina-
tion is a CALCM launch point or direct launch mode is active.

x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.
(blank) (Reverse) Current or next destination is a CALCM launch point and no weapon is
assigned.
(blank) Current or next destination is not a CALCM launch point.
9 MAN LNCH MODE NO Manual launch mode but not in launch countdown when the current or
(Bright) next destination is a CALCM launch point or direct launch mode is active.
COUNTDOWN x Launch countdown. x equals time to go in seconds (1 thru 5 seconds).
(Bright)
HOLD xx Launch countdown hold is active where xx is countdown seconds in hold
(1 thru 45 seconds).
(blank) None of the above.

10 BBD (Bright NO Current or next destination is a CALCM launch point or direct launch
Underlined) mode is active.
(blank) None of the above.
11 OPEN NO Bomb bay doors are open and current or next destination is a CALCM
launch point or direct launch mode is active.
CLSD Bomb bay doors are closed and current or next destination is a CALCM
launch point or direct launch mode is active.
DOORS (Reverse) Door fault is detected and current or next destination is a CALCM launch
point or direct launch mode is active.
UNLTCH Door status is indeterminate and current or next destination is a CALCM
launch point or direct launch mode is active.
(blank) None of the above.

12 CALCMLP NO Next or selected destination is a CALCM launch point.

Figure 1-39. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)(Auto SAIR)

(Sheet 3 of 3)

1-88 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

SMO LAUNCH POINT PROGRAM DISPLAY (PRGM)(MANUAL SAIR)

(CURRENT DESTINATION IS A CALCMLP)

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 CALCMLP NO Current destination is a CALCM launch point.

2 Direct Target Number Direct Target Number nn= 1 to 20.
Dnn Direct target has been assigned to weapon and target data is loaded and
verified, where nn = 1 to 20 from left to right across screen.
Dnn (Blinking) PRGM-Dnn is entered, where nn = 1 to 20 from left to right across
screen.
Dnn (Bright Direct target is in range, where nn = 1 to 20 from left to right across
Underlined) screen.
Dnn (Bright Direct target is in range and PRGM-Dnn is entered, where nn = 1 to 20
Underlined Blinking) from left to right across screen.
(blank) No weapons are assigned to the direct target or all assigned weapons
have been released.

Figure 1-40. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)(Manual SAIR)

(Sheet 1 of 4)

1-89
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

3 MAN NO Manual SAIR mode and not in range.

MAN (Bright Manual SAIR mode and safe and in range.
Underlined)
MAN (Reverse Manual SAIR mode and safe launch restrictions exist.
Blinking)
(blank) MAN SAIR is not active.
4 SAIR NO CALCM is not within range and no launch restrictions exist.
SAIR (Bright CALCM is within range and no launch restrictions exist.
Underlined)
SAIR (Reverse Safe launch restrictions exist.
Blinking)
(blank) No CALCM is associated with the current and next destinations and di-
rect launch mode is not active.
5 BRG CHG (Reverse NO During direct launch mode, steer point turn angle exceeds CALCM capa-
Blinking) bility for selected direct target.
CLIMB (Reverse Aircraft altitude too low for safe release.
Blinking)
LEVL_OFF (Reverse Aircraft Z velocity and/or Z acceleration is too high for safe release.
Blinking)
ACCEL (Reverse Aircraft true airspeed is too slow for safe release.
Blinking)
PITCH (Reverse Aircraft pitch angle or pitch rate is unsafe for release.
Blinking)
ROLL (Reverse Aircraft bank angle or roll rate is unsafe for release.
Blinking)
YAW (Reverse Aircraft yaw rate is unsafe for release.
Blinking)
(blank) No Launch Restrictions Exist, or no CALCM is associated with the cur-
rent and next destinations and direct launch mode is not active.
6 AUTO RETGT (Bright NO Current or next destination is a CALCM launch point or direct launch
Underlined) mode is active.
(blank) None of the above.

Figure 1-40. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)(Manual SAIR)

(Sheet 2 of 4)

1-90 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

7 ON NO Auto retargeting is enabled, not inhibited and either backup is launchable

when the current or next destinations are a CALCM launch point or direct
launch mode is active.
ON (Reverse) The current or next destination is a CALCM launch point or direct launch
mode is active and auto retargeting is enabled, but inhibited because
both backups for the weapon associated with the next weapon event are
not launchable.
OFF Auto retargeting mode is disabled and the current or next destination is a
CALCM launch point or direct launch mode is active.
(blank) None of the above.
8 xy NO Location and station of associated weapon when the current or next destina-
tion is a CALCM launch point or direct launch mode is active.

x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.
(blank) (Reverse) Current or next destination is a CALCM launch point and no weapon is
assigned.
(blank) Current or next destination is not a CALCM launch point.
9 MAN LNCH MODE Manual launch mode but not in launch countdown when the current or
(Bright) next destination is a CALCM launch point or direct launch mode is active.
COUNTDOWN x Launch countdown. x equals time to go in seconds (1 thru 5 seconds).
(Bright)
HOLD xx Launch countdown hold is active where xx is countdown seconds in hold
(1 thru 45 seconds).
(blank) None of the above.
10 SAIR RNG NO Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is active, range data is available,
and not in range.
SAIR RNG (Bright Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is active, range data is available,
Underlined) and in range.
SAIR RNG (Reverse) Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is active and range data is not avail-
able.
(blank) Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is not active.
11 xxx NO Distance from A/C present position along ground track to enter SAIR
Range boundary in NM for selected weapon in direct or manual SAIR
mode.
(xxx = 999 for range >= 999).
xxx (Bright Underlined) Distance from A/C present position along ground track to exit SAIR
Range boundary in NM for selected weapon in direct or manual SAIR
mode.
(xxx = 999 for range >= 999).
(blank) None of the above.

Figure 1-40. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)(Manual SAIR)

(Sheet 3 of 4)

1-91
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

12 MC (Bright Underlined) NO Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is active and data is available for
calculations.
MC (Reverse) Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is active and data is not available for
calculations.
(blank) Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is not active.
13 xxx° NO Magnetic course from A/C present position to calculated pre-target steer-
ing waypoint for active direct launch mode. Magnetic course from A/C
present position to first cruise missile waypoint in manual SAIR mode.
Display range = 0 to 359 degrees.
(blank) None of the above.

14 BBD (Bright NO Current or next destination is a CALCM launch point or direct launch
Underlined) mode is active.
(blank) None of the above.
15 OPEN NO Bomb bay doors are open and current or next destination is a CALCM
launch point or direct launch mode is active.
CLSD Bomb bay doors are closed and current or next destination is a CALCM
launch point or direct launch mode is active.
DOORS (Reverse) Door fault is detected and current or next destination is a CALCM launch
point or direct launch mode is active.
UNLTCH Door status is indeterminate and current or next destination is a CALCM
launch point or direct launch mode is active.
(blank) None of the above.

16 CALCMLP NO Next or selected destination is a CALCM launch point.

Figure 1-40. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)(Manual SAIR)

(Sheet 4 of 4)

1-92
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

SMO LAUNCH POINT PROGRAM DISPLAY (PRGM)

(DIRECT TARGET LAUNCH MODE)

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

1 Destination Type NO

CALCMLP Current destination is a CALCM launch point.

2 Direct Target Number NO
Dnn Direct target nn has been assigned to weapon and target data is loaded
and verified, where nn = 1 to 20 from left to right across screen.
Dnn (Bright Direct target nn is in range, where nn = 1 to 20 from left to right across
Underlined) screen.
(blank) No weapons are assigned to the direct target or all assigned weapons
have been released.

Figure 1-41. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)

(Direct Target) (Sheet 1 of 5)

Change 10 1-93
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

3 MAN/DIR Mode NO
MAN Manual SAIR mode and not in range.
MAN (Bright Manual SAIR mode and safe and in range.
Underlined)
MAN (Reverse Manual SAIR mode and safe launch restrictions exist.
Blinking)
DIR Direct Launch mode and not in range.
DIR (Bright Direct Launch mode and safe and in range.
Underlined)
DIR (Reverse Direct Launch mode and safe launch restrictions exist.
Blinking)
(blank) Neither Manual SAIR nor Direct Launch modes are active.
4 SAIR Status NO
SAIR CALCM is not within range and no launch restrictions exist.
SAIR (Bright CALCM is within range and no launch restrictions exist.
Underlined)
SAIR (Reverse Safe launch restrictions exist.
Blinking)
(blank) No CALCM is associated with the current and next destinations and di-
rect launch mode is not active.
5 Launch Restrictions NO
BRG CHG (Reverse During direct launch mode, steer point turn angle exceeds CALCM capa-
Blinking) bility for selected direct target.
CLIMB (Reverse Aircraft altitude too low for safe release.
Blinking)
LEVL_OFF (Reverse Aircraft Z velocity and/or Z acceleration is too high for safe release.
Blinking)
ACCEL (Reverse Aircraft true airspeed is too slow for safe release.
Blinking)
PITCH (Reverse Aircraft pitch angle or pitch rate is unsafe for release.
Blinking)
ROLL (Reverse Aircraft bank angle or roll rate is unsafe for release.
Blinking)
YAW (Reverse Aircraft yaw rate is unsafe for release.
Blinking)
(blank) No Launch Restrictions Exist, or no CALCM is associated with the cur-
rent and next destinations and direct launch mode is not active.

Figure 1-41. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)

(Direct Target) (Sheet 2 of 5)

1-94 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

6 Auto Retarget Status NO

Label

AUTO RETGT (Bright Current or next destination is a CALCM launch point or direct launch
Underlined) mode is active.
(blank) None of the above.
7 Auto Retarget Status NO
ON Auto retargeting is enabled, not inhibited and either backup is launchable
when the current or next destinations are a CALCM launch point or direct
launch mode is active.
ON (Reverse) The current or next destination is a CALCM launch point or direct launch
mode is active and auto retargeting is enabled, but inhibited because
both backups for the weapon associated with the next weapon event are
not launchable.
OFF Auto retargeting mode is disabled and the current or next destination is a
CALCM launch point or direct launch mode is active.
(blank) None of the above.
8 [AMI] Flex/Direct Tar- NO
get Indicator
F CALCM for current weapon event has been flex targeted.
D CALCM for current weapon event has been direct targeted.
(blank) Either there is no current weapon event or the CALCM for the current
weapon event has not been flexed or direct targeted.
9 [AMI] Launch Point/ NO
Direct Target Number
nn Launch point or direct target number for CALCM assigned to current
weapon event.
(blank) There is no current weapon event.
10 Weapon NO
Location/Station
xy Location and station of associated weapon when the current or next destina-
tion is a CALCM launch point or direct launch mode is active.

x = B for Bay location, L for left pylon location, and R for right pylon location
y = Station number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 for Bay; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 for pylons.
(blank) Current or next destination is a CALCM launch point and no weapon is
(Reverse Video) assigned.
(blank) Current or next destination is not a CALCM launch point.

Figure 1-41. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)

(Direct Target) (Sheet 3 of 5)

Change 10 1-95
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

11 Launch Mode NO
MAN LNCH MODE Manual launch mode but not in launch countdown when the current or
(Bright) next destination is a CALCM launch point or direct launch mode is active.
COUNTDOWN x Launch countdown. x equals time to go in seconds (1 thru 5 seconds).
(Bright)
HOLD xx Launch countdown hold is active where XX is countdown seconds in hold
(1 thru 45 seconds).
(blank) None of the above.
12 [AMI] Auto Launcher NO
Rotation Status
AUTOROT INHIB Auto launcher rotation is inhibited.
(Reverse Video)
(blank) Auto launcher rotation is not inhibited.
13 ∆ BRG Label NO
∆ BRG (Bright PRGM-Dnn is entered.
Underlined)
(blank) None of the above.
14 Steering Waypoint NO
Turn Angle
xnnn° Direct launch mode is active and the absolute value of the pre-target
steering waypoint turn angle is less than or equal to 150o,
where x = R for positive angle; L for negative.
nnn = abs value of turn angle.
xnnn° (Reverse) Direct launch mode is active and the absolute value of the pre-target
steering waypoint turn angle is not less than or equal to 150o,
where x = R for positive angle; L for negative.
nnn = abs value of turn angle.
(blank) Direct launch mode is not active.

15 SAIR Range Status NO

SAIR RNG Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is active, range data is available,
and not in range.
SAIR RNG (Bright Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is active, range data is available,
Underlined) and in range.
SAIR RNG (Reverse) Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is active and range data is not avail-
able.
(blank) Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is not active.

Figure 1-41. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)

(Direct Target) (Sheet 4 of 5)

1-96 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WINDOW DISPLAY MODI- FUNCTION

FIABLE

16 Distance to SAIR NO
Entry/Exit
xxx Distance from A/C present position along ground track to enter SAIR
Range boundary in NM for selected weapon in direct or manual SAIR
mode.
(xxx = 999 for range >= 999).
xxx (Bright Underlined) Distance from A/C present position along ground track to exit SAIR
Range boundary in NM for selected weapon in direct or manual SAIR
mode.
(xxx = 999 for range >= 999).
(blank) None of the above.
17 Mag Course Label NO
MC (Bright Underlined) Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is active and data is available for
calculations.
MC (Reverse) Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is active and data is not available for
calculations.
(blank) Direct launch mode or manual SAIR is not active.
18 Mag Course to NO
Weapon Waypoint
xxx° Magnetic course from A/C present position to calculated pre-target steer-
ing waypoint for active direct launch mode. Magnetic course from A/C
present position to first cruise missile waypoint in manual SAIR mode.
Display range = 0 to 359 degrees.
(blank) None of the above.
19 Bomb Bay Door Label NO
BBD (Bright Current or next destination is a CALCM launch point or direct launch
Underlined) mode is active.
(blank) None of the above.
20 Bomb Bay Door Status NO
OPEN Bomb bay doors are open and current or next destination is a CALCM
launch point or direct launch mode is active.
CLSD Bomb bay doors are closed and current or next destination is a CALCM
launch point or direct launch mode is active.
DOORS (Reverse) Door fault is detected and current or next destination is a CALCM launch
point or direct launch mode is active.
UNLTCH Door status is indeterminate and current or next destination is a CALCM
launch point or direct launch mode is active.
(blank) None of the above.

21 CALCMLP Label NO

CALCMLP Next or selected destination is a CALCM launch point.

Figure 1-41. SMO Launch Point Program Display (PRGM)

(Direct Target) (Sheet 5 of 5)

Change 10 1-97/(1-98 blank)

BLA
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Normal Aircrew Procedures section II

table of contents page

GENERAL 2-3

PREFLIGHT PROCEDURES 2-3

BEFORE EXTERIOR INSPECTION (RN/N) 2-3

EXTERIOR INSPECTION (RN/N) 2-3

PYLONS 2-3

BOMB BAY INTERIOR 2-6

INTERIOR INSPECTION 2-9

AFTER ENGINE START (Power and Cooling Air Available) 2-10

Less [AMI] CALCM SMO LOADING (N) 2-10

[AMI] CALCM SMO LOADING (N) 2-10

WEAPON CHECK (RN) 2-10

CALCM INFLIGHT PROCEDURES 2-11

MISSILE POWER APPLICATION (N) 2-11

MISSILE TARGETING (N) 2-13

Less [AMI] TARGET/RETARGET ALL 2-13

[AMI] TARGET/RETARGET ALL 2-14A

AUTO RETARGET INHIBIT/ENABLE 2-14C

Less [AMI] MISSION SUBSTITUTION (INDIVIDUAL MISSILES) 2-14D

[AMI] MISSION SUBSTITUTION (INDIVIDUAL MISSILES) 2-15

MANUAL RETARGETING (INDIVIDUAL MISSILES) 2-16

FLEX TARGETING (INDIVIDUAL MISSILES) 2-17

DIRECT TARGETING (INDIVIDUAL MISSILES) 2-18

Change 10 2-1
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

table of contents page

LAUNCH PROCEDURES 2-19

MISSILE PREPARATION FOR LAUNCH 2-19

MISSILE LAUNCH (N) 2-21

LAUNCH ABORT/MISSION ABORT/RETAINED MISSILE(S) 2-27

PRELANDING PROCEDURES 2-29

BEFORE DESCENT 2-29

AFTER LANDING PROCEDURES 2-29

AFTER PARKING 2-29

GROUND SAFEING PROCEDURES (PYLON MISSILES) (RN/N) 2-30

GROUND SAFEING PROCEDURES (BAY MISSILES) (RN/N) 2-31

GROUND SIT/MIT PROCEDURES 2-32

2-2 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

GENERAL
Detailed operating procedures for CALCM missiles that step. Identification symbols are used after each
are contained in this section. response, except when the entire checklist is accom-
plished by a single crewmember, such as pilot or
The step procedures are the call-response type in
navigator. Code letters are as follows: (P) pilot, (CP)
which code letters appear after each response to in-
copilot, (N) navigator, and (RN) radar navigator.
dicate which member of the crew is to accomplish
NOTE
[AMI] On missions with mixed weapons loads, the CALCM SMO must
be loaded and selected as the primary SMO in order to power, align,
target, range and launch CALCMs.

PREFLIGHT PROCEDURES
NOTE
When missiles are aboard, check the AFTO Form 781 for an entry indi-
cating a weapons preflight was accomplished. The wing weapons offi-
cer, alternate wing weapons officer or a designated representative will
perform a complete weapons and bomb bay preflight during the main-
tenance post-load checks.

BEFORE EXTERIOR INSPECTION (POWER OFF) (RN/N)

1. Jettison Power & Jettison Control Circuit Breakers – Out

2. Pilot’s Munitions Consent Panel: (RN)

a. LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – Guard closed
3. PYLON JETTISON CONSENT Switches (2) – Guards closed

4. Weapon Control Panel: (N)

a. PYLON LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – Guard closed

b. WPN JETTISON Switch – Guard closed

c. NUCLEAR LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – Guard closed

5. Proceed to aircraft EXTERIOR INSPECTION (POWER OFF) checklist (step 1) (RN/N)

EXTERIOR INSPECTION (POWER OFF) (RN/N)

PYLONS

1. Pylons and Pylon Missiles:

a. Pylon General Condition – Checked

Check general appearance of pylon for surface damage or irregularities. Ensure pylon access
panels are secure. Check for evidence of fuel drainage or leakage from wing tanks or fuel fittings.

Change 10 2-3
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

b. Pylon Jettison Safeing Pin – Check removed

c. AGM-86C/D Missiles – Checked

(1) Warhead Arming Device Safety Pin & Streamer – Checked removed

Check the Warhead Arming Device safeing pin is removed and the status indicator is SAFE
(a white “S” on a green background)

NOTE

Omit Warhead Arming Device check if OTL payload is installed.

(2) Pitot-Static Probe Cover & Streamers – Checked removed

(3) Temperature Sensor Cover and Streamer – Checked removed

On AGM-86C missiles, if the gag rod is extended on the FMU-139A/B

fuzes, assume the fuze is armed.

(4) (AGM-86C) Payload Fuze Safeing Pins & Tags – Checked removed

(5) (AGM-86C) Fuze Settings – As briefed

Verify fuzes are set as briefed by the Wing Air Weapons Officer.

(6) Absence of Missile Fuel Leaks – Checked

d. MAU-12 Ejector Rack Ground Safety Lock Pins – Checked removed

2-4 Change 6
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

If the Warhead Arming Device indicates armed (a black “A” on a red

background) assume the fuze is armed.

2. All Safeing/Safety Pins – Counted and stowed (P-CP-RN-N)

Check that all safeing, safety pins, and streamers are stowed aboard aircraft. Check that there are
12 MAU-12 ejector rack ground safety lock pins, two pylon jettison safeing pins and one Warhead
Arming Device safeing pin for each missile. For AGM-86C missiles there should also be two payload
fuze safeing pins for each missile.

Change 6 2-5
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

BOMB BAY INTERIOR

• The bomb door actuator struts must be disconnected before entering

the bomb bay if power is applied to the aircraft.

• Do not perform operations on the launcher or missiles without first

installing the ground operation safety pin. Injury to personnel could
result.

1. CSRL & Bay Weapons: (RN-N)

a. Launcher General Condition – Checked

Ejector cable plug supports will be installed at those weapon stations without an ejector. Check
environmental, electrical, and hydraulic connections secure. Check for evidence of hydraulic leak-
age. With a CSRL installed, the environmental control lines on the launcher U tube assembly
must be removed and the lines capped.

b. Ground Operation Safety Switch Pin – Check installed

When installed, the pin prevents the launcher
from rotating. The CSRL ground operation safety
pin must be installed from the top side down to
prevent inadvertent removal of the pin.

c. Uplock Indicator – Checked seated

2-6
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

d. PDU Spline – Engaged and pin seated

If the PDU Spline is not engaged,
the launcher will not rotate.

e. Overtravel Indicator – Checked locked

f. Downlock Indicator – Checked down

2-7
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

g. MAU-12 Ejector Safeing Mechanism – Check red indicator showing

Visually check indicator on safeing mechanism indicates red.

h. AGM-86C/D Missiles – Checked

(1) Warhead Arming Device Safety Pin & Streamer – Checked removed

Check the Warhead Arming Device safeing pin is removed and the status indicator is SAFE
(a white “S” on a green background)

NOTE

Omit Warhead Arming Device check if OTL payload is installed.

(2) Pitot-Static Probe Cover & Streamers – Checked removed

(3) Temperature Sensor Cover and Streamer – Checked removed

On AGM-86C missiles, if the gag rod is extended on the FMU-139A/B

fuzes, assume the fuze is armed.

(4) (AGM-86C) Payload Fuze Safeing Pins & Tags – Checked removed

(5) (AGM-86C) Fuze Settings – As briefed

Verify fuzes are set as briefed by the Wing Air Weapons Officer.

(6) Absence of Missile Fuel Leaks – Checked

i. Ground Operation Safety Switch Pin – Check removed (RN-N)

2-8 Change 6
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

If the Warhead Arming Device indicates armed (a black “A” on a red

background) assume the fuze is armed.

2. Missile Ram Air Shutoff Valve – Checked open, forward position (forward right wheel well) (RN/N)

3. All Safeing/Safety Pins – Counted and stowed (P-CP-RN-N)

Check that safety pins and streamers for all missiles are counted and stowed aboard the aircraft.
Check that there is one ground operation safety switch pin and one Warhead Arming Device safeing
pin for each missile. For AGM-86C missiles there should also be two payload fuze safeing pins for
each missile.

4. Bomb Doors – Closed (alert only)

Ensure the bomb bay doors are closed prior to departing the aircraft.

INTERIOR INSPECTION

1. PDUC Power Switch - ON (If required)

Turn the PDUC power switch ON only if a CSRL is installed and is to be rotated.

2. Release Circuits Connected Light - Tested (RN)

Change 6 2-9
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

AFTER ENGINE START (Power and Cooling Air Available)

Less [AMI] CALCM SMO LOADING (N)
NOTE

Accomplish the SMO load after OAS is on, processors are loaded, the
IU is on and loaded, GPS Keys are loaded (if required), and the B-52
Mission DTUC is loaded in the DTU cavity with power applied.

1. B-52 Mission DTUC in DTU Cavity With Power On - Checked

CALCM mission classified parameters are contained on the B-52 Mission DTUC and are loaded with-
in the first two minutes after SMO load is complete. It is important to ensure the proper B-52 Mis-
sion DTUC remains installed until the CALCM SMO displays the CLAPAR LOADED message.
2. CF-62, n CALCM SMO – Entered

Ensure the proper CALCM SMO for the type/block CALCMs is selected for loading.

[AMI] CALCM SMO LOADING (N)

Load SMO and designate the CALCM SMO as primary in accordance with OAS Log-On in OAS,
EVS, and RADAR TURN-ON CHECKLIST of T.O. 1B-52H-1-12.

WEAPON CHECK (RN/N)

NOTE

For proper operation, the CALCM requires GPS almanac data to be less than
two weeks old to be considered valid. Since the primary source of almanac
data for the missile is the B-52 GPS Interface Unit, which retrieves the data
from the GPS receiver’s non-volatile memory, the crew should ensure that the
GPS receiver contains the current almanac data prior to applying missile
power (28 vdc #1) to any CALCM. If the GPS almanac data age is unknown,
or the GPS IU has not been operated within the last two weeks, the crew
should accomplish steps 1 through 4.

1. GPS Power – On (if required) (N)

Apply power to the GPS and GPS IU in accordance with GPS Power Turn-on in OAS, EVS, and
RADAR TURN-ON CHECKLIST of T.O. 1B-52H-1-12.

Wait a minimum of 12.5 minutes after the receiver indicates tracking of satellites. This allows the
receiver to complete the initialization process and store current almanac data in its non-volatile
memory.

2. GPS Power – Cycle (if required) (N)

Cycle GPS IU power. This causes the IU to retrieve the almanac data from the GPS receiver.

3. GPS Crypto Keys – Load (if required) (N)

Load weekly crypto keys into the IU in accordance with GPS Initialization OAS, EVS, AND RADAR
TURN-ON CHECKLIST of T.O. 1B-52H-1-12.

4. Less [AMI] CALCM SMO (CF-62,n) – Reload (if required) (N)

2-10 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WEAPON CHECK (Cont)

4. [AMI] CALCM SMO – Reload and designate as primary (if required) (N)
a. CF-62 – Entered (if applicable)
(1) MDFY-11 – Entered
(2) SMO Number(s) – Entered
Enter desired SMO number for each location: LP (Left Pylon), Bay, and RP (Right Pylon).
The cursor indicates which location is being loaded. Use the arrow keys to move the cursor
to the desired location.
(3) Primary SMO – Select
Enter CF-62x command where x is the location (A - Left Pylon, B - Bay, C - Right Pylon)
of the SMO to be assigned as primary.

5. Simulation Mode - Entered (if applicable) (RN)

NOTE
With no MIUs on board, omit steps a. and b.
a. MIU Power Switches - ON (MIU loaded stations)
To enable the simulation mode, the following conditions must be met: (1) A B52 mission with
the OTL mission word indicating OTL or TF, must be loaded; (2) No MIUs are powered on and
(3) If an MIU was previously powered on, none of the ejectors on that MIU have an unlocked
status. If any of the above conditions is not met, the simulation mode cannot be entered and
CF-51 or CF-52 will not be accepted. SIMULATION MODES cannot be entered with weapons
on board that do not have OTL or TF mission words.
b. MIU Power Switches - Off (MIU loaded stations)
Simulation modes cannot be entered with MIU power on.
c. CF-51 or CF-52 - Entered
The system must be in STRIKE (CF 50) mode to enter simulation mode.

6. Weapon Status Check (RN)

a. FRMT-7 – Entered

• Due to overheating of the Non-Interruptible Direct Current (NDC) power sup-

ply, MIU operation on the ground without cooling air being supplied directly to
the right wing root is limited to 2 minutes.
• To reapply MIU power on the ground without cooling air being supplied to
the right wing root, a minimum cool down period (power off) of 20 minutes
is required between power applications.
b. MIU Power Switches – ON
Apply MIU power to missile loaded locations only.

Change 10 2-10A
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

WEAPON CHECK (Cont)

c. Missile Status – C_OF (all missiles)
Status windows for each missile will be blank before MIU power is turned ON and will show
C_OF/ while MIU power is ON and will return to blank when MIU power is turned OFF. Check
for OAS/Missile related faults; transient faults are possible. FRMT-7 information should match
aircraft weapon load exactly. If not, call qualified personnel.

If a MASTER FAULT indication is present, turn MIU power off. Call

qualified personnel. DO NOT REAPPLY POWER.

NOTE
A transient reverse highlighted MIU and/or ECU MASTER FAULT
may appear on the MFD during MIU PWR application. Acknowledge
the fault by pressing the MSTR FAULT button on the WCP. If the same
fault reappears, turn MIU power off and call qualified personnel.
d. MIU & Missile Master Faults Not Present – Checked
FRMT-7 information should match aircraft weapon load exactly. If not, call qualified personnel.
e. MIU Power Switches – Off

AFTER TAKEOFF (RN)

1. MIU POWER Switches - ON

a. If missiles are to be simulated, simulation mode entry checklist shall be accomplished before
simulated MIU power can be applied.
NOTE

A transient reverse highlighted MIU and/or ECU MASTER FAULT

may appear on the MFD during MIU PWR application. Acknowledge
the fault by pressing the MSTR FAULT button on the WCP. If the same
fault reappears, refer to Malfunction Analysis in Section VII and take
appropriate action.

2-10B Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CALCM INFLIGHT PROCEDURES

MISSILE POWER APPLICATION (N)

If missile power is removed for any reason, wait at least 15 seconds be-
fore reapplying power or a GPS failure could occur.

NOTE

• Missile power is inhibited until one OAS INS/INU is on.

• For improved missile INE accuracy, missiles should not be powered

until OAS INS/INU 1 or 2 have completed four fixes or have a 30 min-
ute GPS inertial alignment. Carrier aircraft INS position and drift
rates are critical and should be maintained at the lowest possible val-
ues before missile power is applied.

• Missiles may be powered individually, in groups, or all simultaneously.

• If missile power is removed 15 seconds must have elapsed before mis-

sile power can be reapplied to the powered down missiles. If missile
power is lost or was removed during caging (ON displayed on FRMT-7
missile status) 8 minutes must elapse before missile power can be
reapplied.

• The aircrew should attempt to maintain straight and level non-turning

flight for 10 minutes after missile power application or until TAL re-
quired message appears. If turns are performed during this period ex-
pect possible degraded missile performance.

• [AMI] To ensure the preferred launch sequence is properly followed,

CF-550 (Automatic Targeting) should not be enabled until all CALCMs
with power applied show R in the Mission Data window on the CALCM
Status and Inventory Display (FRMT-7).

1. [AMI] CALCM SMO – Primary (CF-62x), if not previously accomplished

2. Less [AMI] Cruise Missile Tape DTU Cavity Power – Checked Off

Power will remain off until all cruise missiles have completed coarse alignment.

3. Relay Circuit Breakers – In (N) (Bomb bay launches only)

4. [AMI] CF-55 – Entered

The AUTO TGT status is displayed on CF-55.

5. [AMI] CF-550, AUTO TGT – Check OFF

Change 10 2-11
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE POWER APPLICATION (N) (Cont)

6. MIU Power (AGM-86 Loaded Locations) – Check ON

NOTE
• Warm up timer (CF-55E) will not be bypassed for initial MIU power
application.
• MIU power must be on for 40 minutes before missile power can be
applied, unless CF-55E, warmup timer override command is entered.
CF-55E will override approximately 35 minutes of the 40 minute
warmup time when extreme cold conditions are not present. Even with
CF-55E entered, missile power will not be accepted if missile INE plat-
form temperature is not within limits.
• Actual MIU power cannot be applied or removed when in simulation
mode (CF-51 or CF-52). Actuation of MIU power switch in simulation
mode will result in simulated application of MIU power.
• The MIU power off sequence requires 15 seconds to allow missiles to
power down and an additional 5 seconds for the MIU to power off be-
fore the MIU light indication goes out.

7. FRMT-7 – Entered

8. Missile Status – C_OF

9. Launcher Hydraulic Control Switch (CSRL Installed) – Check ON PRIMARY (if required) (P)

10. PDUC Power Switch (CSRL Installed) – Check ON, circuit breaker in (if required) (N)

11. GAM-72 GEAR JETTISON & AGM-69A Circuit Breaker – Checked in (P)
This circuit breaker provides the power to the AIU bomb bay door OPEN monitor circuit.

12. Desired Location(s) & Station(s) First Group of Missiles – Selected

NOTE
• If a mixed load of AGM-86C and AGM-86D missiles is being carried,
each missile type must be powered and targeted separately. Each missi-
le group must contain only one type missile; AGM-86C Blast/Frag
(Type 1 Warhead), or AGM-86D Penetrator (Type 2 Warhead).
• Coordinate with the EW Officer to ensure ALQ-155 and ALT-28 trans-
mitters are in standby or are not transmitting in the affected bands
listed in T.O. 1B-52H-30-4-1, Operating Limitations, Section V (for ex-
ternal pylon missiles only)

13. Weapon Power Switch – ON (1 second)

14. Missile Status – CnON/SAF____ Monitored

The hexadecimal number code for the warhead type FRMT-7 is displayed and the missile status changes
from OF to ON. When the missile enters coarse alignment the ON changes to CA. The targeting status
is initially blank. When the targeting status indicates R, the missile is ready for targeting.

Ensure the OAS time and date are correct. Incorrect time and date will
cause DATA faults during missile BIT and could degrade missile accuracy.

2-12 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE TARGETING (N)

To ensure GPS data initialization, a G, launch point number, or direct

target designator must be present next to the applicable missile loca-
tion on FRMT 7 prior to Manual or Direct Targeting a missile.
NOTE

• It can take up to 2 minutes to target/retarget each missile.

• In order to target cruise missile launch points correctly, the current
destination must be the first launch point desired to be targeted, or a
destination that precedes it.

LESS [AMI] TARGET/RETARGET ALL

NOTE
• Use this checklist to ensure missiles are launched in their preferred
launch sequence.
• If a mixed load of AGM-86C and AGM-86D missiles is being carried,
each missile type must be targeted separately. Each targeting group
must contain only one type missile; AGM-86C Blast/Frag (Type 1 War-
head), or AGM-86D Penetrator (Type 2 Warhead).
1. FRMT-7 – Entered

Missile targeting status must be a R or have received targeting data before the missile will accept
a mission. If missile status is OF, ON, or NG, the missile will be bypassed in the targeting sequence.

2. First Group of Missiles Ready to Receive Mission Data – R or nn Verified

Missiles ready to receive mission data not previously targeted will display a R in the targeting status
portion at the end of the missile status block. Missiles previously targeted will display nn (CALCM
launch point number) in the targeting status portion at the end of the missile status block.

3. First Missile Group Cruise Missile Mission DTUC – Check installed DTU

Even though the resident DTUC is removed, all missiles will still retain the removed DTUCs target-
ing information.

4. FLY-TO nn – Entered (N)

nn = A destination prior to the first CMLP that the aircraft is targeting. The OAS will target missiles
against the first group of CMLPs it detects after nn.

5. Cruise Missile Mission DTU Cavity Power – On

Cruise Missile Mission DTUC must be powered prior to sending missile mission data to the
missile(s).

6. CF-559 – Entered
When all functional missiles indicate ready to receive mission data, initiate targeting using the
target/retarget all command (CF-559).

7. TGT/RETGT ALL? – YES selected, if applicable

Change 10 2-13
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Less [AMI] TARGET/RETARGET ALL (Cont)

8. Missile Targeting Status of First Missile Group – Verified

The first powered missile in the preferred launch sequence which is ready to receive mission data
(R displayed if not previously targeted or nn displayed if previously targeted) will change to a new
nn (where nn is the next CALCM launch point). Subsequent powered missiles in the preferred
launch sequence R (displayed if not previously targeted) will change to the next nn (where nn is the
next CALCM launch point). If previously targeted, targeting status will change to G (GPS initializa-
tion data has been loaded in the missile) then to nn (where nn is the next CALCM launch point).
Backup missiles will be displayed in the respective station status display. Only missiles at locations
with a MIU as the Stores Management Interface Unit in the loaded B-52 Mission can be targeted.

9. Cruise Missile Mission DTU Cavity Power – Off

10. First Missile Group Cruise Missile Mission DTUC – Removed from DTU
Even though the resident DTUC is removed, all powered missiles will still retain the removed
DTUCs targeting information.

NOTE

If a mixed load of AGM-86C and AGM-86D missiles is being carried ac-

complish steps 11 through 18 to power and target second group of missiles.

11. Desired Location(s) & Station(s) of Second Group of Missiles – Selected

12. Weapon Power Switch – ON (1 second)

13. Missile Status – CnON/SAF____ Monitored

The hexadecimal number code for the warhead type FRMT-7 is displayed and the missile status
changes from OF to ON. When the missile enters coarse alignment the ON changes to CA. The
targeting status is initially blank.

14. Second Missile Group of Missiles Ready to Receive Mission Data – R or nn Verified
Missiles ready to receive mission data not previously targeted will display a R in the targeting status
portion at the end of the missile status block. Missiles previously targeted will display nn (CALCM
launch point number) in the targeting status portion at the end of the missile status block.
15. Second Group Cruise Missile Mission DTUC – Check installed DTU

16. Cruise Missile Mission DTU Cavity Power – On

Cruise Missile Mission DTUC must be powered prior to sending missile mission data to the
second group of missiles.
17. Missile Targeting Status of Second Missile Group – Verified
The first powered missile in the second missile group in the preferred launch sequence which is
ready to receive mission data (R displayed if not previously targeted) will change to a new nn (where
nn is the next CALCM launch point). Subsequent powered missiles in the second missile group in
the preferred launch sequence with an R displayed will change to the next nn (where nn is the next
CALCM launch point). Only missiles at locations with a MIU as the Stores Management Interface
Unit in the loaded B-52 Mission can be targeted.
18. Cruise Missile Mission DTU Cavity Power – As Required

2-14 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

[AMI] TARGET/RETARGET ALL

NOTE
• Use this checklist to ensure missiles are launched in their preferred
launch sequence.
• If a mixed load of AGM-86C and AGM-86D missiles is being carried,
each missile type must be targeted separately. Each targeting group
must contain only one type missile; AGM-86C Blast/Frag (Type 1 War-
head), or AGM-86D Penetrator (Type 2 Warhead).
1. FRMT-7 – Entered

Missile targeting status must be a R or have received targeting data before the missile will accept
a mission. If missile status is OF, ON, or NG, the missile will be bypassed in the targeting sequence.

2. First Group of Missiles Ready to Receive Mission Data – R or nn Verified

Missiles ready to receive mission data not previously targeted will display a R in the targeting status
portion at the end of the missile status block. Missiles previously targeted will display nn (CALCM
launch point number) in the targeting status portion at the end of the missile status block.

3. FLY-TO nn – Entered (N)

nn = A destination prior to the first CMLP that the aircraft is targeting. The OAS will target missiles
against the first group of CMLPs it detects after nn.

4. CALCM Weapon Group – Select (if required)

a. CF-82x – Entered
x is the location (A = Left Pylon, B = Bay, C = Right Pylon) where the CALCM SMO is loaded.
b. CF-82,n – Entered
n or nn is the desired weapon group number.

5. CF-55 – Entered
The AUTO TGT status is displayed on CF-55.

6. CF-550, AUTO TGT – ON

The CF-550 command toggles AUTO TGT to ON.

7. CF-559 – Entered
When all functional missiles indicate ready to receive mission data, initiate targeting using the
target/retarget all command (CF-559).

8. TGT/RETGT ALL? – YES selected, if applicable

9. Missile Targeting Status of First Missile Group – Verified

The first powered missile in the preferred launch sequence which is ready to receive mission data
(R displayed if not previously targeted or nn displayed if previously targeted) will change to a new
nn (where nn is the next CALCM launch point). Subsequent powered missiles in the preferred
launch sequence R (displayed if not previously targeted) will change to the next nn (where nn is the
next CALCM launch point). If previously targeted, targeting status will change to G (GPS initializa-
tion data has been loaded in the missile) then to nn (where nn is the next CALCM launch point).
Backup missiles will be displayed in the respective station status display. Only missiles at locations
with a MIU as the Stores Management Interface Unit in the loaded B-52 Mission can be targeted.

Change 10 2-14A
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

[AMI] TARGET/RETARGET ALL (Cont)

10. CF-55 – Entered

The AUTO TGT status is displayed on CF-55.

11. CF-550, AUTO TGT – OFF

The CF-550 command toggles AUTO TGT to OFF.

NOTE

If a mixed load of AGM-86C and AGM-86D missiles is being carried ac-

complish steps 12 through 20 to power and target second group of missiles.

12. Desired Location(s) & Station(s) of Second Group of Missiles – Selected

13. Weapon Power Switch – ON (1 second)

14. Missile Status – CnON/SAF____ Monitored

The hexadecimal number code for the warhead type FRMT-7 is displayed and the missile status
changes from OF to ON. When the missile enters coarse alignment the ON changes to CA. The
targeting status is initially blank.

15. Second Missile Group of Missiles Ready to Receive Mission Data – R or nn Verified
Missiles ready to receive mission data not previously targeted will display a R in the targeting status
portion at the end of the missile status block. Missiles previously targeted will display nn (CALCM
launch point number) in the targeting status portion at the end of the missile status block.
16. CALCM Weapon Group – Select (if required)
a. CF-82x – Entered
x is the location (A = Left Pylon, B = Bay, C = Right Pylon) where the CALCM SMO is loaded.
b. CF-82,n – Entered
n or nn is the desired weapon group number.
17. CF-55 – Entered
The AUTO TGT status is displayed on CF-55.
18. CF-550, AUTO TGT – ON
The CF-550 command toggles AUTO TGT to ON.
19. Missile Targeting Status of Second Missile Group – Verified
The first powered missile in the second missile group in the preferred launch sequence which is
ready to receive mission data (R displayed if not previously targeted) will change to a new nn (where
nn is the next CALCM launch point). Subsequent powered missiles in the second missile group in
the preferred launch sequence with an R displayed will change to the next nn (where nn is the next
CALCM launch point). Only missiles at locations with a MIU as the Stores Management Interface
Unit in the loaded B-52 Mission can be targeted.
20. CF-550, AUTO TGT – As Required

2-14B Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

AUTO RETARGET INHIBIT/ENABLE

1. CF-55 – Entered

2. AUTO RETGT Status – Checked

Check AUTO RETGT Status on the CALCM Supervision menu (CF-55) for desired status (AUTO
RETGT = YES/NO).
3. CF-554 – Entered (If a change in status is desired)

4. AUTO RETGT Status – Checked

Check AUTO RETGT Status on the CALCM Supervision menu (CF-55) for desired status (AUTO
RETGT = YES/NO).

Change 10 2-14C
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Less [AMI] MISSION SUBSTITUTION (INDIVIDUAL MISSILES)

Do not enter CF-559 during or after accomplishment of the mission

substitution checklist. Entry of CF-559 can result in targeting informa-
tion being programmed into the wrong missile.

To ensure GPS data initialization, a G, launch point number, or direct

target designator must be present next to the applicable missile loca-
tion on FRMT-7 prior to Manual or Direct Targeting a missile.

NOTE

This checklist will be used when directed to change (swap) DTUCs.

1. Auto Retarget CF-554 – OFF (all powered missiles)

2. FRMT-7 – Entered

Ensure all missiles are targeted with the resident DTUCs missions. The launch point sequence num-
bers should all be underlined.

3. Resident DTUC – Removed from DTU

Even though the resident DTUC is removed, all missiles will still retain the removed DTUCs target-
ing information.

4. New DTUC – Inserted in DTU and DTU power applied

Inserting the new DTUC will not change targeting information. The OAS will, however, read the
mission identifier for the new DTUC and display it on the CF-8 display.

5. New Target Data – Inserted as directed

Use the Manual Retargeting checklist to selectively retarget those missiles directed to be retargeted.

NOTE

Repeat steps 3, 4, and 5, if additional DTUCs are required to be

swapped.

2-14D Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

[AMI] MISSION SUBSTITUTION (INDIVIDUAL MISSILES)

Do not enter CF-559 during or after accomplishment of the mission

substitution checklist. Entry of CF-559 can result in targeting informa-
tion being programmed into the wrong missile.

To ensure GPS data initialization, a G, launch point number, or direct

target designator must be present next to the applicable missile loca-
tion on FRMT-7 prior to Manual or Direct Targeting a missile.

NOTE

This checklist will be used when directed to change weapon groups.

1. Auto Retarget CF-554 – OFF (all powered missiles)

2. FRMT-7 – Entered

Ensure all missiles are targeted with the resident weapon group. The launch point sequence num-
bers should all be underlined.
3. CF-55 – Entered
The AUTO TGT status is displayed on CF-55.
4. CF-550, AUTO TGT – OFF
The CF-550 command toggles AUTO TGT to OFF.
5. CALCM Weapon Group – Select (if required)
a. CF-82x – Entered
x is the location (A = Left Pylon, B = Bay, C = Right Pylon) where the CALCM SMO is loaded.
b. CF-82,n – Entered
n or nn is the desired weapon group number.
6. CF-55 – Entered
The AUTO TGT status is displayed on CF-55.
7. CF-550, AUTO TGT – ON
The CF-550 command toggles AUTO TGT to ON.
8. New Target Data – Inserted as directed
Use the Manual Retargeting checklist to selectively retarget those missiles directed to be retargeted.
NOTE

Repeat steps 3 through 8, if additional weapon groups are required.

Change 10 2-15
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MANUAL RETARGETING (INDIVIDUAL MISSILES)

To ensure GPS data initialization, a G, launch point number, or direct

target designator must be present next to the applicable missile loca-
tion on FRMT-7 prior to Manual or Direct Targeting a missile.
NOTE

• Verify that targeting has been commanded and is complete.

• The operator can manually retarget only a powered missile provided
the selected missile is not in a launch countdown, mission data transfer
is not in progress to the selected missile, and the loaded B-52 Mission
has a MIU as the weapon interface unit for the selected missile.
• When selectively retargeting any missile the operator should exercise
discretion so as to avoid a non-optimum launch sequence.
• Less [AMI] Always ensure the CALCM DTUC associated with the mis-
sion to be targeted is resident in the DTU.
• [AMI] Always ensure the proper weapon group is selected.

1. FRMT-7xy – Entered

Check missile power status of missile to be targeted where x = Location, y = Station.

2. LOCATION & STATION – Selected

3. CF-556,nn – Entered

This command loads the mission for CALCM launch point nn into the selected missile.

4. Target Load Status – Checked

When the target load has been verified by the OAS, the assigned CALCM launch point sequence
number (nn) in the missile status on FRMT-7 will change to nn.
NOTE
Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each additional missile required to be
manually targeted.

2-16 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

FLEX TARGETING (INDIVIDUAL MISSILES)

To ensure GPS data initialization, a launch point number must be pres-

ent next to the applicable missile location on FRMT 7 prior to flex tar-
geting a missile.

NOTE

• Verify that targeting has been commanded and is complete.

• The operator can flex target only a powered missile provided the se-
lected missile is not in a launch countdown and mission data transfer
is not in progress.

• When selectively retargeting any missile the operator should exercise

discretion so as to avoid a non-optimum launch sequence.

1. FRMT-7xy – Entered

Check missile power status of missile to be targeted where x = Location, y = Station.

2. CF-557,nn – Entered

This command displays the Flex Targeting screen for CALCM launch point nn.

3. Flex Targeting Data – Entered

4. AGM-86D Fuze Data (CF-DF) - Entered, if required

5. CF-DD SEND DATA – Entered

Sends Flex Targeting Data to the CALCM.

6. PTA Reference Time – Update on FRMT 10 for affected missile(s).

7. Target Load Status – Checked

When the flex target load has been verified by the OAS, the assigned CALCM launch point sequence
number (nn) in the missile status on FRMT-7 will change to Fnn.

NOTE

• Enter a new PTA Reference Time (as directed) in the flex targeted
CMLP line(s) on FRMT 10 before launching flex targeted missile(s). Do
not change the directed PTA Reference Time on line 3 of CF-61.

• Repeat steps 1 through 7 for each additional missile required to be flex

targeted.

Change 7 2-17
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

DIRECT TARGETING (INDIVIDUAL MISSILES)

To ensure GPS data initialization, a G or a launch point number must

be present next to the applicable missile location on FRMT 7 prior to
flex targeting a missile.

NOTE

• Verify that targeting has been commanded and is complete.

• The operator can direct target only a powered missile provided the se-
lected missile is not in a launch countdown, mission data transfer is
not in progress, and the loaded B-52 Mission has a MIU as the weapon
interface unit for the selected missile.

• When selectively retargeting any missile the operator should exercise

discretion so as to avoid a non-optimum launch sequence.

1. FRMT-7xy – Entered

Check missile power status of missile to be targeted where x = Location, y = Station.

2. LOCATION & STATION – Selected

3. CF-558,nn – Entered

This command displays the Direct Targeting screen for direct target nn.

4. Direct Targeting Data – Entered

5. AGM-86D Fuze Data (CF-DF) - Entered, if required

6. CF-DD SEND DATA – Entered

Sends Direct Targeting Data to the CALCM.

7. Target Load Status – Checked

When the direct target load has been verified by the OAS, the assigned CALCM launch point se-
quence number (nn) in the missile status on FRMT-7 will change to Dnn.

NOTE

Repeat steps 1 through 7 for each additional missile required to be

direct targeted.

2-18 Change 7
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

LAUNCH PROCEDURES
MISSILE PREPARATION FOR LAUNCH

NOTE

• Perform this checklist no later than 30 minutes prior to the HEW, to

the launch point, or not later than 30 minutes prior to descent (low
altitude launch).

• The RN will monitor the MPL and ensure completion of all items.

• It is imperative that the following steps be completed in sequence.

• For proper missile timing, planned missile launch time must be entered
into CF-61, Line 3. PTA reference time on CF-61 only needs to be up-
dated for the first missile in a launch stream.

1. Cabin Pressurization – COMBAT (if applicable) (CP)

2. Personal Locator Beacon Lanyards – Notify crew to set as required (RN/N)

Mission requirements will dictate the configuration of the personal locator beacon lanyard.

3. Exterior Lights – As briefed (P)

4. Walkway Lights Circuit Breakers – Out (RN)

5. Normal Release, Jettison Power, and Relay Circuit Breakers – In (RN)

6. FRMT-7 – Entered (N)

7. Missile Power – Check ON (N)

8. Missile Status – Checked Cnaa/SAF_nn

aa Status may be GO, TA, AL, or CA.

9. Location & Station (Missiles To Be Launched) – Selected (N)

NOTE

• All missiles can be declared “Ready to Launch” (RDY) simultaneously

by selecting the LP, RP, and BAY location switches and the ALL station
switch.

• Repeat steps 9 thru 11 if missiles are to be declared “Ready to Launch”

(RDY) individually or in groups.

Change 7 2-19
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE PREPARATION FOR LAUNCH (Cont)

10. PREARM-SAFE Switch – PREARM (1 second) (N)

11. Missile Status – Checked Cnaa/RDY (N)

aa status may be GO, TA, AL, or CA/RDY.

12. Missile Targeting/Retargeting Checklist – Accomplished (N) (As required)

13. PTA REF Time (CF-61) – Set (N) (As required)

PTA reference time is not required for direct targeting.

14. Master Fault Lights – Off (N)

15. Munitions Consent Panel LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – UNLOCK (P)

16. NUCLEAR LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – UNLOCK (N)

2-20 Change 6
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE LAUNCH (N)

• The aircraft must maintain straight and level flight for a period of 5
seconds before to 5 seconds after missile launch. This is to prevent the
possibility of aircraft and missile collision.

• The mission plan for flight of aircraft after AGM-86C/D missile launch
must be followed to ensure safe separation distance of aircraft from
missile when the missile becomes armed.

• Changing the launch mode, while the missile is in launch countdown,

will place the weapon in a hold and may result in a weapon abort. At
2 seconds before release the CALCM battery is squibbed and any abort
past this point is fatal to the missile (cannot be used again on the same
flight). During any launch countdown, if either the launch mode or
manual launch switch is pressed, a hold occurs:

• Before the battery squib command, a 45 second hold is entered. If the

manual launch switch is pressed before the 45 seconds expires, the
launch countdown will continue. If the manual launch switch is not
pressed before the 45 seconds expires, the launch countdown aborts
and the weapon is powered off with a transient fatal fault (weapon can
be used on the same flight).

• After the battery squib command, a 10 second hold is entered. If the

manual launch switch is pressed before the 10 seconds expires, the
launch countdown continues. If the manual launch switch is not
pressed before the 10 seconds expires, the launch countdown aborts
and the weapon is powered off with a permanent fatal fault (weapon
cannot be used on the same flight).

NOTE

• To achieve system alignment accuracy, complete a transfer alignment

maneuver within 2 to 30 minutes of launch.

• If a targeted missile is powered down due to a fault while in SAIR, the

SMO will assign the secondary or tertiary weapon (if available) with
the mission of the powered down missile. The secondary and tertiary
weapons are the next weapons in the preferred launch sequence avail-
able for targeting. This will occur only if automatic retargeting has
been enabled, check Auto Retarget status on CF-55 (YES = Enabled,
NO = Inhibited).

• Missile launch from the aft inboard pylon stations is inhibited if bomb
doors are not closed and latched.

Change 9 2-21
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE LAUNCH (Cont)

1. Transfer Alignment Maneuver – Accomplished, if required (N-P) (figure 2-1)

2. HAC/LAC – Accomplished (RN)

B-52 Operators must be aware that the Inertial/GPS aided munitions

use the transfer alignment data (latitude, longitude, altitude, etc.) of
the aircraft prime navigation model. Buffers are not incorporated/
transferred to the Inertial/GPS aided munitions. This navigation trans-
fer applies to a prime navigation model with, or without, GPS aiding.
Failure to recognize this condition may result in weapons impacting
other than the intended target or failing to release due to LAR consid-
erations. Refer to MAJCOM or Theater specific guidance for degraded
weapon release ROE.

NOTE

HAC/LAC must be accomplished within 30 minutes to one hour prior to

AGM-86C/D missile launch if the OAS is not in GPS inertial navigation
mode.

3. Missile Launch Mode Switch – AUTO/MAN, as required (N)

4. PTA REF (CF-61) or PTA on FRMT 10 for each CMLP – Verified (N/A for Direct Tgt) (N-RN)
PTA reference time is not required for direct targeting.

NOTE

FRMT 10 planned time of arrival times will change if PTA REF (CF-61)
is subsequently modified.

5. PRGM – Entered (N)

The program current event should be displayed to allow monitoring of all missile conditions.

NOTE

• SAIR information will be displayed anytime the current or next des-

tination is a CALCM launch point or while in Direct Launch mode.
• With AUTO selected, missile launch will be initiated automatically
when the aircraft passes the closest point of approach to the launch
point provided the launch point is determined to be in range and safe
launch checks are satisfied.
• Procedurally, manual launch requires display of the in-range launch
point (PRGM display) so that the operator may monitor a steady SAIR
indication, and actuate the manual launch switch.

6. FLY TO nn – Entered (N) (Not applicable for Direct SAIR Launch)

nn = CALCM launch point number.
Dnn is displayed as the current weapon event for direct SAIR launch.
The SAIR mode/status indicates SAIR.
The time to go to SAIR is displayed in minutes and seconds.
AUTO RETGT status as required is displayed.

2-22 Change 9
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE LAUNCH (Cont)

7. MANUAL SAIR, If Required:

a. CF-553 – Entered

b. MANUAL SAIR? YES/NO – YES (N)

The manual SAIR question must be answered within 60 seconds or the system will assume NO.
If answered YES, a manual SAIR timer begins running for 3 minutes. If no launch occurs, the
OAS will automatically exit the manual SAIR mode when the timer expires.
The SAIR mode/status changes from SAIR to MAN SAIR.
The Time To Go to SAIR changes to blank.
Manual SAIR range is displayed as SAIR RNG xxx (xxx= range to enter SAIR).
The range to exit SAIR xxx is displayed
The launch mode/launch countdown status displays MAN LNCH MODE.
AUTO RETGT status as required is displayed.
Magnetic course to the first CALCM waypoint is displayed as MCxxx°.

7. DIRECT SAIR, If Required:

PRGM-Dnn – Entered
The Direct Targeting status displays Dnn
The SAIR mode/status changes from SAIR to DIR SAIR.
The Time To Go to SAIR changes to blank.
Direct SAIR range is displayed as SAIR RNG xxx (xxx = range to enter SAIR).
The range to exit SAIR xxx is displayed
The launch mode/launch countdown status displays MAN LNCH MODE.
Pretarget steering waypoint data is displayed as BRG xnn5
AUTO RETGT status as required is displayed.
Magnetic course to the first steering waypoint is displays as MCxxx5

8. Carrier Aircraft Position & Heading – Checked (N-RN)

Carrier aircraft must be within SAIR footprint on the chart provided and aircraft heading must be within
±30 degrees of the programmed launch heading to ensure the missile reaches its first waypoint.

9. Automatic Launch (Automatic Launch Point Ranging SAIR Only):

a. SAIR Indication – SAIR

As the aircraft enters SAIR, the SAIR changes to SAIR and the time to go decreases to zero
and then becomes blank. A blinking reverse video SAIR indicates the launch is inhibited
because aircraft Mach number/altitude, or attitude is out of limits for missile launch. The
action to correct the out-of-limits condition will also be displayed in reverse video.

b. Launch Countdown – Monitored

Maintain straight and level flight. If the missile enters a launch countdown hold and the
condition causing the hold is not corrected, the launch countdown hold timer (45-second) or
TA launch countdown hold timer (approximately 5.6 to 13 seconds) will expire. If the 45-sec-
ond launch countdown hold timer has expired, the launch countdown will be terminated. If
the TA launch countdown hold timer has expired, due to limited missile battery life (approxi-
mately 5.6 to 13 seconds), the launch countdown will be terminated and the missile will be
declared NO-GO and powered down.

c. Missile AWAY Indication – Notify crew

d. Bomb Doors (Launcher Missiles Only) – Closed

Change 11 2-23
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE LAUNCH (Cont)

9. Manual Launch:

a. Auto SAIR Indication – Steady (N)

As the aircraft enters SAIR, the SAIR changes to SAIR and the time to go decreases to zero
and then becomes blank. A blinking reversed video SAIR indicates the launch is inhibited be-
cause aircraft Mach number/altitude, or attitude is out of limits for missile launch. The action
to correct the out-of- limits condition will also be displayed in reverse video.

a. MAN SAIR Indication – Steady (N)

As the aircraft enters SAIR, the MAN SAIR changes to MAN SAIR and the SAIR RNG changes
to SAIR RNG. A blinking reversed video MAN SAIR indicates the launch is inhibited because
aircraft Mach number/altitude, or attitude is out of limits for missile launch. The action to correct
the out-of- limits condition will also be displayed in reverse video.

a. DIR SAIR Indication – Steady (N)

As the aircraft enters SAIR, the DIR SAIR changes to DIR SAIR and the SAIR RNG changes
to SAIR RNG. A blinking reversed video DIR SAIR indicates the launch is inhibited because
aircraft Mach number/altitude, or attitude is out of limits for missile launch. The action to correct
the out-of- limits condition will also be displayed in reverse video.

NOTE

If ∆BRG is in reverse video and a missile left turn is required at SWP

(∆BRG = Lnnn°), fly the aircraft on a mag course to SWP plus 30° . If
∆BRG is in reverse video and a missile right turn is required at SWP
(∆BRG = Rnnn°), fly the aircraft on a mag course to SWP minus 30°.

2-24 Change 6
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE LAUNCH (Cont)

9.a.

b. Location & Station (Bay, x) (Manual Launch CSRL Missiles Only) – Selected (N)

Accomplish when approaching SAIR (approximately 60 to 50 seconds SAIR TTG for Automatic
Launch Point Ranging SAIR, or 30 to 25 NM for MAN SAIR or DIR SAIR).

c. CSRL LCHR ROTATE Switch – Pressed, light on (N)

Ensure selected missile station rotates to the down (launch) position.

d. Missile Manual Launch Switch (When in SAIR) – Pressed, light on (N)

e. Launch Countdown – Monitored (N)

Maintain straight and level flight. If the missile enters a launch countdown hold and the condi-
tion causing the hold is not corrected, the launch countdown hold timer (45-second) or TA launch
countdown hold timer (approximately 5.6 to 13 seconds) will expire. If the 45-second launch
countdown hold timer has expired, the launch countdown will be terminated. If the TA launch
countdown hold timer has expired, due to limited missile battery life (approximately 5.6 to 13
seconds), the launch countdown will be terminated and the missile will be declared NO-GO and
powered down.

f. Missile AWAY Indication – Notify crew (N)

g. Bomb Doors (Launcher Missiles Only) – Closed (N)

Change 2 2-25
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

NOTE
• Heading changes shown are nominal values.
• Time on each leg starts at rollout.
• The minimum TAL maneuver consists of one turn that meets the time requirements
shown below.
• One complete TAL consists of three heading changes.
• Two TALs, each on opposite sides of track, result in smaller navigation errors.

NOTE
• Perform coordinated turn within limits shown to accomplish missile fine alignment
transfer.
• Maneuvers of less than 6 seconds duration will not be recognized by the computer.
• A minimum of 1 minute of straight and level flight is required after the TAL prior
to starting any reverse direction maneuver in order not to nullify any effects of the
first TAL.

Figure 2-1. Guidance Transfer Alignment Maneuver

2-26
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

LAUNCH ABORT/MISSION ABORT/RETAINED MISSILE(S)

NOTE

• Accomplish this checklist on mixed load mission when changing be-

tween weapon types ([AMI] non Multi-SMO capable weapon types).
However, if mission requirements dictate, the classified data erase may
be delayed to follow the sortie’s last weapon/bomb release.

• On mixed load missions when changing between CALCM-C and

CALCM-D weapons, only steps 1. through 5. and 12. are required. The
remaining steps may be delayed to follow the sortie’s last CALCM
launch.

• The Master Fault light will come on and remain on, and the corre-
sponding fault message will be displayed on the MFD any time there
is a disagreement between the pilot and navigator unlock switches.

1. NUCLEAR LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – LOCK (N)

2. Missile Launch Mode Switch – MAN (N)

3. Missile Manual Launch Switch – Light off (N)

4. For further launch attempts – Go to MISSILE PREPARATION FOR LAUNCH CHECKLIST

step 15.
NOTE

Accomplish the remaining steps for mission abort only if no further

launches are to be attempted and weapons are retained aboard the air-
craft.

5. FRMT-7 – Entered (N)

NOTE
• RDY missiles must always be manually safed.
• All missiles can be safed, or erased, or powered down simultaneously
by selecting the ALL station switch.
• Repeat steps 6 thru 11 if missiles are safed, erased, and/or powered
down individually or in groups.

6. Location & Station Of Missile(s) To Be Safed – Selected (N)

7. PREARM-SAFE Switch – SAFE (1 second) (N)

Missile ready to launch status should change from RDY to SAF.

8. Location & Station Of Missile(s) To Be Erased – Selected (if required) (N)

NOTE

If either type of classified data erase is accomplished the missiles will

be powered down by the SMO at the end the erase process. Therefore
powering down (steps 10 and 11) is not required for those missiles.

Change 11 2-27
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

9. Classified Data Erase (CF-555) or Weapon Data Erase (CF-55F) – Entered (if required) (N)

When Classified Data Erase CF-555 is commanded OAS will initiate erasure of the mission data by
overwriting all mission data 1000 times. After 180 seconds (3 minutes) erasure is complete and
missile power will be removed. The missile OFS is not affected by this procedure and the missile
will remain SECRET.

When Weapon Erase CF-55F is commanded OAS will initiate erasure of the mission data by over-
writing all mission data 1000 times followed by erasure of the missile OFS. After 240 seconds (4
minutes) erasure will be complete and missile power will be removed. The missile OFS is erased and
the missile is UNCLASSIFIED.

NOTE

• Use of CF-55F and CF-555 is unrestricted after authorization from

higher headquarters.

• CF-55F will erase all data from the missile, including the missile Op-
erational Flight Software (OFS). The missile must be removed from the
aircraft in order for the software to be reloaded. CF-55F will erase mis-
sile data from any selected powered missile, including when the air-
craft is on the ground.

10. Location & Station Of Missile(s) To Be Powered Off – Selected, if required (N)

11. Weapon Power Switch – OFF (1 second) (N)

Missile status should indicate CnOF/SAF___.

12. Munitions Consent Panel LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – LOCK (N-P)

2-28 Change 2
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

PRELANDING PROCEDURES
NOTE

MIU and missile power must be removed inflight due to the lack of ram
air for the MCS.

BEFORE DESCENT

1. Launcher – Positioned (if required) (N)

If a no-go missile is aboard, position that missile to the launch position to facilitate removal by
ground crew.

2. Launcher Hydraulic Control Switch – OFF (P)

3. MIU Power Switches – Off (N)

4. Missile Safety Check:

NOTE

Missile aboard, complete the following safety check.

a. Pilot’s Munitions Consent Panel LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – LOCK, guard closed (P)

b. Weapon Control Panel: (N)

(1) NUCLEAR LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – LOCK, guard closed

(2) PYLON LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – LOCK, guard closed

(3) Weapon Jettison Switch – NORM, guard closed

AFTER LANDING PROCEDURES

AFTER PARKING

1. PDUC Power Switch – OFF (N)

2. Missiles Aboard & Qualified Personnel Not Available – Accomplish GROUND SAFEING
PROCEDURES checklist (N/RN)

2-29
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

GROUND SAFEING PROCEDURES (PYLON MISSILES) (RN/N)

Missile release system safeing procedures must be accomplished by the navigator and radar navigator if qu-
alified maintenance personnel are not available. Safe the missile systems by performing the following proce-
dures:
1. Weapon Control Panel:
a. NUCLEAR LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – LOCK, guard closed
b. PYLON LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – LOCK, guard closed
2. Pitot-Static Probe Covers – Installed
3. Temperature Sensor Covers – Installed

2-30 Change 3
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

GROUND SAFEING PROCEDURES (BAY MISSILES) (RN/N)

Missile release system safeing procedures must be accomplished by the navigator and radar navigator if qu-
alified maintenance personnel are not available. Safe the missile systems by performing the following proce-
dures:

1. Weapon Control Panel NUCLEAR LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – LOCK, guard closed

2. MIU-BAY Power Switch – OFF

3. OAS Master Power Switch – OFF

4. Rotary Launcher Hydraulic Control Switch – OFF (P)

NOTE

Electrical and hydraulic power must be available to accomplish these

procedures.

5. Bomb Bay Doors – OPEN

6. FWD EMER VALVE, FWD MAIN VALVE, AFT MAIN VALVE & RELAYS Circuit Breakers (Rt Fwd
BNS Circuit Breaker Panel) – Pulled

The bomb bay door actuator struts must be disconnected before enter-
ing the bomb bay if power is applied to the aircraft.

7. Bomb Bay Door Actuator Struts – Disconnected

Launcher ground operation safety switch pin must be installed through

the switch from the top side down to prevent inadvertent removal of
the pin.

8. Launcher Ground Operation Safety Switch Pin – Installed

9. Bomb Bay Doors – CLOSED

2-31
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

GROUND SIT/MIT PROCEDURES

1. BEFORE EXTERIOR (POWER OFF) & EXTERIOR INSPECTION Checklists - Completed

2. INTERIOR INSPECTION Checklist - Completed

3. External Power & Cooling Air - Available

NOTE

• Qualified maintenance personnel must be available when this proce-

dure is used to ensure proper electrical and cooling air requirements
are met.

• When missile power is applied for ground tests, a wing root fan is re-
quired. If ambient temperature is above 90° F, use a cooling cart to
supply ram air to the NDC power supplies and air inlet receptacle.

• If ambient temperature is below 90° F, ram air scoop fan assembly may
be used in lieu of a cooling cart.

• If a cooling cart is used when ambient temperature is below 90° F,

apply discharge air at full delivery airflow. Compressor should not be
used unless it is necessary to prevent discharge air exceeding 100° F.

4. AFTER ENGINE START Checklist - Completed

• Do not close the bomb bay doors when a wing root fan is installed. The
power cord is routed into the bomb bay and will be damaged if the
doors are closed.

• When performing missile maintenance test (SIT/MIT) or operational

targeting checks, the OAS must contain an accurate date and time on
CF 61.

5. Aircraft INSs - On
or
CF 552 - Entered (as directed by mission requirements)

6. MISSILE POWER APPLICATION & MISSILE TARGETING Checklists - Accomplished

NOTE

Weapon power must be applied to each location separately. If weapon

power is applied to all locations simultaneously, the OAS may shut-
down.

7. Normal Missile and OAS Shutdown Procedures - Accomplish after missile targeting is complete.

2-32 Change 2
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Emergency Aircrew Procedures section III

table of contents page

MISSILE JETTISON 3-1

MISSILE JETTISON PROCEDURES 3-1

PYLON JETTISON 3-3

PYLON JETTISON PROCEDURES 3-3

NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES – DANGEROUS MATERIALS 3-7

FIREFIGHTING AND EVACUATION CRITERIA 3-9

MISSILE JETTISON
MISSILE JETTISON PROCEDURES (RN/N READS)

• Jettison of AGM-86 missiles, or pylon with missiles installed, is prohib-

ited below 3500 feet above surface unless flight safety of the aircraft
is in jeopardy.

• The CALCM SMO has no interlocks preventing jettison on the ground.

With unlock consent, and power applied to the OAS and the MIU, ac-
tuation of jettison switches while on the ground will result in weapon
jettison.

NOTE

• Jettison of missiles from the aft inboard pylon stations is inhibited if

bomb doors are not closed and latched.

• With total WCP failure prior to accomplishing hardwired functions,

missile jettison or pylon jettison is not possible.

• Jettison is independent of missile electrical or hydraulic subsystems

and can occur at any aircraft altitude, speed, or attitude, but must have
both OAS and MIU power on.

• See figure 3-1 for launch/jettison release sequence, figure 3-2 for pylon
missile jettison restrictions, and refer to T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9-1 Section
III for jettison airspeed envelope limits.

• The navigator will record the coordinates, time and descriptive location
of jettisoned weapons for later use by appropriate authorities.

Change 4 3-1
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE JETTISON PROCEDURES (RN/N READS) (Cont)

1. Command Post – Contacted (if practical) (P)

2. Impact Area – Cleared (if practical) (P-CP-RN)

Clear both visually and by radar to maximum extent possible.

3. OAS Master Power – ON (N)

4. Processors – Loaded (N)

NOTE

OAS and CALCM SMO loaded ([AMI] as the primary SMO) and operating is re-
quired to enable jettison.
5. [AMI] CALCM SMO – Loaded and designated as Primary SMO (N)

6. MIU Power Switches – ON (location of missile(s) to be jettisoned) (N)

7. Jettison Control & Jettison Power Circuit Breakers (2) – In (N)

8. Normal Release Circuit Breaker – In (N)

9. Launcher Hydraulic Control Switch (Bay Missiles) – ON PRIMARY (P)

10. Pilot’s Munitions Consent Panel LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – UNLOCK (P)

11. NUCLEAR LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – UNLOCK (N)

NOTE

• If “BAY ALL” is selected, missiles will be jettisoned in order 1 thru 8

if missile 1, 2, 3, or 4 was in release position at the time of jettison.
If 5, 6, 7, or 8 was in release position, the missiles will be jettisoned
in reverse order 8 thru 1.
• If the launcher fails to rotate to place the command missile in jettison
position, manually command the launcher to rotate to the proper jetti-
son position. If it still will not rotate, ejector unlock consent must be
removed within 60 seconds of the jettison command to prevent OAS
from powering down all other launcher missiles.

12. Location & Station (Missiles To Be Jettisoned) – Selected (N)

13. WCP Weapon Jettison Select Switch – Select (1 second) (N)

3-2 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE JETTISON PROCEDURES (RN/N READS) (Cont)

NOTE
Accomplish step 14 only if the pilot jettison control switch is used to
jettison missiles.

14. Pilots’ Bomb Bay & Missile Jettison Control Switch – Pressed (P)

• Selectively jettisoning pylon missiles using the Pilots’ Bomb Bay & Mis-
sile Jettison Control switch, while attempting to retain internal CSRL
weapons by pulling Bomb Door Control Valve circuit breakers is not
authorized. If jettison is attempted in this fashion, the jettison com-
mand will remain in the OAS even until all statused weapons have
been jettisoned. Resetting the Bomb Door Control Valve circuit break-
ers will cause the bomb bay doors to open, which will complete the
jettison sequence causing all internal CSRL weapons to be jettisoned.
Once selective jettison is commanded using the pilots’ switch, the only
way to clear the resident jettison command from the OAS without jetti-
soning the weapons is by shuting down OAS (CF-67).
• The Pilots’ Bomb Bay & Missile jettison control switch jettisons all
weapons Less [AMI] loaded on the aircraft, [AMI] controlled by the
primary SMO, and will only be used if jettison by the WCP and CF-E
is impossible. If jettison is commanded using the pilots’ switch, Less
[AMI] all weapons will be jettisoned, [AMI] all weapons controlled by
the primary SMO will be jettisoned, and proper separation clearance
between weapons or between weapons and aircraft cannot be ensured.

PYLON JETTISON
Pylons can be jettisoned, with or without missiles, by use of pylon jettison control switches on the pilot over-
head panel. These switches marked LH and RH can be used individually or simultaneously to jettison the
pylons after the pylon ready lights come on.

Jettison of pylons with missiles loaded is prohibited below 3500 feet

above surface unless the flight safety of the aircraft is in jeopardy.
NOTE

With total WCP Failure prior to accomplishing hardwired functions,

pylon jettison is impossible.

PYLON JETTISON PROCEDURES (RN/N READS)

1. Command Post – Contacted (if practical) (P)

2. LEFT/RIGHT PYLON JETTISON CONTR Circuit Breakers – In (P)

3. Impact Area – Cleared (if practical) (P-CP-RN)

Clear both visually and by radar to maximum extent possible.
4. OAS Master Power – ON (N)
5. Processors – Loaded (N)

Change 10 3-3
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

PYLON JETTISON PROCEDURES (RN/N READS) (Cont)

6. MIU Power – ON (N)

NOTE

• Even though pylon(s) indicate unlocked (barber pole) and READY, py-
lon jettison will not occur unless EED power is available from the NDC
power supply. At least one MIU must be powered in order for the NDC
power supply to supply EED power.

• Steps 7 thru 10 must be accomplished if RDY or powered missiles are

on pylons to be jettisoned.

7. Location & Station – Selected (LP, RP as required and ALL) (N)

8. PREARM-SAFE Switch – SAFE (1 second) (N)

9. Location & Station – Selected (LP, RP as required and ALL) (N)

10. Weapon Power Switch – OFF (1 second) (N)

11. Release Circuits Disconnect – Connected, light on (RN)

12. WCP PYLON LOCK-UNLOCK Switch – UNLOCK (N)

13. Pylon Jettison Consent Panel LEFT/RIGHT Switch(es) – Switch actuated, barber pole
indications (P)

NOTE

Two to 10 seconds after the pylon jettison consent switch is actuated,

the READY light on the pylon jettison control panel will come on.

14. Pylon Jettison Control Panel READY Light(s) – On (P)

15. Pylon Jettison Control Switch(es) – Press (P)

When pylon(s) separate, the respective READY light will go out.

16. LEFT/RIGHT PYLON JETTISON CONTR Circuit Breaker for Jettisoned Pylon – Out (P)

Do not reposition the pylon jettison consent switch(es) after the pylons
have been jettisoned, as damage to the pylon lock/unlock actuator could
occur.

17. Release Circuits – Disconnected (RN)

3-4 Change 7
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

LEFT PYLON RIGHT PYLON

CENTER CENTER

PREFERRED LAUNCH SEQUENCE

OUTBOARD INBOARD INBOARD OUTBOARD
AND JETTISON SEQUENCE

PYLON STATION NUMBER/OAS STA-

TION NUMBER. USED WHEN SE-
LECTING SPECIFIC MISSILES VIA
3 5 1 THE WCP OR OAS DISPLAYS (SEE 2 6 4
FIGURES 1-5 AND 1-12).

1 2 3 NOTE 1 2 3
SINGLE PYLON PREFERRED
LAUNCH SEQUENCE AND JET-
TISON SEQUENCE WILL BE:
FORWARD INBOARD, OUT-
BOARD AND THEN CENTER,
FOLLOWED BY: AFT CENTER,
OUTBOARD AND THEN IN-
BOARD.

5
4 6

9 7 11 12 8 10
3 7

2 8
4 5 6 1 4 5 6

CSRL LAUNCH/JETTISON
SEQUENCE
AFT VIEW
LOOKING FORWARD

CENTER CENTER

OUTBOARD INBOARD INBOARD OUTBOARD

A37739

NOTE
• THE AUTOMATIC LAUNCH OR JETTISON SEQUENCE IS OAS CONTROLLED
FOR MAINTAINING OPTIMUM CG LOCATION, SAFETY, AND EXTERNAL MIS-
SILE DRAG INDEX. THE SEQUENCE IS ALTERNATED BETWEEN LEFT AND
RIGHT PYLONS AS SHOWN.
• DURING COMPUTER JETTISON OF ALL MISSILES, PYLON MISSILES WILL BE
EJECTED AT 1/2 SECOND INTERVALS, EXCEPT THE AFT INBOARD POSI-
TIONS WILL BE EJECTED AT 1-1/2 SECOND INTERVALS TO ALLOW GREAT-
ER CLEARANCE TO PREVENT COLLISION WITH THE OTHER AFT INBOARD
MISSILE.

Figure 3-1. Pylon Missile Preferred Launch/Jettison Release Sequence

3-5
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

DATE: AUGUST 1981 CONDITIONS: TWO AGM-86C

DATA BASIS: ESTIMATED PYLONS LOADED WITH AGM-86C
MISSILES AS SHOWN.
INDICATED PRESSURE ALTITUCE − 1000FT.
50

40

30

20

10

0
200 220 240 260 280 300 320

INDICATED AIRSPEED KNOTS

INDICATED PRESSURE ALTITUDE 1000 FT.

50

40

30

20

10

0
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
INDICATED MACH NUMBER
A37740

Figure 3-2. B-52H/CALCM Loaded Pylon Jettison Restrictions

3-6

NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES –
DANGEROUS MATERIALS
Procedures for alerting the fire department and
other base support elements for aircraft carrying
dangerous materials are as follows:
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Definitions of some of the terms used in communi-
cations are as follows:
• Dangerous Materials: Any material that is
flammable, corrosive, an oxidizing agent, explosive,
toxic, radioactive, nuclear, unduly magnetic, or bio-
logically infective or any other material that (be-
cause of its quantity, properties, or packaging) may
endanger human life or property.
• Firefighting Time: A period that begins when
the material becomes enveloped in flames and ter-
minates when the material can be expected to deto-
nate, deflagrate, or begin burning.
• Withdrawal Distance: The minimum permissi-
ble distance, between firefighters, rescue, and/or
nonessential personnel and the site of the accident
(fire/detonation), without protective barricades.
• Department of Transportation (DOT) Classifica-
tions: Classifications established by DOT for handl-
ing dangerous materials in transit. They define
classes of dangerous materials.
• Inert Devices: Devices containing no dangerous
material but closely resembling nuclear or explosive
items that are classified as dangerous.
• Net Explosive Weight (NEW): The actual (or
high explosive equivalent) weight of explosive sub-
stances contained within a munition/weapon to be
used when applying quantity – distance criteria or
other standards.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
AIRCRAFT COMMANDER’S RESPONSIBILITIES
The aircraft commander must ensure that crew
members thoroughly understand the operational
mission requirements and procedures governing the
dangerous materials to be airlifted. The aircrew
will comply with applicable backup and emergency
inflight notification procedures, plan flight routes to
avoid overflight of heavily populated or otherwise
critical areas, and refuse to accept any ATC clear-
ance that, in the aircraft commander’s judgment,
would interfere with operational necessity or flight
safety. For each flight ‘‘Dangerous Cargo,’’ ‘‘Inert
Devices,’’ or both (as appropriate) will be entered in
the ‘‘Remarks’’ section of the DD Form 175 or ‘‘Oth-
er Information’’ section of the DD Form 1801 (ICAO
Flight Plan) unless prohibited by regulations gov-
erning the area of operation.
BACKUP NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES
If the ETE is less than 1 hour or if other known cir-
cumstances will preclude timely receipt of informa-
tion, the aircraft commander will contact the base
of intended landing by priority telephone and pro-
vide tactical call sign, ETA, DOT class of dangerous
material aboard, DOD quantity-distance class
(when applicable), NEW (total weight in pounds of
all DOT Class A and Class B explosives on board),
withdrawal distance and firefighting time (if as-
signed), request for special handling (if required),
inert devices (when applicable) and line numbers
and quantities (if applicable).
INFLIGHT NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES
At least 30 minutes (or as soon thereafter as practi-
cal) before the ETA, the aircraft commander will
contact the base operations dispatcher, control tow-
er, approach control, or other agency specified in
the applicable FLIP announcing that they have
dangerous material and to verify receipt of arrival
notification If advance notice has not been received,
request that the information stated in backup noti-
fication procedures, be relayed to the military base
operations or civil airport manager to pass to appro-
priate base support elements (Example: ‘‘Bird 51,
ETA – 1200Z, DOT Class A explosives, DOD class
7, ‘‘NEW’’ four zero pounds, four zero zero zero feet,
3 minutes, request isolated parking, four each M-
XXX bombs in bomb bay. Please relay immediately
to fire department and other base support ele-
ments.’’)
3-7
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
INFLIGHT EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES
(WORLD WIDE)
Under inflight emergency conditions or for un-
scheduled landings, the aircraft commander will in-
form the appropriate Air Traffic Control Facility of
the nature of the emergency, intentions, and, as
practicable, the information as stated in backup no-
tification procedures. (Example: ‘‘Bird 51, 60 miles
east of intended landing base – Nest AFB, No. 1
and 2 engines out; six personnel, forward section of
aircraft; have dangerous cargo in bomb bay of air-
craft, four zero pounds of DOT class A explosives; if
explosives become enveloped in flames, detonation
may be expected after 3 minutes; withdrawal dis-
tance is 4000 feet; 10,000 gallons of fuel remaining,
apply emergency procedures accordingly.’’)
Inert Devices
If inert devices are carried, the radio call will be
similar to inflight emergency notification proce-
dures (world wide), identifying the devices as inert,
that they present no hazard, and including the
amount of fuel remaining. (Example: ‘‘Bird 51, 60
3-8
miles east of intended landing base – Next AFB,
No. 1 and 2 engines shut down, six personnel for-
ward compartment, inert cargo in bomb bay of air-
craft; no hazard; 10,000 gallons fuel remaining; ap-
ply emergency procedures accordingly.’’)
CONUS Civil Airports
When aircraft must land at a CONUS civil airport
which has no control tower, information in inflight
emergency notification procedures (world wide), as
applicable, will be furnished to the nearest FAA
Flight Service Station.
Aircraft Ditching/Abandonment
If the aircraft must be ditched or abandoned, the
navigator should record the coordinates and de-
scriptive location of abandoned cargo for later use
by appropriate authorities.
Safe Jettison
Jettison procedures and restrictions are in the front
of this section.

FIREFIGHTING AND EVACUATION
CRITERIA
These emergency procedures consist of actions to
take if munitions are involved in a fire. The aircrew
should be thoroughly familiar with these instruc-
tions.
Aircraft fires involving conventional munitions can-
not be definitized to any one set of circumstances
and environmental conditions. This precludes de-
velopment of reliable standardized test criteria and
reliable specific item firefighting and withdrawal
times. The conclusion to be reached from available
data is that a munitions reaction to fire is a func-
tion of case thickness and type of explosive filler
which can be varied by environmental conditions.
Since the circumstances of a fire cannot be pre-
dicted, specific item by item firefighting and with-
drawal times cannot be determined with any degree
of reliability.
Normally, aircraft fire involving munitions occurs
under a set of circumstances wherein it is impossi-
WITHDRAWAL DISTANCE (FT) FIRE
NOMENCLATURE WITHDRAWAL TIME NONESSENTIAL PERSONNEL
AGM-86C 2 - 4 MINUTES
AGM-86D TBD MINUTES
Figure 3-3. Fire Fighting and Evacuation Criteria
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
ble to know immediately the specific missile, bomb,
or CBU model number. Such information is abso-
lutely essential for specific firefighting and with-
drawal times. Therefore, these times are presented
for family groups only; i.e., bombs, CBU’s, missile,
etc.
• Bombs: See T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-1
• CBUs: See T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-1
• Missiles: Missiles normally react in a propul-
sion, detonation, or both between +45 seconds and
2 minutes. A propulsion hazard (missile flight) ex-
ists within 45 seconds and a major hazard to envi-
ronment and firefighting capability exists after 1
minute. Approach the fire, if necessary, from the
side of the aircraft.
The firefighting guidance provided in AFI 91-201
will be utilized in all instances. There is no specific
withdrawal time assigned to items which do not
align into one of the family groups mentioned
above.
SYMBOL
4000’ 1
TBD’ 1
Change 4 3-9/(3-10 blank)
BLA

Supplementary Data
table of contents
OPERATIONAL TEST LAUNCH SYSTEM
PLUS COUNT MODE
OPERATIONAL TEST LAUNCH SYSTEM
OTL FUNCTIONS
The operational test launch (OTL) system is used to
evaluate the performance of the B52/CALCM sys-
tem, and provide actual launch training for aircrew
personnel. No special equipment is installed on the
aircraft to provide for control and monitoring dur-
ing captive flight. Special equipment is installed on
the OTL missile to provide for control and monitor-
ing during flight, and control, monitoring, and
emergency termination after launch. The missile
receives test range verification of telemetry while
on carrier power prior to launch. Launch of an OTL
missile is accomplished using the normal launch se-
quence. Operational test launch data is displayed
on the selected MFD by the CALCM SMO.
MISSILE OTL EQUIPMENT
The AGM-86C missile OTL equipment consists of a
modified nontactical instrumentation kit (MNTIK).
The kit is installed in the missile payload bay, and
other components are installed on the missile. The
MNTIK instrumentation package provides instru-
mentation links with the test range for the purpose
of monitoring and evaluating missile performance.
These functions are accomplished by MNTIK sub-
systems. A radar beacon and the high accuracy
multiple object tracking system (HAMOTS) are
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
section IV
page
4-1
4-3
used for tracking purposes, and a telemetry subsys-
tem transmits data on missile system performance
for correlation with ground tracking data. The
flight termination system (FTS) has both a com-
manded and a fail-safe flight termination mode.
Loss of a fail-safe tone for 60 seconds automatically
provides a termination mode. For flight termination
a drogue chute is deployed and a squib operated
fuel shutoff valve is activated.
REMOTE COMMAND CONTROL SYSTEM
A Remote Command Control (RCC) system can con-
trol an OTL configured AGM-86C missile. This is
essential when flying outside a test range to pro-
vide a flight termination and collision avoidance ca-
pability. Missile flightpath can be offset left, right,
up, or down by command and then restored to origi-
nal flightpath or manually flown to the desired area
for flight termination. A fail-safe tone is also pro-
vided continuously and its absence for 60 seconds
will automatically terminate missile flight.
NOTE
Once the RCC system is used in the manual
mode, the missile cannot be returned to nor-
mal flight.
Change 7 4-1
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
OTL CAPABILITIES.
This paragraph describes any differences in the
SMO capabilities when conducting OTL as opposed
to being in normal STRIKE mode. The following are
implemented by the SMO as part of the OTL pro-
cess.
• OTL Instrumentation power control
• Monitor OTL faults.
1. Instrumentation power fail.
2. Flight term enable.
3. OTL battery timer expired.
4. Armed solenoid fault in OTL.
For each OTL master fault, a recording will be gen-
erated and weapon power will be removed. The only
exception to this is when instrumentation power
fails prior to battery activate when the only affect is
to terminate LCD.
IKB Commands
IKB commands associated with OTL are found on
the CALCM Supervision Menu and are described in
the following subparagraphs. These commands can
be issued regardless of CALCM power state (i.e.,
CALCM can be ON or OFF). If the commands are
issued while the selected CALCM is OFF, they will
be carried out when the CALCM is powered ON.
The result in the OTL power status is what would
result if the commands were issued with the
CALCM ON.
TELEMETRY POWER ON COMMAND CF-55A
Operator entry of CF-55A will result in turning
OTL instrumentation power ON for the selected
weapon. The SMO will reject a CF-55A command to
turn OTL instrumentation power ON and display
the command in reverse video if any of the follow-
ing conditions exist.
• One location and station is not selected.
• Not in OTL mode of operation (i.e. sortie mis-
sion is not a test launch).
• There are two weapons with telemetry power
already on carrier power.
The SMO will ignore a CF-55A command to turn
OTL instrumentation power ON for a selected
weapon where OTL power is ON.
TELEMETRY POWER OFF COMMAND CF-55B
Operator entry of CF-55B will result in turning
OTL instrumentation power OFF for the selected
4-2 Change 10
weapon. The SMO will reject a CF-55B command to
turn OTL instrumentation power OFF and display
the command in reverse video if any of the follow-
ing conditions exist.
• One location and station is not selected
• Not in OTL mode of operation (i.e. sortie mis-
sion is not a test launch).
The SMO will ignore a CF-55B command to turn
OTL instrumentation power OFF for a selected
weapon where OTL power is OFF.
TELEMETRY POWER TRANSFER COMMAND
CF-55C
Operator entry of CF-55C will result in the transfer
of OTL instrumentation power from carrier power
to the weapon OTL battery for the selected weapon
where carrier OTL instrumentation power is ap-
plied. Operator entry of CF-55C will result in the
transfer of OTL instrumentation power from the
weapon OTL battery to carrier power for the se-
lected weapon where weapon OTL battery power is
applied. The SMO will ignore a CF-55C command
to transfer OTL instrumentation power if carrier
and missile instrumentation power are both OFF.
The SMO will reject a CF-55C command to transfer
OTL instrumentation power and display the com-
mand in reverse video if any of the following condi-
tions exist;
• One location and station is not selected.
• Not in OTL mode of operation (i.e. sortie mis-
sion is not a test launch).
• Less [AMI] Operational mode is PLUS CT.
• [AMI] A Captive Carry mission is loaded.
• If transfer is from battery to carrier, there are
two weapons with telemetry power already on car-
rier power.
NOTE
OTL battery power only lasts a total of 11
minutes 55 seconds. While OTL battery
power can be turned OFF, if it is turned
back on, the life expectancy for that battery
is reduced by the amount of time it was pre-
viously on. Once the time expires, the
CALCM powers down with a permanent fa-
tal fault. Also, while any number of
CALCMs can have OTL battery power on at
the same time, only the first four will have
their battery time checked for expiration
and fault reporting. If SMO is reloaded,
four more CALCMs can have their timers
checked.

CSRL CARRIAGE OF CALCM MISSILES WITH
A TEST INSTRUMENTATION KIT(TIK)
CALCM mass properties differ from operational
missiles when they have a Test Instrumentation Kit
(TIK) added. The Center of Gravity limits are
shown in figure 4-0A. Acceptable weight and CG
Figure 4-0A CSRL Carriage CG Limitations
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
combinations fall below and to the right of the
curve. Figure 4-0A is suitable for test missiles hav-
ing a CG at Water Line (WL) 98.40 or above. Due to
launcher torque limits, CSRL missile carriage is re-
stricted to two adjacent missiles if no other missiles
are symmetrically loaded.
Change 3 4-2A/(4-2B blank)
BLA

PLUS COUNT MODE
This paragraph describes the SMO capabilities
when the PLUS CT function is active. Entry into
Captive Carry/PLUS CT mode is determined by the
SMO when the loaded sortie mission has the
unique PLUS CT identifier and its payload type in-
dicates “OTL”. There is no crew action required to
enter PLUS CT mode other than loading a sortie
mission with the previously mentioned characteris-
tics. PLUS CT missile control is the same as for
OTL Capabilities, and includes Simulation Capabil-
ities when in either simulation mode, with excep-
tions discussed in the following paragraphs.
Less [AMI] MODE INDICATIONS
When Plus Count mode is active, PLUS CT is dis-
played in the WPN SUPV window on the Control
Function Menu (CF-) and the Weapon Supervision
Menu (figure CF-5), and in the CALCM SUPV win-
dow on the CALCM Supervision Menu (CF-55).
LAUNCH
Only one CALCM will be in captive carry launch
(i.e. providing steering meter data to the SMO) at
one time during PLUS CT. Safe launch restrictions
will not inhibit a captive carry launch. When a
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
CALCM is in captive carry launch, the missile sta-
tus window will display Less [AMI] PL, [AMI] CL,
instead of AW, unless either SIM mode is active.
FLIGHT COMMAND INDICATOR
The SMO receives roll steering data from the
CALCM after its captive launch which is processed
into FCI (figure 4-1) prompts for the pilot. The pilot
can fly the aircraft to follow the CALCM’s flight
path by keeping the roll error, (displayed on the
heading error indicator) as small as possible. This
information will continue to be supplied until the
missile is powered OFF, either manually or auto-
matically (due to a fault). Targeting is inhibited
while steering meter data is supplied to the SMO.
TERMINATION OF PLUS CT MODE
PLUS CT mode can be terminated by loading in a
mission that does not have the unique PLUS CT
identifier and/or its payload type does not indicate
OTL. However, a different mission can only be
loaded after powering down all MIUs and CALCMs.
JETTISON IN PLUS CT MODE
CALCMs can be jettisoned while in PLUS CT Mode
using the same procedures as STRIKE missiles.
Change 10 4-3
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Flight Command Indicator

1 HEADING ERROR INDICATOR

CONTROL-
NO. INDICATOR FUNCTION

1 Heading Error Indicator For CALCM captive carriage, the heading error indicator displays the an-
gular difference between the CALCM roll steering command and the air-
craft roll angle.

Figure 4-1. Flight Command Indicator

4-4

Operating Limitations
table of contents
AIRCRAFT AVIONICS LIMITS ON LAUNCH
SPEED RESTRICTIONS FOR PYLON MISSILE SEPARATION
MISSILE LEVEL FLIGHT LIMITS FOR MISSILE SEPARATION
AIRCRAFT AVIONICS LIMITS ON LAUNCH
Instantaneous values of level flight limits are com-
pared to OAS preprogrammed inputs, and if out of
tolerance, result in a missile countdown hold. The
indication is displayed as COUNTDOWN and SAIR
in reverse blinking video and the out-of-limits con-
dition in reverse video on the selected MFD.
The aircraft will maintain straight and
level flight for a period of 5 seconds before
to 5 seconds after missile launch. This is to
prevent the possibility of aircraft/missile
collision.
SPEED RESTRICTIONS FOR PYLON MISSILE
SEPARATION
JETTISON ENVELOPE LIMITS
Refer to T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9-1 Section III.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
section V
page
5-1
5-1
5-1
LAUNCH ENVELOPE LIMITS
Refer to T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9-1 Section V.
MISSILE LEVEL FLIGHT LIMITS FOR MISSILE
SEPARATION
The OAS determines the missile level flight limits
for safe separation and launch by comparing mis-
sile outputs to preprogrammed inputs. The OAS
preprogrammed inputs include:
• Pitch attitude, roll rate, angle and rate
• Acceleration, lateral and normal
• Vertical velocity
• Aircraft/missile clearance limits
Launch inhibit is determined prior to entering
launch countdown and 45 second launch countdown
hold is determined immediately before battery acti-
vate command. TA launch countdown hold (approx.
5.6 to 13 seconds) can occur after battery activation
and before last transmission.
5-1/(5-2 blank)
BLA

Mission Planning
table of contents
TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
INFLIGHT MISSION DATA CHANGES
TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS
MATERIAL
Prior to any flight involving transportation of weap-
ons, the aircraft commander must make sure that
all crewmembers have a thorough understanding of
clearance procedures, communications, security re-
quirements, inflight normal and emergency notifi-
cation procedures, and safety jettison procedures.
CLEARANCE PROCEDURES
1. The flight will be planned to minimize flying
over metropolitan areas (cities over 100,000
population). During flight, if a clearance con-
taining noise abatement procedures is re-
ceived that in the judgment of the aircraft
commander would interfere with operational
necessity or flight safety, it will be refused.
2. “Hazardous Cargo” or “Inert Cargo” or both
(as appropriate) will be entered in the re-
marks section of the DD Form 175.
3. For flights to or from areas outside the CON-
US or if any portion of a flight requires com-
pliance with ICAO rules, clearance proce-
dures as listed in the USAF Foreign Clear-
ance Guide and Special Weapons Overflight
Guide will be followed. No reference will be
made to “Hazardous Cargo” in the remarks
section of DD Form 175 or during landing at
the scheduled landing base.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
section VI
page
6-1
6-1
COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY
Strict communication security procedures will be
followed at all times. If, in the aircraft commander’s
judgment, an emergency condition requires an im-
mediate emergency landing and a choice must be
made between communications security and flight
safety, safety will take precedence. Disclosure of
classified information to the extent necessary to
avoid compromising flight safety must be accepted
as an condition of military service. The judgment of
the aircraft commander on such cases is not subject
to after-the-fact debate or review.
NORMAL NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES
It is the responsibility of the major command con-
cerned to ensure all required information is trans-
mitted to departure and destination (primary/alter-
nate) bases far enough in advance to ensure ade-
quate preparation before the departure/arrival of
aircraft carrying “hazardous cargo”. If the ETE is
less than 1 hour or if other known circumstances
will preclude timely receipt of information, the air-
craft commander will notify the base of first in-
tended landing by telephone that he has hazardous
cargo on board, his ETA, and the applicable line
numbers for his cargo. EXAMPLE: “Hasty 46 will
arrive at your base at 1200 ZULU with hazardous
cargo, 4 each line number 11 and 12 each line num-
ber 171.”
INFLIGHT MISSION DATA CHANGES
See “Missile Targeting/Retargeting” Section VII.
6-1/(6-2 blank)
BLA
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Systems Operation section VII

table of contents page

AIRCRAFT OAS/CALCM OPERATION 7-2

SMO CAPABILITIES 7-3

MISSION DATA 7-9

SAFE LAUNCH DETERMINATION 7-24

IN-RANGE DETERMINATION 7-25

AUTOMATIC RETARGETING 7-31

MISSILE LAUNCH 7-33

MISSILE JETTISON 7-36

SIMULATION 7-38

BOMB TONE SCORING 7-39

SIT/MIT AND CF-552 7-39

MALFUNCTION ANALYSIS 7-40

ERROR MESSAGES 7-40

Change 10 7-1
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

AIRCRAFT OAS/CALCM OPERATION

OAS/MISSILE POWER Circuit Breakers:

OAS master power switch controls the application
of power to the following:
• OAS.
• Weapon Control Panel (WCP).
• Armament Interface Unit (AIU).
• Ejector Unlock Power Circuitry.
• Enable Missile Power.
• Enable MIU Power Switches.
MIU power switches (MIU/LP, MIU BAY, & MIU/
RP) provide:
Pilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel
• LEFT PYLON JETTISON CONTROL circuit
breaker provides power to the left pylon jettison
control switch.
• RIGHT PYLON JETTISON CONTROL circuit
breaker provides power to the right pylon jetti-
son control switch.
• GAM-72 GEAR JETTISON & AGM-69A circuit
breaker provides power to the Bomb Bay Limit
Safety switches and the AIU bomb door OPEN
monitor circuit.
Left Forward BNS Overhead Breaker Panel

• MIU Power. • CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS - WPN CONT PNL

• Missile Heater Power. circuit breaker provides control and display
• Enable Missile Power. power to the weapons control panel.
• MAU-12 Electro-Explosive Device (EED) Power Right Forward BNS Overhead Circuit Breaker
Circuitry. Panel

AIU interfaces the OAS with:
• Environmental Control Units (aircraft and mis-
sile).
• Power Distribution Box (PDB).
• Radar Altimeter.
• Bomb Tone Scoring System.
• NORMAL RELEASE circuit breaker provides
power to the pilot’s munitions consent panel lock-
•
unlock switch.
JETTISON POWER circuit breaker provides
missile jettison power to the pilot’s and radar
navigator’s missile jettison controls
Right-Hand S/V Filter Box Circuit Breaker Panel
• WCP circuit breaker provides power to the weap-
on control panel.
• AIU circuit breaker provides power to the arma-
ment interface unit.
Navigator’s Side Panel
• CSRL PDUC circuit breaker provides power to
the PDUC control box.

7-2

SMO CAPABILITIES
The SMO capabilities, responses to operator com-
mands and general operation procedures are de-
scribed in the following paragraphs and are struc-
tured around the operational time line as follows.
• MIU and PDUC power.
• Applying missile power.
• Selecting a target/mission for launch.
• Ranging on the selected target.
• Launching CALCMs.
• Jettisoning missiles.
NOTE
[AMI] In order to accomplish any of the six
functions listed above, the CALCM SMO
must be designated as the primary SMO
(CF-62x).
Commands, Menus and displays will sometimes be
identified by the command which invokes them. For
example, ECU Power Override will be referred to as
CF-68.
STRIKE CAPABILITIES
When the SMO is loaded, it is initialized into
STRIKE mode. The operator can verify the current-
ly active SMO mode, whether STRIKE, FULL SIM,
PART SIM, or Less [AMI] PLUS CT, on either the
CF- Menu, the CF-5 Menu or the CF-55 Menu. If
the SMO is currently in either SIM mode, STRIKE
mode can be commanded by entering CF-50. If the
SMO is currently in PLUS CT mode, STRIKE mode
can be entered by loading a non-Captive Carry mis-
sion. If in FULL SIM or PART SIM mode, the SMO
will reject a CF-50 command and display it in re-
verse video if simulated power is applied to any
MIU.
WEAPON CONTROL EQUIPMENT MONITOR AND POW-
ER CONTROL
The Weapon Control Equipment (WCE), which con-
sists of the AIU, ECU, PDUC (for bay weapons),
and MIUs, must have power applied to enable the
operator to apply power to control and release any
missiles. The AIUs function is to control the ap-
plication of power to the ECU and MIUs, and to
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
control the bay doors. The ECUs function is to sup-
ply conditioned air to the MIUs and all loaded
CALCMs. The PDUC function is to control rotation
of the rotary launcher for bay weapons. The MIUs
provide data conditioning, monitoring and control,
ejector rack monitor and control, weapon discretes,
missile status, and power application to the mis-
sile(s). AIU power is applied when OAS master
power is turned on. ECU and MIU power are all ap-
plied when the operator commands MIU power on
via the PCP. PDUC power is applied when the oper-
ator commands CSRL PDUC power ON via the
CSRL PDUC Control Box.
WCE Status
The operator can review the operational status of
the AIU, ECU, PDUC, bay MIU (B MIU), left pylon
MIU (L MIU), and right pylon MIU (R MIU) using
the PME Status display (FRMT-6). The SMO com-
municates with these LRUs via the 1553 data buses
A and C. FRMT-6 shows AIU, MIU and PDUC A
bus and C bus communication status and AIU,
ECU, MIU and PDUC failure status. If the text
fields (A, C, or X) are blank, then no failures have
occurred for that WCE since startup, or the last
time the FMS fault reset command was entered. If
a MIU or PDUC A bus communication failure has
occurred, an A will be displayed for the PDUC, bay
MIU, left MIU, or right MIU. If a MIU or PDUC C
bus communication failure has occurred, a C will be
displayed for the PDUC, bay MIU, left MIU, or
right MIU. If an LRU failure has occurred, an X
will be displayed for the ECU, PDUC, bay MIU, left
MIU, or right MIUs, respectively. In a similar man-
ner, FMS will display an A or a C next to AIU if an
AIU A bus or C bus communication failure has oc-
curred and an X next to AIU if an AIU failure has
occurred. When text is displayed, it indicates that a
failure has occurred and whether it currently exists
or not. If a failure occurred and currently exists, the
text (A, C or X) will be displayed in reverse video. If
a failure occurred and does not currently exist, the
text (A, C or X) will be displayed in normal video.
To clear unwanted data from FRMT-6, the operator
can enter the FMS fault reset command, CF-66, to
delete the display of all failures which no longer ex-
ist. When the CF-66 command is entered, all failure
text displayed in normal video will be blanked and
any text displayed in reverse video will remain.
Change 10 7-3
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
The AIU, ECU, MIU, and PDUC failure status is
also displayed on the CALCM Status and Inventory
display (FRMT-7). AIU will be displayed in reverse
video if the AIU has failed. ECU will be displayed
in reverse video if the ECU has failed. MIU will be
displayed in reverse video the respective MIU, if ei-
ther MIU communication or the MIU have failed.
LNCHR will be displayed in reverse video if either
PDUC communication or the PDUC have failed.
DOORS will be displayed in reverse video if the
doors have failed. Each display will be removed if
the associated failure status clears. ECU, MIU,
LNCHR, PDUC, and WCP Master faults and Advi-
sories will be displayed at the bottom of the MFD.
MIU
The MIU interfaces with the avionics processor
(AP) receiving commands and transmitting missile
status via the data bus. It also interfaces with the
WCP, the switching unit, and the power distribu-
tion box (PDB). The MIU provides missile squib cir-
cuit actuation commands, release squib circuit com-
mands, ejector unlock signals, power control to
switching unit, fault detection, performs analog to
digital conversion, and analog measurement for the
AP. Upon receipt of MIU power on command, the
OAS issues an ECU power command through the
AIU to maintain equipment temperature within op-
erational limits
MIU Power Application
MIU power is applied using the MIU POWER
switches on the OAS Power Control Panel. When
the operator presses a power switch, the switch
latches in the depressed position, power is applied
to the MIU for the selected location and that LRU
will be initialized, and the light in the switch comes
on.
If a fault is detected during power on, the MIU
power-ON sequence will be terminated, the ap-
propriate fault will be displayed and any powers
which have been applied will be removed. However,
if ECU Power Override is currently active, the SMO
will not declare an ECU ac Power fault regardless
of ECU ac power availability ([AMI] or an ECU
fault), and continue with the power-ON sequence.
The power-ON sequence takes less than 24 seconds.
The operator can verify completion of the MIU pow-
7-4 Change 10
er-on sequence by viewing FRMT-7. When the se-
quence is complete, the following display changes
will occur on FRMT-7 next to each MIU station
number:
A. The Store window will change from blank to ei-
ther P, C, or X to identify the type of weapon pres-
ent at the station or blank to indicate that no weap-
on is present.
1. P will appear if the ejector and umbilical sta-
tus show a weapon is present at the station and
the weapon is not known to be CALCM.
2. C will appear if the ejector and umbilical sta-
tus show a weapon is present at the station and
umbilical status indicates the weapon is a
CALCM/ALCM. (Since there is no way to obtain
positive weapon identification between an
ALCM and a CALCM at the umbilical, a
CALCM will be assumed.)
3. X will appear if the ejector or umbilical sta-
tus shows no weapon is present at the station.
B. The CALCM Status window for each station will
change from blank to OF or NG, when a weapon is
present to indicate weapon status.
1. OF will be displayed to indicate weapon elec-
tronic power is not applied at the station when a
CALCM is present.
2. NG will be displayed if a permanent fatal
fault has occurred for the missile and a release
of that missile has not been attempted.
3. Nothing will be displayed when there is no
store present.
C. The Ready To Launch Status window will dis-
play SAF if a CALCM is present and the WCP
PREARM/SAFE switch is in SAFE. If no CALCM is
present, the window will remain blank.
D. The Station Fault window below the station line
will display a fault indication if a CALCM is pres-
ent and if any faults have been detected at the sta-
tion. All faults are listed and described in at the
end of this section. If no CALCM is present, the
window will remain blank.

PDUC Power Application
PDUC power will be applied when the operator
toggles the CSRL PDUC power switch to the ON
position on the CSRL PDUC Control Box. If the
CSRL PDUC power switch is in the ON position
when OAS Master Power is applied, power will be
applied to the PDUC. Even though there is no soft-
ware status of the CSRL PDUC power switch
through the SMO, the PDUC is statused, so when
the operator depresses the OAS Master Power
Switch, if the PDUC does not respond, fault indica-
tions will be displayed on FRMT-6. Upon power ap-
plication the PDUC will automatically perform in-
ternal initializations for a maximum of five se-
conds. Any faults detected will be set by the PDUC
at the completion of initialization. If after five sec-
onds, communication cannot be established with
the PDUC, a Double MUX Error will be indicated
on the PME Status Display (FRMT-6) with a re-
verse highlight A, a reverse highlight C, and a re-
verse highlight X. In addition a PDUC Master
Fault message will be displayed at the bottom of
the MFD and LNCHR will be displayed on the
Weapon Status and Inventory Display (FRMT-7).
Five seconds after communication is established, if
the PDUC Controller Reset Bit indicates PDUC in-
itialization failed, a PDUC fault will be indicated on
the PME Status Display (FRMT-6) with a reverse
highlight X on FRMT-6. In addition, a PDUC Mas-
ter Fault message will be displayed at the bottom of
the MFD and LNCHR will be displayed in the laun-
cher fault window of the Weapon Status and Inven-
tory Display (FRMT-7). If PDUC Communication
Faults previously existed, they will be displayed in
normal video on FRMT-6 unless an actual fault is
present.
NOTE
Launcher faults may occur if the PDUC is
powered on after the SMO is loaded. Manu-
ally commanded rotation of the launcher
may be required to clear the faults and al-
low automatic launcher rotation capability.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
WCE Power Removal
MIU power is removed when the operator presses
the MIU POWER switch (MIU/LP, MIU/BAY or
MIU/RP) on the PCP a second time allowing it to
reset to the outward position. Power is then re-
moved from the respective MIU along with the
weapon power for any weapons which have power
applied at that location. No faults will be displayed
during MIU power removal.
The operator can verify completion of the MIU pow-
er removal sequence by viewing FRMT-7 and/or the
PCP. When the sequence is complete, the selected
MIU POWER switch will no longer be illuminated
and all data contained in the windows on FRMT-7
for each station at that MIU location will be
blanked within 3 seconds.
The PDUC is powered down when the operator
toggles the CSRL Power Control switch to OFF.
PDUC Communication Faults will be displayed in
reverse video on FRMT-6.
WEAPON MONITOR AND POWER CONTROL
After applying power to a MIU, weapon electronic
power can be commanded ON for any missile(s) at
that location from the WCP. Weapon electronic pow-
er will not be applied under the following condi-
tions:
A. Umbilical status indicates weapon is not a
CALCM/ALCM.
B. A permanent fatal fault has occurred for the
weapon on a previous power cycle.
C. A weapon OFS erase has occurred on a previous
power cycle.
D. An ECU AC Power fault is active and ECU Pow-
er Override is not commanded.
Missile power must be applied to enable the SMO
to verify the warhead type and the operational sta-
tus of the missile(s), to initiate alignment of the
CALCM INE, and to transmit targeting and mis-
sion data to the missile(s) prior to launch.
Change 10 7-5
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
Weapon/Ejector Status
The operator can view the operational status of
each CALCM missile and station ejector via the
CALCM Status and Inventory display (FRMT-7).
The CALCM Status and Inventory display shows
missile presence, missile power, missile state, mis-
sile faults and targeting status for each station at
each MIU location where power is applied (bay
launcher and left and right pylon). The station sta-
tus windows are grouped together for each station.
The station number is displayed immediately to the
left of missile presence window.
The text and associated indications for station sta-
tus on the CALCM Status and Inventory display
are delineated in the following subparagraphs. All
of these fields will be blank for each station where
the MIU does not have power applied at that loca-
tion. If no weapon is present an X will be displayed
to indicate the store is missing, and all other win-
dows will be blank. If a weapon type is unknown all
windows except presence window will be blank. The
presence window will display P to indicate a store is
present but unidentified.
WEAPON PRESENCE
The weapon presence window on the CALCM Sta-
tus and Inventory display indicates what the SMO
believes to be present at the umbilical based on the
data available from the ejector and MIU.
WEAPON WARHEAD TYPE.
The weapon warhead type field on the CALCM Sta-
tus and Inventory display indicates the warhead
type status received from the CALCM missile at
that location and station. The weapon warhead
type will be a hexadecimal value from 0 through 9
or A through F. 1 is used for a blast-frag warhead
and 2 is used for a penetrator warhead.
WEAPON STATUS.
The weapon status field on the CALCM Status and
Inventory display indicates the status of the
CALCM missile at that location and station.
7-6 Change 9
READY TO LAUNCH (RTL) STATUS.
The RTL status on the CALCM Status And Inven-
tory display indicates if RTL permission has been
provided each weapon. The default status, dis-
played when weapon power is turned ON, is SAF
(safe). The operator must command Prearm, indi-
cated by RTL, for each CALCM before it can be
launched. The operator can, at any time, command
SAF to prevent selected CALCMs from being laun-
ched. Prearm Enable does not need to be command-
ed to use the Prearm/Safe switch on the WCP.
TARGETING STATUS
The targeting status field on the CALCM Status
And Inventory display indicates, R, when a CALCM
is ready to receive a mission. Once targeting begins
for the CALCM, the launch point, nn (or Direct Tar-
get Designation) is displayed. The launch point
number or direct target designation will be under-
lined when the mission has been loaded into the
CALCM. If no weapon mission is available for a
CALCM, GPS initialization data will be loaded into
the weapon and indicated with a G. After the
CALCM has been launched, the launch point, nn
(or direct target), is displayed.
FLEX/DIRECT TARGETING INDICATION
The flex/direct targeting indication field on the
CALCM Status and Inventory display indicates
whether the weapon has been flex or direct targe-
ted. The flex targeting indication, F, will be dis-
played if flex targeting has been performed. The di-
rect target indication, D, will be displayed if direct
targeting has been performed, otherwise the field
will be blank. After launch, this field will retain the
appropriate targeting indication.
WEAPON FAULTS
The weapon fault field on the CALCM Status and
Inventory display indicates any CALCM missile
faults that are present. The highest priority fault
will be displayed in the field if more than one fault
exists. The weapon fault indicators which are dis-
played are provided at the end of this section.
CALCM temperature, altimeter, and INS faults, if
they exist, are displayed for a selected CALCM in
windows at the bottom of the MFD in the Selected
Station Status Advisory area on FRMT-7xy.

ORDNANCE ALARM STATUS
The ordnance alarm status on the CALCM Status
And Inventory display in the Selected Station Sta-
tus Advisory area is displayed when a MIU is pow-
ered ON and FRMT-7xy is entered.
EJECTOR STATUS
The ejector status on the CALCM Status And In-
ventory display in the Selected Station Status Advi-
sory area is displayed when a MIU is powered ON
and FRMT-7xy is entered.
OTL POWER STATUS
OTL is displayed as a label with OTL power status
in the Selected Station Status Advisory area of
FRMT-7xy when the MIU for the selected MIU is
powered ON, the mission is identified as OTL.
COMMAND DESTRUCT (C/D) STATUS
C/D is displayed as a label with the command de-
struct status is displayed in the Selected Station
Status Advisory area of FRMT-7xy when a weapon
is powered ON and the mission is identified as
OTL.
BACKUP WEAPON TARGETING STATUS
The backup weapon targeting status is displayed in
the Selected Station Status Advisory area on
FRMT-7xy when a weapon is powered ON.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
WEAPON POWER APPLICATION
Missile electronic power will be applied when the
operator presses the desired Location (left, bay and/
or right) and Station (1 through 6 for the pylons
and 1 through 8 for the bay or ALL) switches on the
WCP and momentarily moves the MSL PWR switch
to the ON position. Subsequently, power will be ap-
plied to the selected missile(s) and they will be in-
itialized.
If the SMO is unable to complete missile power ap-
plication sequence it will be terminated for that
missile, the appropriate fault will be displayed and
any missile power which has been applied to that
missile will be removed. The operator can verify
completion of the missile electronic power applica-
tion sequence by viewing FRMT-7. When the se-
quence is complete, the following display changes
will occur within 3 seconds on FRMT-7 next to each
selected MIU station number where power was ap-
plied:
A. A hexadecimal number between 0 and F (inclu-
sive) will be displayed to indicate warhead type for
the CALCM.
B. The missile status will change from OF to ON to
indicate weapon electronic power is available at the
station. This status will change to CA while the
weapon is coarse and fine aligning, to TA after fine
alignment complete to indicate a transfer align-
ment maneuver is required, to AL when fine align-
ment and transfer alignment maneuver have com-
pleted (if the GPS receiver is already initialized sta-
tus will change from TA to GO), and to GO when
the missile is both aligned and the GPS receiver is
initialized.
7-7
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
C. The consent for launch window will display SAF
to indicate ready-to-launch consent has not been
provided. Once the operator have given ready-to-
launch consent this status will change to RDY.
D. The mission data window will be blank until
missile status displays CA, at which time it will
check for the ready to receive mission data indica-
tion so that R can be displayed to indicate the
CALCM is ready to receive a mission.
E. The station fault window will display a fault in-
dication if any missile faults have been detected at
the station.
The following limitations apply to weapon power
application:
• The associated MIU must have power applied
and be initialized.
• At least one weapon station selected must be
valid.
• At least one selected weapon station must
have no power applied.
• The weapon(s) selected must be present.
• The weapon(s) selected must have a C in pres-
ence window.
• The weapons selected must not have any per-
manent fatal faults. If a fatal fault exists for a mis-
sile, NG will be displayed in reverse video. A weap-
on erase is considered a permanent fatal fault.
NOTE
• If weapon power is automatically removed
because of a COMM NO GO or a 42-S
CAGE master fault, or if weapon power is
commanded off during caging (i.e., weapon
status on FRMT-7 shows ON), weapon pow-
er should not be applied for 8 minutes.
• If the MIU is powering down when reconfi-
guration occurs, it will immediately indicate
that it is off, as will any powered-on weap-
ons for the MIU. It will be necessary to wait
for 8 minutes of gyro cool-down time prior
to weapon power application for any weap-
on powered down in this manner.
7-8
WEAPON POWER REMOVAL
Missile electronic power will be removed when the
operator depresses the desired Location (left, bay
and/or right) and Station (1 through 6 for the py-
lons and 1 through 8 for the bay or ALL) switches
on the WCP and momentarily moves the MSL PWR
switch to the OFF position. Subsequently, power
will be removed from the selected CALCM(s).
The operator can verify completion of the missile
electronic power OFF sequence by viewing FRMT-7.
The following display changes will occur on FRMT-7
next to each selected location/station:
• The missile status window will display ON un-
til electronic power is removed (approximately 15
seconds).
• The missile status window will change to OF
indicating weapon electronic power is not available
at the station.
• The station fault window will display a fault
indication if any missile faults have been detected
at the station.
• The remaining windows on the station line
will be blanked.
The following limitations apply to weapon power re-
moval:
• At least one selected weapon location/station
must be valid.
• At least one selected weapon station must
have power applied.
• A selected station with launch countdown in
progress will be launched, not powered down.
Missile electronic power is also removed from all
weapons at a location when the MIU power at that
location is removed. The preceding limitations on
weapon power removal do not apply when associat-
ed with MIU power removal.

MISSION DATA
Less [AMI] Prior to launching a CALCM, mission
data must be provided from a valid CALCM weapon
DTUC. After this has been performed, the CALCM
mission may be modified using Flex targeting in-
puts or the CALCM may be direct targeted. If the
operator enters an invalid command through the
IKB, the command will be displayed in reverse vi-
deo. If the operator inputs invalid data values, the
affected data fields will be displayed in reverse vi-
deo. The details are described in the following para-
graphs.
[AMI] Prior to launching a CALCM, weapon mis-
sion data must be provided to the CALCM from a
valid CALCM weapon group on a DTC or from op-
erator entered data to target or initialize it. Weapon
mission data can only be loaded to a CALCM while
the SMO is primary. Once a CALCM is targeted or
initialized, it will retain that weapon mission data
until it is powered off or targeted again. The target-
ing process can be monitored on the Stores Summa-
ry display (FRMT-77), the Weapon Status and In-
ventory display (FRMT-7), or the CALCM Group
Assignment display (CF-DF from FRMT-7). Only
one CALCM can be the primary weapon targeted to
a launch point at any time. The following subpara-
graphs describe the types of weapon mission data
management controlled by the SMO.
MISSION TYPES
The SMO supports three types of weapon missions:
• Preplanned mission.
• Flex targeted mission.
• Direct targeted mission.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
Less [AMI] Preplanned Mission
Each CALCM must be targeted from the weapon
DTUC prior to availability for launch. This is initi-
ated by the operator entering CF-559 when a B-52
mission containing CALCM launch points is loaded
and a CALCM weapon DTUC is available. The
launch points are assigned to the CALCM missiles
(which have power applied) with the indicated
matching warhead type, in the order of the pre-
ferred launch sequence (see section III). (To ensure
that the preferred launch sequence is properly fol-
lowed, CF-559 should not be entered until all
CALCMs with power applied show R in the mission
data window FRMT-7). The mission associated with
the launch point is loaded into the primary weapon
and up to two backup weapons, with the same war-
head type as the primary weapon, so they will be
ready for launch in the event the primary weapon
fails. During mission load, the launch point number
for the mission being loaded will be displayed in
bright video on the CALCM Status and Inventory
display for that weapon. After mission load is com-
plete, the launch point number will be displayed in
bright underline video for that weapon. Only one
CALCM can be the primary weapon targeted to a
launch point at any time. After initial targeting has
completed for a CALCM, it can be manually tar-
geted with a different mission from the CALCM
weapon DTUC by selecting a single location and
station combination on the WCP and entering
CF-556,nn, where nn is the CALCM launch point
desired for the selected missile. Up to two available
backups will also receive the new targeting data.
Figure 7-1 illustrates an example of mission
(launch point) assignments for multiple warhead
types.
[AMI] Preplanned Mission
Preplanned mission data is provided on the DTC
along with the B-52 missions that have CALCM
launch points in them. Preplanned mission data is
loaded into CALCMs from the DTC by either auto-
matic targeting or manual targeting. Figure 7-1 il-
lustrates an example of mission (launch point) as-
signments for multiple warhead types.
Change 10 7-9
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
[AMI] AUTOMATIC TARGETING PROCESS
The automatic targeting process has the SMO assign-
ing CALCMs to CALCM launch points and download-
ing the appropriate weapon mission into the primary
CALCM assigned and its backups. Since other target-
ing processes cannot be commanded for a CALCM un-
til it has been initially targeted with an actual or de-
fault weapon mission, each CALCM must successful-
ly complete the automatic targeting process first. Au-
tomatic targeting occurs when all of the following con-
ditions are satisfied:
a. A B-52 mission containing CALCM launch
points is loaded.
b. The corresponding weapon event table for
CALCMs is loaded.
c. The DTC from which the above data was loaded
is available to the SMO.
d. The weapon groups defined in the weapon event
table are on the available DTC.
e. The CALCMs to be targeted have power ap-
plied. For a CALCM with power applied to be
targeted there must be at least one launch point
in the loaded B-52 mission that has the same
warhead type associated with it.
f. Automatic targeting is enabled. If not enabled,
the Nav/RNav can enable automatic targeting
using CF-550. To ensure that the preferred
launch sequence is properly followed, CF-550
should not be entered until all CALCMs with
power applied show R in the Targeting Status
window on the Weapon Status and Inventory
display.
NOTE
The above is the preferred sequence of
events for the automatic targeting process
so CALCMs are assured to be targeted in
preferred launch sequence, especially for
the initial targeting process. However, the
events can occur in any order and automat-
ic targeting will begin once the last event
occurs, regardless of which event that is.
Automatic targeting looks for CALCM launch
points in the loaded B-52 mission, starting with the
current destination and proceeding through the end
of the mission. CALCMs, with the same warhead
type as the launch point being processed, are as-
signed to the found launch points in the order of the
preferred launch sequence. The weapon mission as-
sociated with the found launch point is loaded into
the primary CALCM and up to two backup
CALCMs, which have the same warhead type as
the primary CALCM. This allows the backups to be
7-10 Change 10
immediately ready for launch in the event the pri-
mary weapon fails and automatic re-targeting is en-
abled. If there are more CALCMs available than
launch points, the remaining CALCMs will be ini-
tialized using the first available weapon mission for
that warhead type identified by the weapon event
table. If there is no weapon mission identified by
the loaded B-52 mission for a CALCM with a partic-
ular warhead type, it cannot be targeted or initial-
ized by automatic targeting. If there are more
launch points than available CALCMs with match-
ing warhead types, the excess launch points will re-
main untargeted by the automatic targeting pro-
cess. All other targeting processes are inhibited
while this process occurs.
Once automatic targeting completes for the current-
ly powered on CALCMs other targeting processes
can be initiated. Meanwhile, automatic targeting
will continually look forward from the current des-
tination for any CALCM launch points that do not
have a CALCM assigned to them. Whether such a
launch point is found or not, automatic targeting
will still look for any CALCMs that have not been
assigned as the primary for a launch point. If both
a launch point and an unassigned CALCM with a
matching warhead type are found, the CALCM will
be targeted to the launch point. If an unassigned
and un-initialized CALCM is found but there is no
matching launch point, the CALCM will be initial-
ized if there is an available default weapon mission.
If no unassigned CALCMs with the appropriate
warhead type are found for a found launch point
and no un-initialized CALCMs that have an avail-
able default weapon mission available are found,
the cycle of looking for launch points and compat-
ible CALCMs begins again. This ensures that any
CALCMs that are powered on after the initial auto-
matic targeting process completes and are compat-
ible with the currently loaded B-52 mission will ei-
ther be targeted or initialized.
The automatic targeting process can be suspended
by the SMO being made secondary or by using the
CF-550 command un-enable it.
Unless inhibited by another targeting process, auto-
matic targeting can be restarted at any time, even
if a previously initiated automatic targeting process
has not completed, by using the CF-559 command
or by loading a B-52 mission. This will cause all
currently targeted CALCMs to be untargeted and
thus available for possible assignment to any
CALCM launch points found from the current des-
tination onward.

Figure 7-1. Auto Targeting Scheme
[AMI] MANUAL TARGETING PROCESS
The manual targeting process assigns a selected
CALCM to a selected CALCM launch point and
loads the weapon mission designated by the se-
lected launch point from a selected weapon group
into the selected CALCM. The weapon group is se-
lected using the CF-82,n(n) command. If the se-
lected CALCM launch point already has a CALCM
assigned to it, the weapon group that provided the
weapon mission the currently assigned CALCM
was targeted with can be viewed on the CALCM
Group Assignment display (CF-DF from FRMT-7).
The CALCM is selected using the WCP in conjunc-
tion with the CF-556,n(n) command, which uses the
value of n(n) to select the CALCM launch point. If
the command is accepted, the SMO will first untar-
get any assigned CALCM and its backups from the
selected CALCM launch point. This primary
CALCM, if it exists, will now be considered to have
only default initialization data loaded and will
therefore be evaluated by automatic targeting (af-
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
ter manual targeting completes) for assignment to
any compatible CALCM launch point that does not
have a primary CALCM assigned. The SMO will
next untarget the selected CALCM and its backups
if it was assigned to a CALCM launch point or di-
rect targeted. The SMO then retrieves the appropri-
ate preplanned weapon mission from the selected
weapon group on the available DTC and loads it
into the selected CALCM and up to two available
backups.
All targeting processes, including another manual
target, are inhibited while this process occurs. Once
the manual targeting process completes, the inhibit
is released for initiating all targeting processes.
NOTE
The preferred launch sequence may be cir-
cumvented through the use of manual tar-
geting.
Change 10 7-11
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
Flex Targeted Mission
The CALCM assigned to a CALCM launch point
may have the terminal portion of its preplanned
mission modified using the flex targeting process.
The backup weapons targeted to the same launch
point, if any, will have their missions modified also.
This is initiated by the operator entering CF-557,nn
where nn is the launch point of the weapon mission
being modified. The Flex targeting screen will be
displayed on the selected MFD with the launch
point number and the location and station of the
CALCM targeted to that launch point number dis-
played. The targeting data will be sent to the
CALCM associated with the selected launch point,
and any backups, when all fields have been modi-
fied and the operator enters the CF-DD command.
After the CALCM accepts the targeting data, F will
be displayed for that weapon on the CALCM Status
and Inventory display (FRMT-7).
NOTE
• Because flex targeting changes the terminal
portion of the CALCM mission, prior to
launch, the PTA Reference Time for the
CALCM launch point(s) being flexed should
be updated (as directed) on FRMT-10 to ac-
count for the missile route change. Do not
change the mission commander directed
PTA on line 3 of CF-61, as this may cause
confusion, while accomplishing launch pro-
cedures for combinations of originally tar-
geted and flex targeted missiles.
• Entering a PTA Ref Time (CF-61) will change
all aircraft mission PTAs on FRMT-10, there-
fore, do not re-enter a PTA Ref Time on CF-61
after modifying CMLP PTAs on FRMT-10.
Direct Targeted Mission
A CALCM can be targeted to fly directly to an oper-
ator entered target location (Direct Approach Azi-
muth (DAA) mode) or to fly to a operator entered
target location at a operator entered Target Ap-
proach Azimuth as shown in Figure 7-2. The Pre-
target Steering Waypoint (SWP) will be calculated
so that the CALCM can accomplish the maneuver.
After a weapon mission or GPS initialization data
7-12 Change 10
is loaded in a CALCM, indicated with bright under-
lined text or a G in the mission data window for
that weapon on FRMT-7, the CALCM may be direct
targeted. This is initiated by the operator selecting
one weapon location/station on the WCP and enter-
ing CF-558,nn where nn is the direct target number
in the desired direct target designation Dnn. The
Direct targeting screen, will be displayed on the se-
lected MFD with direct target designation and loca-
tion/station of the CALCM selected. The targeting
data will be sent to the selected CALCM, and its
backups, when all fields have been modified and
the operator enters the CF-DD command. After the
CALCM accepts the targeting data a direct target
designation D1 through D20 will be displayed
FRMT-7 and the PRGM display.
WEAPON TARGETING COMMANDS
Less [AMI] Before any CALCMs can be launched,
the operator must initiate the transfer of targeting
information to the missile from the weapon DTUC.
[AMI] Prior to launching a CALCM, weapon mis-
sion data must be provided to the CALCM from a
valid CALCM weapon group on a DTC or from op-
erator entered data to target or initialize it. Weapon
mission data can only be loaded to a CALCM while
the SMO is primary. Once a CALCM is targeted or
initialized, it will retain that weapon mission data
until it is powered off or targeted again.
After initial targeting of the CALCMs, the operator
can 1) re-initiate targeting of all weapons, 2) manu-
ally target a CALCM to a specified launch point, 3)
modify a mission by using the Flex targeting op-
tion, or 4) Direct target a CALCM. The commands
to carry out these processes are described in the fol-
lowing paragraphs. For all targeting commands the
targeting information will also be provided for up to
two backup weapons, if available. After a mission is
targeted to a primary weapon and available back-
ups, there can be no new backup weapons added for
that mission without reinitiating targeting or
manually targeting the mission (options 1 and 2
above).
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

AGM-86C and AGM-86D MISSILES

Figure 7-2. Direct Target Trajectory

Change 10 7-13
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
Manual Target Command
Entry of CF-556,nn with a single weapon location
and station selected on the WCP will cause the mis-
sion associated with the cruise missile launch point
nn to be loaded in the selected weapon and up to
two available backup weapons. The SMO will reject
a CF-556,nn command to send targeting data and
display the command in reverse video if any of the
following conditions exist:
• [AMI] The CALCM SMO is not the primary
SMO.
• [AMI] The selected weapon group is not avail-
able.
• nn is not a valid cruise missile launch point
number.
• A single weapon location and station has not
been selected.
• There is no CALCM at the selected location/
station.
• The warhead type for the cruise missile
launch point number does not match the warhead
type of the single weapon selected.
• Any CALCM is in launch count down.
• Another targeting mode is in progress.
• Less [AMI] The loaded sortie mission does not
identify a MIU in the stores table that is associated
with the single weapon selected.
• The CALCM selected is OFF or going OFF.
• The single weapon selected has not received
GPS initialization data.
• Mission data transfer is in progress.
NOTE
If the launch point being manually targeted
is the current destination and has a
CALCM already assigned to it, auto se-
quencing to the next destination will be in-
hibited while in-range.
Target/Retarget All Command
Less [AMI] Initial Entry of CF-559 will result in
the targeting of all CALCMs which have power ap-
plied and their available backups in order of the
preferred launch sequence until either all available
weapons have unique primary missions or all
unique missions have been exhausted from the
CALCM DTUC. If after targeting has been com-
pleted and for any reason a CALCM becomes avail-
able that does not have a primary target and a
CALCM launch point does not have a CALCM as-
signed to it, the CALCM and any available backups
will be targeted automatically without need for re-
issuing the CF-559 command. The CF-559 com-
7-14 Change 10
mand must be issued and targeting completed prior
to commanding any other weapon targeting option-
s. If after all cruise missile missions have been ex-
hausted, and there remain CALCMs which have
not been targeted, GPS initialization data will be
sent so that other targeting functions can be per-
formed on those weapons. Entering CF-559 after
targeting has been initiated will clear the existing
mission to weapon assignments and retarget all
available weapons.
[AMI] The Retarget All command, CF-559, will re-
sult in the untargeting of all currently targeted
CALCMs in preparation for the automatic targeting
process to retarget them.
The SMO will reject a CF-559 command to send
targeting data and display the command in reverse
video if any of the following conditions exist:
• A B-52 mission has not been loaded.
• Another targeting mode is in progress (exclud-
ing automatic retargeting).
• [AMI] Automatic targeting is not available.
• Less [AMI] Another SMO confirmation mes-
sage is active.
Prior to initiating targeting or retargeting of all
CALCMs, the SMO will seek confirmation by dis-
playing the question TGT/RETGT ALL? YES/NO. A
YES response will result in targeting being initi-
ated, while a NO response will terminate the re-
quest. After Less [AMI] 60 seconds [AMI] 120 sec-
onds, the default response of NO will be assumed.
One of the following conditions must be met prior to
issuing the CF-559 command or targeting will not
occur and the command will have to be re-issued
once one of the conditions is met:
•Less [AMI] The IU is on.
1. Almanac data is resident in the IU.
2. Crypto key data is resident in the IU if
Crypto Key Override is Off.
• Less [AMI] The IU is off and a B-52 sortie
DTUC with GPS data is available.
1. Almanac data is resident in the DTUC.
2. Crypto key data is resident in the IU if
Crypto Key Override is Off (the current date,
CF-61 line 4, must be within the Crypto Key
start and end date in the DTUC).
• [AMI] Almanac data is available from the
FMS.
• [AMI] Crypto key data is available from the
FMS, if Crypto Key Override is OFF.
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Send Targeting Data Command Exit Targeting Mode Command

When flex or direct targeting screens are displayed When flex or direct targeting screen(s) are dis-
and all required data has been entered, Entry of played, Entry of CF-DE will command the SMO to
CF-DD will command the SMO to send the input terminate flex or direct targeting. The SMO will re-
targeting data and any fuze data to the selected ject a CF-DE command to terminate flex or direct
weapon and any backups associated with that targeting and display the command in reverse video
weapon. The SMO will reject a CF-DD command to if the following conditions exist:
send targeting data and display the command in re-
verse video if any of the following conditions exist:
• The Flex or Direct Targeting display or associ-
ated Fuze Data Input display is not on the selected
• The Flex or Direct Targeting display or associ- MFD.
ated Fuze Data Input display is not on the selected • Flex or Direct targeting is not active.
MFD.
• All required data has not been successfully en-
tered.
• Flex or Direct targeting is not active.
• The CALCM assigned as primary to the
CALCM launch point being flex or direct targeted
is in LCD.
If the launch point being flex targeted is the cur-
rent destination, sequencing to the next destination
will be inhibited while in-range during the data
transfer to the selected CALCM.

Change 10 7-15
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
MISSION DATA ITEMS
The items which must be defined for a flex or direct
targeted mission are discussed in the following
paragraphs. Unless otherwise indicated the items
apply to both flex and direct targeting.
Target Location
The target location is the geographical position and
elevation which the missile is to attack.
The position entry fields on CF-557 and CF-558 are:
• Less [AMI] Latitude in degrees, minutes, sec-
onds, and thousandths of seconds in the TGT POS
window.
• Less [AMI] Longitude in degrees, minutes,
seconds, and thousandths of seconds in the TGT
POS window.
• [AMI] Latitude in degrees, minutes, and thou-
sandths of minutes in the TGT POS window.
• [AMI] Longitude in degrees, minutes, and
thousandths of minutes in the TGT POS window.
• Elevation in feet in in the TGT POS window.
Flex SWP Number (Flex Only)
The flex steering waypoint (SWP) is the pre-
planned waypoint in a CALCM mission which will
be used as the pre-target waypoint. This is the last
pre-planned waypoint number in the mission data
the CALCM will fly to before flying to the TMIP
and the flexed target location.
Target Approach Azimuth (Direct Only)
The target approach azimuth window on CF-558 is
the true course from the SWP to the target in degrees.
Burst Altitude
Burst Altitude window is the height in feet above
the target at which the warhead will detonate.
Mach Index
The Mach index is a numerical input which is used
to set the CALCM’s airspeed from launch to SWP,
(Direct Only) and from SWP to target.
Rollover Flag
The rollover flag is a numerical input which sets
the terminal maneuver to Modified Push Over
(MPO) or rollover. A entry of zero (0) commands
MPO (rollover off) and an entry of one (1) com-
mands rollover. If the validity check fails, the modi-
fiable field will be reverse video.
7-16 Change 10
Distance from SWP to Target (Direct Only)
The distance from the SWP to the target is entered
in nautical miles.
Flight Altitude Trajectory Mode
The flight altitude trajectory mode defines the
flight altitude mode for the CALCM mission. There
are two segments of the flight which have the flight
altitude trajectory mode defined, from launch to
SWP for direct targeted missions and from SWP to
target for both direct and flex targeted missions.
There are two flight altitude trajectory modes se-
lectable:
• Barometric Hold Altitude (display field set to
0). The CALCM will fly at a constant barometric
altitude.
• Terrain Following Altitude (display field set to
1). The CALCM will follow the terrain attempting
to maintain a constant height above the ground.
Launch Point to Pre-target Steering Waypoint Altitude
(Direct Only)
The launch point to pre-target steering waypoint al-
titude is the altitude in feet for the CALCM to fly
from the launch point to the pre-target steering
waypoint. When the launch to SWP flight altitude
trajectory mode is barometric hold the launch point
to pre-target steering waypoint altitude is a MSL
altitude. When the launch to SWP flight altitude
trajectory mode is terrain following the launch
point to pre-target steering waypoint altitude is an
AGL altitude. This must be entered after the
launch to SWP flight altitude trajectory mode is se-
lected.
The trajectory altitude windows on the direct tar-
geting screen will display BH and MSL, respective-
ly, when the launch to SWP flight altitude trajecto-
ry mode is barometric hold and TF and AGL, re-
spectively, when the flight altitude trajectory mode
from launch to SWP is terrain following.
Launch to SWP Barometric Hold Backup Altitude
(Direct Only)
The launch to SWP barometric hold backup altitude
is used when terrain following flight altitude trajec-
tory mode from launch to SWP is selected and the
CALCM radar altimeter fails. The input is always
MSL altitude, in feet, but can only be entered if ter-
rain following flight altitude trajectory mode from
launch to SWP is selected.

SWP to Target Altitude
The SWP to target altitude the flight mode window
is the altitude in feet for the CALCM to fly from the
SWP to the target. When the flight altitude trajec-
tory mode from SWP to target is barometric hold
the SWP to target altitude is a MSL altitude. When
the flight altitude trajectory mode from SWP to tar-
get is terrain following the SWP to target altitude is
an AGL altitude. This must be entered after the
flight altitude trajectory mode from SWP to target
is selected.
The flight mode windows on the flex and direct tar-
geting screen will display BH and MSL, respective-
ly, when the selected SWP to target flight altitude
trajectory mode is barometric hold and TF and
AGL, respectively, when the selected SWP to target
flight altitude trajectory mode is terrain following.
Impact Angle
The target impact angle displayed is the angle be-
tween the CALCM trajectory and the horizontal
plane at the target area. Less [AMI] The impact
angle is given in degrees with the values ranging
from 0 to 80 degrees. If the validity check fails, the
modifiable field will be reverse video.
NOTE
• Less [AMI] Even though the OAS will ac-
cept entries between 00 and 80 degrees, the
AGM-86C missiles have their own valid pa-
rameters. If a value outside of these limits
is entered, when CF-DD is commanded, the
missile will be faulted, a xy:MSN DATA
message will be displayed and the missile
will be powered off. Power reapplication will
be inhibited for eight minutes. The
AGM-86C 0A/1A missile valid input is as
follows:
If rollover mode is not selected the input
range which will be accepted by the missile
is 00 to 50. If rollover mode is selected the
only input which will be accepted by the
missile is 70. If a value other than 00 to 50
for pushover or other than 70 for a rollover
is used, the missile will NoGo.
• Less [AMI] AGM-86D - If rollover mode is
not selected the input range which will be
accepted by the missile is 00 to 50. If rollov-
er mode is selected the input range which
will be accepted by the missile is 50 to 70.
If a value between 70 to 80 is entered the
missile will use 70. If a value more than 50
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
for pushover or less than 50 for rollover is
entered the missile will accept the value
and may unsuccessfully attempt to achieve
the commanded angle.
• [AMI] The impact angle valid inputs de-
pend on the rollover value and the warhead
type of the CALCM assigned to the launch
point. When the rollover value is 0 and the
warhead type of the CALCM is 1, the valid
inputs are 00 to 50 degrees. When the rol-
lover value is 1 and the warhead type of the
CALCM is 1, the only valid input is 70 de-
grees. When the rollover value is 0 or 1 and
the warhead type of the CALCM is 2, the
valid inputs are 00 to 80 degrees. This is
the angle between the CALCM terminal
trajectory and the horizontal plane at the
target area. The value is 00 when the SMO
is first loaded.
SWP to Target Barometric Hold Backup Altitude
The SWP to target barometric hold backup altitude,
is used when terrain following flight altitude trajec-
tory mode from SWP to target is selected and the
CALCM radar altimeter fails. The input is always
MSL altitude, in feet, but can only be entered if ter-
rain following SWP to target flight altitude trajecto-
ry mode is selected.
MISSION DATA ENTRY
These paragraphs describe the methods and proce-
dures that the operator can use when entering
CALCM mission data for flex and direct targets.
When out of range values are entered, the invalid
data field will be displayed in reverse video when
the ENTER key is pressed. Modification of mission
data is not allowed for a CALCM that has entered
launch countdown.
Flex Target Mission Data Entry
Operator entry of CF-557,nn, where nn is the cruise
missile launch point number, will cause the Flex tar-
geting screen to be displayed. This screen is used to
flex off of any CALCM mission steering waypoint to
a operator entered target location. The launch point
number and the missile location and station are dis-
played. The selected station status advisory display
for the primary weapon associated with the launch
point will be displayed. The operator must modify
each applicable data entry location before the data
can be sent to the selected weapon and its backups. A
description of data entry for each element follows.
Change 10 7-17
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
A. Flex target position entry is initiated by enter-
ing a MDFY-1 command. The target position line
will be displayed at the command line initially as
follows:
Less [AMI] 1 TGT POS N00o00’00.000 E000o00’00.000
00000(FT)
[AMI] 1 TGT POS N00o00.000 E000o00.000
00000(FT)
The operator will then enter WGS-84 values for tar-
get latitude, longitude and elevation and press EN-
TER. Latitude valid inputs include direction North
(N) or South (S) followed by Less [AMI] degrees from
0 to 90, minutes from 00 to 59, and seconds from
00.000 to 59.999, [AMI] degrees from 0 to 90 and min-
utes 00.000 to 59.999. The total value of latitude, com-
puted as degrees + minutes + seconds, cannot exceed
90. Longitude valid inputs include direction East (E)
or West (W) followed by Less [AMI] degrees from 0 to
180, minutes from 00 to 59, and seconds from 00.000
to 59.999, Less [AMI] degrees from 0 to 180 and min-
utes from 00.000 to 59.999. The total value of longi-
tude, computed as degrees + minutes + seconds, can-
not exceed 180. Elevation valid inputs include from
–1300 to 29030 feet. When out of range values are in-
put for more than one field at one time, only the first
field out of range will be displayed in reverse video
when the ENTER key is pressed. When an in range
value is input for that field, the next out of range field
will be displayed in reverse video when the ENTER
key is pressed.
B. The flex steering waypoint number entry is initi-
ated by entering a MDFY-2 command. The flex
steering waypoint number line will be displayed at
the command line as follows:
2 FLEX SWP NUMBER 00 (2 – xx)
The operator will then enter the value for flex
steering waypoint number and press ENTER. Flex
steering waypoint number valid inputs include
from 2 to xx, where xx is the planned pre-target
waypoint number of the mission being flexed. If the
range check fails, the modifiable field will be re-
verse highlighted.
C. The burst altitude entry is initiated by entering
a MDFY-3 command. The burst altitude line will be
displayed at the command line as follows:
3 BURST ALT 0000 (0 – 5000 FT AGL)
The operator will then enter the value for burst al-
titude and press ENTER. Burst altitude valid in-
puts include from 0 to 5000 feet. If the range check
fails, the modifiable field will be reverse highligh-
ted. This value will be ignored if targeting a
All data on pages 7-18A through 7-18F (Deleted)
7-18 Change 10
CALCM with a warhead type 2, which uses the fuze
data entries to determine when to detonate.
D. The SWP to target Mach index entry is initiated
by entering a MDFY-4 command. The SWP to tar-
get Mach index line will be displayed at the com-
mand line as follows:
4 SWP-TGT MACH INDEX 0 (0 – 4)
The operator will then enter the value for SWP to
target Mach index and press ENTER. SWP to tar-
get Mach index valid inputs include from 0 to 4. If
the range check fails, the modifiable field will be re-
verse highlighted.
E. The flight altitude trajectory mode from SWP to
target entry is initiated by entering a MDFY-5 com-
mand. The flight altitude trajectory mode from
SWP to target line will be displayed at the com-
mand line as follows:
5 FLIGHT MODE 0 (0=BH; 1=TF)
The operator will then enter the value for flight al-
titude trajectory mode from SWP to target and
press ENTER. Flight altitude trajectory mode from
SWP to target valid inputs include 0 (barometric
hold) and 1 (terrain following). If the range check
fails, the modifiable field will be reverse high-
lighted.
F. The SWP to target altitude entry is initiated by
entering a MDFY-6 command. This input must be
made after flight altitude trajectory mode from
SWP to target input. It will be zeroed out each time
the flight altitude trajectory mode from SWP to tar-
get is entered. If the flight altitude trajectory mode
is terrain following, the SWP to target altitude line
will be displayed at the command line as follows:
6 TF ALT 0000 (0 – 8000 FT AGL)
The operator will then enter the value for SWP to
target altitude and press ENTER. SWP to target al-
titude valid AGL inputs include from 0 to 8000 feet.
If the range check fails, the modifiable field will be
reverse highlighted.
If the flight altitude trajectory mode is barometric
hold, the SWP to target altitude line will be dis-
played at the command line as follows:
6 BH ALT 00000 (-1000 – 50000 FT AGL)
The operator will then enter the value for SWP to
target altitude and press ENTER. SWP to target al-
titude valid MSL inputs include from –1000 to
50000 feet. If the range check fails, the modifiable
field will be reverse highlighted.

G. When the flight altitude trajectory mode from
SWP to target is terrain following, the SWP to tar-
get barometric hold backup altitude entry is initi-
ated by entering a MDFY-7 command. This input
must be made after flight altitude trajectory mode
from SWP to target input. The command line is
only displayed when the flight altitude trajectory
mode is terrain following, and starts out zeroed
each time a 1 is entered for the SWP-TGT flight
mode. The SWP to target barometric hold backup
altitude line will be displayed at the command line
as follows:
7 BH BKUP ALT 00000 (-1000 – 50000 FT AGL)
The operator will then enter the value for SWP to
target barometric hold backup altitude and press
ENTER. SWP to target barometric hold backup al-
titude valid inputs include from –1000 to 50000
feet. If the range check fails, the modifiable field
will be reverse highlighted. operator entry of
MDFY-7 when the flight altitude trajectory mode
from SWP to target is barometric hold will result in
reverse highlight of the command.
H. The rollover entry is initiated by entering a
MDFY-8 command. The rollover line will be dis-
played at the command line as follows:
8 ROLLOVER 0 (0=OFF; 1=ON)
The operator will then enter the value for rollover and
press ENTER. Valid rollover input is 0 or 1. A entry
of zero (0) commands MPO (rollover off) and an entry
of one (1) commands rollover on. If the validity check
fails the modifiable field will be reverse highlighted.
I. The impact angle entry is initiated by entering a
MDFY-9 command. The impact angle line will be
displayed at the command line as follows:
9 IMPACT ANGLE 00 (0 – 80 DEG)
The operator will then enter the value for impact
angle and press ENTER. Impact angle valid inputs
range from 0 to 80 degrees (See note below). If the
value check fails the modifiable field will be reverse
highlighted.
NOTE
• Less [AMI] Even though the OAS will accept
entries between 00 and 80 degrees, the
AGM-86C missile have their own valid pa-
rameters. If a value outside of these limits
is entered, when CF-DD is commanded, the
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
missile will be faulted, a xy:MSN DATA
message will be displayed and the missile
will be powered off. Power reapplication will
be inhibited for eight minutes. The
AGM-86C missile valid input is as follows:
If rollover mode is not selected the input
range which will be accepted by the missile
is 00 to 50. If rollover mode is selected the
only input which will be accepted by the
missile is 70. If a value other than 00 to 50
for pushover or other than 70 for a rollover
is used, the missile will NoGo.
• Less [AMI] AGM-86D - If rollover mode is
not selected the input range which will be
accepted by the missile is 00 to 50. If rollov-
er mode is selected the input range which
will be accepted by the missile is 50 to 70.
If a value between 70 to 80 is entered the
missile will use 70. If a value more than 50
for pushover or less than 50 for rollover is
entered the missile will accept the value
and may unsuccessfully attempt to achieve
the commanded angle.
• [AMI] The impact angle valid inputs depend
on the rollover value and the warhead type
of the CALCM assigned to the launch point.
When the rollover value is 0 and the war-
head type of the CALCM is 1, the valid in-
puts are 00 to 50 degrees. When the rollover
value is 1 and the warhead type of the
CALCM is 1, the only valid input is 70 de-
grees. When the rollover value is 0 or 1 and
the warhead type of the CALCM is 2, the
valid inputs are 00 to 80 degrees. This is
the angle between the CALCM terminal
trajectory and the horizontal plane at the
target area. The value is 00 when the SMO
is first loaded.
J. [AMI] The manual SAIR range entry is initiated
by entering a MDFY-10 command to copy the
manual SAIR range data to the MFD modification
line. The cursor will be under the manual SAIR
range field. The operator will then enter the value
for the manual SAIR range and press ENTER.
[AMI] 10 MANUAL SAIR RANGE 000 (20 – 300 NM)
The manual SAIR range valid points depend on the
weapons being flex targeted. The SMO will accept
values for this field between 20 and 300 NM.
Change 10 7-19
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
The operator can re-enter data on any line by rese-
lecting that line using the MDFY-n command as be-
fore. Once data entry is complete, the entered data
will be sent to the CALCM associated with the
launch point and its backups by operator entry of
the CF-DD. If any required line has not been modi-
fied when CF-DD is entered, the command will be
reverse highlighted. After the data is sent to the
weapons, the data will be retained as the initial
values for the next Flex targeted weapon. (FLEX
SWP number will be set to zero if the retained val-
ue is greater than the value of the pre-target way-
point number for the next Flex targeted weapon).
The operator can recall flex targeting data sent to
the weapon at anytime by entering CF-557,nn for
the launch point.
[AMI] If the launch point being flex targeted is as-
signed to a CALCM with a warhead type of 2, the
Nav/RNav may need to use the CF-DF command to
enter fuze data prior to sending the data to the
CALCM to flex its mission.
NOTE
[AMI] If the launch point being flex tar-
geted is assigned to a CALCM with a war-
head type of 2, the Nav/RNav can enter the
CF-DD command without going to the fuze
data input screen since the fuze data de-
faults are always valid. This could result in
the incorrect fuze data values being sent to
the CALCM if the Nav/RNav does not check
the values prior to issuing the CF-DD com-
mand.
[AMI] The CF-DE command may be used to exit
flex targeting data entry without sending the flex
data to the CALCM, and its backups, associated
with the launch point being flex targeted.
Direct Target Data Entry
Operator selection of one weapon location and sta-
tion followed by entry of CF-558,nn will cause the
Direct targeting screen to be displayed for the di-
rect target designation Dnn. This screen is used to
direct target the CALCM to a operator entered tar-
get location. The direct target designation and the
selected missile location/station are displayed along
with the selected station status advisory display for
the primary weapon selected. The operator must
modify each applicable data entry location before
the data can be sent to the weapon.
7-20 Change 10
[AMI] The only field that can have invalid data dis-
played when the screen first appears on a MFD af-
ter the SMO is loaded is the SWP to target distance
(see below). Since the initial values for the rest of
the fields are already valid and the default values
for direct target operations after the first one are
what was last entered or retrieved from an existing
direct target, the data displayed on the screen is
valid even without being modified and can be sent
to the selected CALCM and its backups as soon as
the screen is displayed, as long as the SWP to tar-
get distance is also valid.
A discussion of data entry of each element follows.
A. Direct target position entry is initiated by enter-
ing a MDFY-1 command. Direct target position
entry is similar to Flex target position entry and
will not be repeated here.
B. The target approach azimuth entry is initiated
by entering a MDFY-2 command. The target ap-
proach azimuth line will be displayed at the com-
mand line as follows:
2 TGT APPR AZ 000 (DAA = DIRECT, 0 – 359o)
The operator will then enter the value for target ap-
proach azimuth and press ENTER. Target approach
azimuth valid inputs include from 0 to 359 degrees
or DAA. If the range check fails, the modifiable
field will be reverse highlighted.
C. Burst altitude entry is initiated by entering a
MDFY-3 command. Burst altitude entry is similar
to flex burst altitude entry and will not be repeated
here.
D. The launch to SWP Mach index entry is initi-
ated by entering a MDFY-4 command. The launch
to SWP Mach index entry is similar to flex SWP to
target Mach index entry and will not be repeated
here.
E. The flight altitude trajectory mode from launch
to SWP entry is initiated by entering a MDFY-5
command. The flight altitude trajectory mode from
launch to SWP entry is similar to flex flight alti-
tude trajectory mode from SWP to target entry and
will not be repeated here.

F. The Launch to SWP altitude entry is initiated
by entering a MDFY-6 command. This input must
be made after any flight altitude trajectory mode
from launch to SWP input. It will be zeroed out
each time the launch to SWP flight altitude trajec-
tory mode is entered. If the launch to SWP flight al-
titude trajectory mode is terrain following, the
Launch to SWP altitude line will be displayed at
the command line as follows:
6 TF ALT 0000 (0 – 8000 FT AGL)
The operator will then enter the value for Launch
to SWP altitude and press ENTER. Launch to SWP
altitude valid AGL inputs include from 0 to 8000
feet. If the range check fails the modifiable field
will be reverse highlighted.
If the launch to SWP flight altitude trajectory mode
is barometric hold, the Launch to SWP altitude line
will be displayed at the command line as follows:
6 BH ALT 00000 (-1000 – 50000 FT AGL)
G. The launch to SWP barometric hold backup alti-
tude entry is initiated by entering a MDFY-7 com-
mand. This input must be made after flight altitude
trajectory mode from launch to SWP input. The
command line is only displayed when the launch to
SWP flight altitude trajectory mode is terrain fol-
lowing, and starts out zeroed each time a 1 is en-
tered for the LNCH-SWP flight mode. The launch
to SWP barometric hold backup altitude line will be
displayed at the command line as follows:
7 BH BKUP ALT 00000 (-1000 – 50000 FT AGL)
The operator will then enter the value for launch to
SWP barometric hold backup altitude and press
ENTER. Launch to SWP barometric hold backup
altitude valid inputs include from –1000 to 50000
feet. If the range check fails, the modifiable field
will be reverse highlighted. operator entry of
MDFY-7 when the flight altitude trajectory mode
from launch to SWP is barometric hold will result
in reverse highlight of the command.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
H. The SWP to target Mach index entry is initiated
by entering a MDFY-8 command. The SWP to tar-
get Mach index entry is identical to flex SWP to tar-
get Mach index entry and will not be repeated here.
I. The SWP to target distance index entry is initi-
ated by entering a MDFY-9 command. The SWP to
target distance line will be displayed at the com-
mand line as follows:
9 DIST 00 (30 – 99 NM)
The operator will then enter the value for SWP to
target distance and press ENTER. SWP to target
distance valid inputs include from 30 to 99 nautical
miles. If the range check fails, the modifiable field
will be reverse highlighted.
J. The flight altitude trajectory mode from SWP to
target entry is initiated by entering a MDFY-10
command. The flight altitude trajectory mode from
SWP to target entry is similar to flex flight altitude
trajectory mode from SWP to target entry and will
not be repeated here.
K. The SWP to target altitude entry is initiated by
entering a MDFY-11 command. The SWP to target
altitude entry is similar to flex SWP to target alti-
tude entry and will not be repeated here.
L. The SWP to target barometric hold backup alti-
tude entry is initiated by entering a MDFY-12 com-
mand. The SWP to target barometric hold backup
altitude entry is similar to flex SWP to target baro-
metric hold backup altitude entry and will not be
repeated here.
M. The rollover entry is initiated by entering a
MDFY-13 command. The rollover entry is similar to
flex rollover entry:
13 ROLLOVER 0 (0=OFF; 1=ON)
The operator will then enter the value for rollover
and press ENTER. Valid rollover input is 0 or 1. A
entry of zero (0) commands MPO (rollover off) and
an entry of one (1) commands rollover on. If the va-
lidity check fails the modifiable field will be reverse
highlighted.
Change 10 7-21
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
N. The impact angle entry is initiated by entering a
MDFY-14 command. The impact angle line will be
displayed at the command line as follows:
14 IMPACT ANGLE 00 (0 – 80 DEG)
The operator will then enter the value for impact
angle and press ENTER. Impact angle valid inputs
range from 0 to 80 degrees (See note below). If the
value check fails the modifiable field will be reverse
highlighted.
NOTE
• Less [AMI] Even though the OAS will accept
entries between 00 and 80 degrees, the
AGM-86C missile have their own valid pa-
rameters. If a value outside of these limits
is entered, when CF-DD is commanded, the
missile will be faulted, a xy:MSN DATA
message will be displayed and the missile
will be powered off. Power reapplication will
be inhibited for eight minutes. The
AGM-86C missile valid input is as follows:
If rollover mode is not selected the input
range which will be accepted by the missile
is 00 to 50. If rollover mode is selected the
only input which will be accepted by the
missile is 70. If a value other than 00 to 50
for pushover or other than 70 for a rollover
is used, the missile will NoGo.
• Less [AMI] AGM-86D - If rollover mode is
not selected the input range which will be
accepted by the missile is 00 to 50. If rollov-
er mode is selected the input range which
will be accepted by the missile is 50 to 70.
If a value between 70 to 80 is entered the
missile will use 70. If a value more than 50
for pushover or less than 50 for rollover is
entered the missile will accept the value
and may unsuccessfully attempt to achieve
the commanded angle.
• [AMI] The impact angle valid inputs depend
on the rollover value and the warhead type
of the CALCM assigned to the launch point.
When the rollover value is 0 and the war-
head type of the CALCM is 1, the valid in-
7-22 Change 10
puts are 00 to 50 degrees. When the rollover
value is 1 and the warhead type of the
CALCM is 1, the only valid input is 70 de-
grees. When the rollover value is 0 or 1 and
the warhead type of the CALCM is 2, the
valid inputs are 00 to 80 degrees. This is
the angle between the CALCM terminal
trajectory and the horizontal plane at the
target area. The value is 00 when the SMO
is first loaded.
The operator can re-enter data on any line by rese-
lecting that line using the MDFY-n command as be-
fore. Once data entry is complete, the entered data
will be sent to the selected CALCM and its backups
by issuing the CF-DD command. If any required
line has not been modified when CF-DD is entered,
the command will be reverse highlighted. After the
data is sent to the weapon, the data will be retained
as the initial values for the next direct targeted
weapon. Thereafter, the operator needs to modify
only those parameters which are different to direct
target another weapon. The operator can recall di-
rect targeting data sent to the weapon at anytime
by entering the location and station and CF-558,nn
for the direct target designation.
[AMI] If the launch point being direct targeted is
assigned to a CALCM with a warhead type of 2, the
Nav/RNav may need to use the CF-DF command to
enter fuze data prior to sending the data to the
CALCM.
NOTE
[AMI] If the launch point being direct tar-
geted is assigned to a CALCM with a war-
head type of 2, the Nav/RNav can enter the
CF-DD command without going to the fuze
data input screen since the fuze data de-
faults are always valid. This could result in
the incorrect fuze data values being sent to
the CALCM if the Nav/RNav does not check
the values prior to issuing the CF-DD com-
mand.
[AMI] The CF-DE command may be used to exit di-
rect targeting data entry without sending the direct
target data to the CALCM, and its backups, associ-
ated with the launch point being direct targeted.

FUZE DATA ENTRY (AGM-86D MISSILES ONLY)
The operator can re-enter data on any line by rese-
lecting that line using the MDFY-n command as be-
fore. When the weapon is an AGM-86D, the opera-
tor may enter a CF-DF command to display the
fuze data. Once data entry is complete, the entered
data will be sent to the selected AGM-86D and its
backups by issuing the CF-DD command. If any re-
quired line has not been modified when CF-DD or
CF-DF is entered, the command will be reverse
highlighted. After the data is sent to the missile,
the data will be retained as the initial values for
the next direct targeted weapon. Thereafter, the op-
erator needs to modify only those parameters which
are different to direct target another AGM-86D.
The operator can recall direct targeting data sent to
the missile at anytime by entering the location and
station and CF-558,n(n) for the direct target desig-
nation.
To display the Fuze Data Input AGM-86D Display,
the operator enters a CF-DF command from either
CF-557 (Flex Targeting) or CF-558 (Direct Target-
ing) screen. An AGM-86D must be the currently se-
lected weapon. The selected station status advisory
display for the primary weapon selected will be dis-
played. The operator may modify any data entry
location before sending the data to the weapon.
A. Fuze mode entry is initiated by entering a
MDFY-1 command.
1 FUZE MODE 1 (1=VOID; 2=SOLID; 3=DOB)
The operator will then enter the value for Fuze
Mode and press ENTER. Fuze Mode valid inputs
include 1 for Function on Void, 2 for Function on
Layer, or 3 for Depth of Burial. If the validity check
fails, the modifiable field will be reverse high-
lighted.
B. Number of Events entry is initiated by entering
a MDFY-2 command.
2 NUM EVENTS 01 (1 – 15)
The operator will then enter the value for Number
of Events and press ENTER. Number of Events val-
id inputs include from 1 to 15. If the range check
fails, the modifiable field will be reverse high-
lighted.
C. Backup DOB entry is initiated by entering a
MDFY-3 command.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
3 BACKUP DOB 000 (0 – 262 FEET)
The operator will then enter the value for Backup
DOB and press ENTER. Backup DOB valid inputs
include from 0 to 262 feet. This value is ignored if
fuze mode is DOB. If the range check fails, the mod-
ifiable field will be reverse highlighted.
D. Fuze Function Distance entry is initiated by en-
tering a MDFY-4 command.
4 FUNCTION DISTANCE 000 (0 – 262 FEET)
The operator will then enter the value for Function
Distance and press ENTER. Function Distance val-
id inputs include from 0 to 262 feet. This indicates
the minimum distance the CALCM should travel
after impact before it should try to detonate. The
value is 006 when the SMO is first loaded. If the
range check fails, the modifiable field will be re-
verse highlighted.
E. Time After Impact entry is initiated by entering
a MDFY-5 command.
5 TIME AFTER IMPACT 250 (0 – 255 MILLISECS)
The operator will then enter the value for Time Af-
ter Impact and press ENTER. Time After Impact
valid inputs include from 0 to 255 milliseconds. If
the range check fails, the modifiable field will be re-
verse highlighted.
F. Impact Velocity entry is initiated by entering a
MDFY-6 command.
6 IMPACT VELOCITY 1299 (492 – 1509 FT/SEC)
The operator will then enter the value for Impact
Velocity and press ENTER. Impact Velocity valid
inputs include from 492 to 1509 Feet per second. If
the range check fails, the modifiable field will be re-
verse highlighted.
The operator can re-enter data on any line by rese-
lecting that line using the MDFY-n command as be-
fore. Once data entry is complete, the entered data
will be sent to the selected AGM-86D and its back-
ups by issuing the CF-DD command. Entering a
CF-DB command will return to the previous Flex or
Direct Targeting screen. The CF-DE command is
used to exit fuze data entry and the associated flex
or direct target direct entry without sending the
data to the CALCM and its backups associated with
the flex or direct target data entry screen.
Change 10 7-23
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
SAFE LAUNCH DETERMINATION
Safe launch checks are made to verify that at launch
the CALCM will not re-contact the airplane after sep-
aration or the CALCM is not launched in adverse
flight conditions which are beyond its capability to re-
cover. Safe launch checks include checks for altitude,
dynamic pressure, roll, pitch, pitch rate, normal ac-
celeration, and vertical velocity. In Direct Launch
Mode the pre-target steering waypoint turn angle is
also checked to verify the CALCM can accomplish the
turn from the pre-target steering waypoint to the tar-
get. When any safe launch check is not met a safe
launch restriction is imposed so that the CALCM is
not launched and the PRGM screen will display what
corrective action is required.
ALTITUDE AND PRESSURE CHECKS
The following altitude and dynamic pressure checks
are made to verify a safe launch can be accom-
plished:
A. MSL altitude must exceed preplanned minimum
launch altitude.
B. Dynamic Pressure must exceed minimum values
of pressure (400 psf) from the altitude - pressure
curves of the B-52 to CALCM.
C. AGL altitude must exceed safe launch altitude
from the altitude - pressure curves of the B-52 to
CALCM.
Altitude checks (A or C above) or pressure checks
failure (B above) will result in a CALCM safe
launch restriction and in display of CLIMB or AC-
CEL, respectively on the PRGM screen.
Level Flight Checks
The following level flight checks are made to verify
a safe launch can be accomplished:
A. The predicted roll angle cannot exceed ±10
degrees.
B. The predicted pitch angle cannot exceed ±10 de-
grees.
C. The pitch rate must be within both of the follow-
ing:
1. ±5 degrees per second
2. –1.5 multiplied by the predicted pitch angle
±12.5 degrees per second
Level flight checks failure will result in a CALCM
safe launch restriction and in display of ROLL (A
above) or PITCH (B or C above) on the PRGM
screen.
7-24 Change 10
ACCELERATION AND VERTICAL VELOCITY CHECKS
The following acceleration and vertical velocity
checks are made to verify a safe launch can be ac-
complished:
A. The lateral acceleration cannot exceed ±.25 g.
B. The normal acceleration cannot be less than
–.5 g and cannot be more than 2 gs.
C. The vertical velocity must be within limits.
Acceleration and vertical velocity checks failure will
result in a CALCM safe launch restriction and in
display of YAW (A above) or LEVL OFF (B or C
above) on the PRGM screen.
PRE-TARGET STEERING WAYPOINT TURN ANGLE (DI-
RECT LAUNCH MODE ONLY)
The pre-target steering waypoint turn angle will be
displayed on the CALCM Direct Target Program
display to inform the operator of the pre-target
steering waypoint turn angle the missile will have
to perform if launched from the current aircraft
position. If Direct Launch Mode is active, ∆ BRG in
bright underline video and the pre-target steering
waypoint turn angle in degrees will be displayed on
PRGM. The pre-target steering waypoint turn
angle will be displayed in normal video if it is less
than or equal to the maximum allowed turn angle.
The waypoint turn angle will be displayed in re-
verse video if it is more than the maximum allowed
turn angle, and a BRG CHG release restriction will
be displayed on the CALCM Direct Target Program
display CF-558. When ∆ BRG indicates the missile
must take an excessive left turn, the turn can be re-
duced by flying counterclockwise around the SWP.
Similarly, an excessive right turn can be reduced by
flying clockwise around the SWP.
NOTE
• When the release restriction BRG CHG is
displayed, the aircraft is outside the in-
range boundary.
• If ∆BRG is in reverse video and a missile
left turn is required at SWP (∆BRG =
Lnnn°), fly the aircraft on a mag course to
SWP plus 30° . If ∆BRG is in reverse video
and a missile right turn is required at SWP
(∆BRG = Rnnn°), fly the aircraft on a mag
course to SWP minus 30°.

IN-RANGE DETERMINATION
When the B-52 is flying to a cruise missile launch
point, or when a CALCM has been direct targeted,
In-Range calculations are performed to determine
when the missile can be launched. [AMI] The
CALCM SMO must be primary for this to occur.
[AMI] A CALCM EVENT advisory will be dis-
played in normal video when CALCM SMO is sec-
ondary and the carrier mission indicates the air-
craft is 25 minutes from a mission planned CALCM
launch point. A CALCM EVENT master fault will
be displayed in reverse video when the CALCM
SMO is secondary and the aircraft is 20 minutes
away from a mission planned CALCM launch point.
RANGING MODES
There are three ranging modes:
• Automatic launch point ranging.
• Manual SAIR.
• Direct SAIR.
Automatic launch point ranging and manual SAIR
are only performed when flying to a cruise missile
launch point. Direct SAIR is performed for every
CALCM that has been direct targeted.
Automatic Launch Point Ranging
Automatic launch point ranging is performed any-
time the B-52 is flying to a CALCM launch point
and manual SAIR or Direct Launch Mode is not ac-
tive. Automatic launch point range is the distance
from the airplane position to the current launch
point. Time-to-go to the launch point is calculated
as the range divided by the ground speed. The auto-
matic launch point range indications are displayed
on the PRGM screen. When the time-to-go to the
launch point is less than 3 minutes When In-Range
is detected and the CALCM associated with the
launch point is in the bay, launcher rotation will be
automatically commanded to position that CALCM
in the down position.
Manual SAIR
Manual SAIR is initiated when the operator enters
CF-553. Manual SAIR ranging is performed from
the airplane position to the first waypoint on the
CALCM mission. The manual SAIR range indica-
tions are displayed on the PRGM screen and indi-
cate Manual SAIR mode, along track distance to
SAIR entry or exit, and magnetic course to the first
waypoint on the CALCM mission. When range to
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
the first waypoint on the CALCM mission is less
than the maximum manual SAIR launch range,
RLIM, In-Range indications are displayed. Less
[AMI] RLIM is read in from the B-52 Sortie Mission
DTUC. [AMI] The position of the first steering
waypoint point in the weapon mission assigned to
the current CALCM launch point and the range
limit are obtained from the weapon event data
loaded by the SMO as its part of a carrier mission
data load.
To ensure the missile in manual SAIR will reach
the first CALCM waypoint, the carrier aircraft
must be in the manual SAIR footprint (figure 7-3),
within the charted area provided in the mission
package, and the carrier aircraft heading must be
within 30 degrees either side of the programmed
launch heading.
MANUAL SAIR COMMAND
Entry of CF-553 will result in manual SAIR mode
being initiated for the weapon associated with the
current cruise missile launch point. When Manual
SAIR is entered the launch mode will automatically
change to manual. The SMO will reject a CF-553
command to initiate manual SAIR and display the
command in reverse video if any of the following
conditions exist.
• The current destination is not a cruise missile
launch point.
• No weapon is targeted to the current cruise
missile launch point.
• Direct targeting mode is enabled.
• Weapon is in launch countdown sequence.
• Another SMO confirmation message is active.
Prior to entering Manual SAIR the SMO will seek
confirmation by displaying the question MANUAL
SAIR? YES/NO on MFD. A yes response will result
in MAN SAIR being initiated, while a NO response
will terminate the request. After Less [AMI] 60
seconds, [AMI] 120 seconds, the default response of
NO will be assumed.
Manual SAIR will remain active until one of the fol-
lowing occurs:
• A weapon release.
• The launch mode is changed to automatic.
• Entry into direct launch mode.
• Three minutes have elapsed since entry into
manual SAIR mode.
• The operator issues a Fly-to command.
Change 10 7-25
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Figure 7-3. Manual SAIR Footprint

7-26 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Direct SAIR SAFE AND IN-RANGE INDICATION

Direct SAIR is initiated whenever a CALCM has The SAIR status for missile launches is provided on
been Direct Targeted. Direct SAIR ranging is per- the PRGM display. SAIR is displayed in different
formed from the airplane position through the pre- video modes to indicate whether or not launch re-
target steering waypoint (SWP) to the target. The strictions exist, and whether or not the aircraft is
direct target ranging geometry for an operator en- within missile flight range of the selected target
tered target azimuth is shown in figure 7-4. The di- when no restriction exists. SAIR indications are
rect target ranging geometry for flying direct ap- shown below.
proach azimuth is shown in figure 7-5. In range sta-
tus is indicated for all Direct Targeted CALCMs on
the CALCM PRGM display or the CALCM Direct SAIR VIDEO INDICATION CORRECTIVE
Target program display PRGM-Dnn. When the op- ACTION
erator enters PRGM-Dnn where nn is a direct tar-
get designation the direct SAIR indications are dis- Reverse/ 1) At least one Perform aircraft
played for the selected Direct Target on the Direct Blinking launch restric- maneuvers as indi-
Target Program screen to indicate Direct Launch Highlight tion exists cated on the Pro-
Mode, along track distance to SAIR entry or exit, gram display
and magnetic course to the pre-target steering way-
point. The boundary to which SAIR range is deter- Normal 1) Missile flight Fly aircraft towards
mined depends upon the ground track of the air- range to the launchpoint
plane and location in relation to the SAIR region. target is greater
Example scenarios are depicted in figure 7-6 with than the maxi-
the corresponding SAIR Range and Delta Bearing mum range of
indications for the Direct Target Program Display. the missile
When the aircraft is inside the SAIR region, In-
Range indications are displayed. Once direct SAIR 2) No launch re-
strictions exist
is activated, it will remain active until no CALCMs
are Direct Targeted.
Bright/ 1) Missile flight N/A
[AMI] For every defined direct target, an in or out Underline range to the
of range indication will appear on the PRGM dis- Highlight target is within
play when the SMO is primary. If the SMO is not the maximum
primary, a SMO unique message will be displayed range of the
on all MFDs whenever a direct target determines it missile
is in-range.
2) No launch re-
strictions exist

Blank 1) Not flying to N/A

CALCM launch
point and not in
direct launch
mode

Change 10 7-27
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

AGM-86C AND AGM-86D MISSILES

Figure 7-4. Direct Target Ranging Geometry When The Target

Approach Azimuth Is Defined

7-28 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

AGM-86C AND AGM-86D MISSILES

Figure 7-5. Direct Target Ranging Geometry When Flying Direct

Approach Azimuth To The Target

Change 10 7-29
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

EXAMPLE ∆ BEARING SAIR MAGNETIC EXAMPLE ∆ BEARING SAIR MAGNETIC

NO RANGE COURSE NO RANGE COURSE
1 L 105 75 70 9 R 180 65 145
2 L 125 999 90 10 R 155 999 170
3 L 115 50 80 11 R 170 130 155
4 L 130 65 95 12 L 120 999 85
5 R 115 175 210 13 R 55 125 270
6 R 20 45 305 14 R 180 85 145
7 R 150 999 175 15 L 177 350 148
8 L 170 50 135

Figure 7-6. Direct Target Ranging Examples

7-30 Change 10

AUTOMATIC RETARGETING
Less [AMI] Automatic retargeting will be per-
formed under the following conditions:
• Automatic retargeting is enabled.
• The current destination is a CALCM launch
point or Direct Launch Mode is active.
• The aircraft is In-Range based upon the cur-
rent SAIR mode.
• The primary or secondary backup weapon is
launchable, as determined below:
1. Weapon is targeted to the same CALCM
launch point or direct target as the weapon that
failed to launch.
2. Weapon is not off or powering off.
3. Weapon is verified as a CALCM.
4. Weapon has received at least two fine align
update data blocks.
5. Avionics Test is complete.
6. Weapon is not hung.
7. GPS receiver is initialized with data.
8. Missile must be RDY.
• If a weapon fails and results in power down or
the weapon is determined hung after LCD and does
not reside on the CSRL.
[AMI] Automatic retargeting mission data selection
can only occur when all of the following conditions
are satisfied for at least one of the assigned backup
CALCMs:
• Automatic retargeting is enabled.
• The CALCM currently assigned as the prima-
ry for the current weapon event fails due to some
fault that will cause that CALCM to power down.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
• The aircraft is in–range for the current weap-
on event, as determined by the current ranging
mode.
• There is at least one CALCM, assigned as a
backup for the current weapon event, that is ready
to launch.
1. The backup CALCM has received at least two
fine align updates.
2. Avionics test is complete for the backup
CALCM.
3. GPS receiver for the backup CALCM is ini-
tialized with data.
When automatic retargeting occurs, the missions
will be re-assigned to the appropriate backup weap-
ons (the next available weapon with the same war-
head type in the preferred launch sequence at the
time targeting occurred). The new mission assign-
ments can be viewed for each weapon on the Weap-
on Status and Inventory display. The backup weap-
on status for a mission can be viewed by selecting
the primary CALCM assigned to the mission on the
selected station status display. If the launch mode
is manual and automatic retargeting is performed
due to a failed launch, the operator must press the
launch button to launch the backup.
No mission data transfer is required for automatic
retargeting to occur. Since, during initial targeting
(automatic, manual, flex, or direct), each mission is
loaded into a primary weapon and up to two avail-
able backup weapons. This allows the automatic re-
targeting process to be nearly instantaneous. An
example of the automatic retargeting process is
shown in figure 7-7. The example is for a multiple
(two) warhead type scenario.
Change 10 7-31
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Figure 7-7. CALCM Auto-Retarget due to L3 Fail

7-32 Change 10

MISSILE LAUNCH
The missile launch process, including the means for
controlling, suspending and stopping a missile
launch, as well as launch command restrictions are
described in the following paragraphs.
Changing the launch mode, while the missile
is in launch countdown, will place the weapon
in a hold and may result in a weapon abort. At
2 seconds before release the CALCM battery
is squibbed and any abort past this point is fa-
tal to the missile (cannot be used again on the
same flight). During any launch countdown,
if either the launch mode or manual launch
switch is pressed, a hold occurs:
• Before the battery squib command, a 45
second hold is entered. If the manual
launch switch is pressed before the 45
seconds expires, the launch countdown
will continue. If the manual launch
switch is not pressed before the 45 sec-
onds expires, the launch countdown
aborts and the weapon is powered off
with a transient fatal fault (weapon can
be used on the same flight).
• After the battery squib command, a 10
second hold is entered. If the manual
launch switch is pressed before the 10
seconds expires, the launch countdown
continues. If the manual launch switch
is not pressed before the 10 seconds ex-
pires, the launch countdown aborts and
the weapon is powered off with a per-
manent fatal fault (weapon cannot be
used on the same flight).
LAUNCH DETERMINATION
A launch determination involves checking condi-
tions to ensure the LCD process can begin when the
SMO is directed to initiate LCD. There are two dif-
ferent methods of directing the SMO to initiate
LCD, automatic and manual.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
AUTOMATIC MISSILE LAUNCH DETERMINATION
When the launch mode is automatic, LCD will be
initiated by the SMO when the aircraft reaches the
closest point of approach to the CALCM launch
point provided the launch determination conditions
listed below are satisfied.
• Safe launch conditions exist.
• The CALCM is in range for the current weap-
on event.
• The CALCM passes the following launchable
checks:
1. CALCM is targeted.
2. CALCM is not off or powering off.
3. Weapon is verified as a CALCM.
4. CALCM has received at least two fine align
updates.
5. Avionics Test is complete.
6. CALCM is not hung.
7. GPS receiver is initialized with data.
8. CALCM has no transient fatal or higher
priority faults.
9. CALCM is not jettisoned or away.
10. Gyro spindown command has not been is-
sued.
11. Instrumentation power for the weapon is
set as indicated for the following launch types.
a) Non-OTL launch – Instrumentation
power is off.
b) OTL launch – Instrumentation power is
on missile.
c) PLUS CT launch – Instrumentation
power is on carrier.
• Unlock consent has been given.
• RTL consent has been given.
• If CALCM to be launched is in the bay:
1. Doors are not in an unlatched condition.
2. Less [AMI] Launcher is within one posi-
tion of down.
3. Less [AMI] Launcher is in position if
launcher faults exist.
4. [AMI] Launcher is in position and not
moving.
If any of the conditions are not, LCD entry is inhib-
ited and a [AMI] CALCM LCD ENTRY advisory,
Less [AMI] LCD ENTRY INHB advisory, is dis-
played on all MFDs.
Change 10 7-33
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
If the conditions are not satisfied when the aircraft
reaches the closest point of approach to the launch
point, a [AMI] CALCM LCD ENTRY advisory, Less
[AMI] LCD ENTRY INHB advisory, is displayed on
all MFDs informing the crew that LCD is inhibited.
Also, the SMO will inhibit automatic destination se-
quencing and the aircraft will stay on the same
course it approached the CALCM launch point at.
The aircraft will remain on this course for up to
three minutes, while the SMO waits for the condi-
tions to be satisfied. If the conditions are satisfied
prior to the end of three minutes, LCD will be initi-
ated. If not, the SMO will release the inhibit to au-
tomatic destination sequencing and the CALCM
will not be launched, although it will still be tar-
geted to the CALCM launch point. In this latter
case, the SMO could try to launch the CALCM
again if the CALCM launch point is made the cur-
rent destination again by the operator.
MANUAL MISSILE LAUNCH DETERMINATION
When the launch mode is manual, LCD will be ini-
tiated by depressing the manual launch switch on
the WCP provided the launch determination condi-
tions are satisfied. If in automatic ranging mode,
the aircraft must also be flying to the CALCM
launch point associated with the CWE to initiate
LCD when the manual launch switch is depressed.
If the conditions are not satisfied when the manual
launch switch is depressed, a [AMI] CALCM LCD
ENTRY advisory, Less [AMI] LCD ENTRY INHB
advisory, will be displayed on all MFDs informing
the crew that LCD is inhibited. The launch mode is
always manual when either manual ranging mode
or direct launch mode is active.
When in automatic ranging mode and manual
launch mode, the manual launch switch can be de-
pressed up to three minutes past the launch point.
The SMO will inhibit automatic destination se-
quencing and the aircraft will remain on the course
it approached the launch point at until the CALCM
is launched, the in-range boundary is exited, or
manual destination sequencing is commanded.
If the manual launch switch is pressed again while
LCD is in progress for a manual launch, a LCD
hold will occur. The LCD will resume if the manual
launch switch is pressed once again.
MISSILE LAUNCH PROCESS
• The launch countdown initialization block will
be sent to the CALCM to provide the following in-
formation:
1. Launch mode (i.e., Operational, Plus Count,
or Aborted).
7-34 Change 10
2. The set of mission data to use (i.e., 1, 2, or 3)
corresponding to what is currently the primary
mission for the weapon.
3. If the CALCM is on a launcher or pylon.
• If the CALCM is in the bay the bay doors will
be opened. The bay door status on the PRGM dis-
play will indicate UNLTCH when the doors are
opening and will indicate OPEN when the doors are
fully opened. DOORS will be displayed in reverse
video if the doors fail to open when commanded and
a door failure is indicated.
• Perform Flight Control Element (FCE) and Air
Data Element (ADE) tests.
• Safe launch tests are performed to verify the
safe launch conditions have not been violated. If
any safe launch condition fails the message for that
condition will be displayed on the PRGM display. If
the launch is a bay launch, the bay door status is
also checked, with its condition displayed as pre-
viously described.
• Electro-Explosive Device power is turned ON,
battery activation is enabled, and the missile bat-
tery squib is fired if it is safe to launch. If the mis-
sile to be launched is in the bay, the bay doors must
indicate OPEN or these actions will not be com-
manded.
• Terminate the alignment process and issue
prelaunch navigation data.
1. Navigation initialization data.
(a) Carrier position in terms of direction
cosines.
2. Free flight alignment data.
(a) Carrier Kalman filter state vector
elements.
(b) Carrier Kalman filter covariance
elements.
3. Free flight initialization data.
(a) Carrier wind velocities.
(b) Carrier ground velocities.
(c) Carrier vertical velocity.
(d) Carrier altitude.
(e) Air density.
(f) Speed of sound.
(g) Time of launch error.
• Remove carrier electronic power from the
weapon.
• Verify weapon battery power.
• Perform safe separation test for the CALCM.
• Remove heater power from the relay assembly.
• Unlock the ejectors, arm the ejector solenoids,
and squib the missile ejectors.
• Activate heater power to the relay assembly.

• Command bomb scoring tone cut off and re-
cord weapon scoring information on the flight
DTUC/DTC when release processing is complete for
the missile.
• Close the bay doors if bay weapon is not hung.
The bay door status on the PRGM display will indi-
cate UNLTCH when the doors begin to close and
will indicate CLSD when the doors are fully closed.
DOORS will be displayed in reverse highlight if the
doors fail to close when commanded and FMS indi-
cates a door failure. Check for and display CALCM
release advisory in the release advisory display.
NOTE
In automatic launch mode, if a bay launch
was aborted due to a bay door fault and the
weapon is not powered down, successfully
closing (clearing the fault) the bay doors
could cause launch countdown to restart if
still in SAIR.
• When CALCM release processing is complete
the following changes will appear on the Weapon
Status and Inventory Display FRMT-7:
1. The missile status for the launched CALCM
will indicate AW, if the missile is away, (PL,
[AMI] CL, if in captive carry mode), or HG if
hung.
2. The presence window will change to X indi-
cating no weapon is present.
3. Ready To Launch and Missile Fault Windows
will go blank.
The information displayed on the Selected Station
Status display (FRMT-7xy), will be identical to the
same windows displayed at the location and station
for that weapon on FRMT-7.
• When CALCM release processing for a launch is
complete the Weapon Release advisory, is displayed
on each MFD that does not have the Selected Station
Status display. The Weapon Release advisory will re-
main displayed for five seconds, and then be removed
from each MFD. Any advisory previously displayed
will not be re-displayed. Removal of the Weapon Re-
lease advisory will not remove any other advisory.
1. The SMO displays the location and station xy
of the Weapon Release advisory for the launched
missile.
2. The SMO determines if the missile has been
successfully launched or is hung and displays
AWAY or HUNG next to the missile location and
station.
• If the operator issues a Fly-to command while
in LCD, the CALCM will still attempt launch pro-
vided no launch restrictions or SAIR exit cause an
abort to the launch process.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
If a CALCM that failed to launch (HUNG) was in
the bay the following will occur:
• Launch mode will be commanded to manual,
but the operator can command it to automatic.
• Automatic launcher rotation for launch will be
inhibited.
• Bay doors will remain open, but can be closed
using the bay door command.
LAUNCH COUNTDOWN HOLD
The missile launch sequence will be suspended be-
fore the selected missile has been launched if any of
the following conditions occur:
• Safe launch checks fail (excluding pre-target
steering waypoint).
• Weapon Ready/Safe status (controlled by the
Prearm/Safe switch) indicates Safe.
• Ejector unlock enables are not present.
• For bay launch only, the bay doors are not
open or the weapon to be launched is not in the
down position on the CSRL when it is time for
weapon release.
• The launch mode is changed to manual from
automatic.
• Manual launch has been deselected via the
manual launch switch.
During launch countdown, hold display indications
include the following:
• PRGM screen will display a failed launched
condition in reverse highlight if safe launch checks
fail.
• If safe launch checks fail, PRGM screen will
display SAIR in blinking reverse video
• PRGM screen will display HOLD xx, where xx
is the allowable time remaining in launch count-
down hold, in seconds.
• If ejector unlock enables are not present NO
UE master fault will be displayed for the CALCM
in LCD.
The launch countdown will be re-entered when the
hold conditions listed above are not present and the
launch mode is changed from manual to automatic
(not available if direct launch mode is active) or
manual launch is initiated.
The launch countdown will be terminated when ei-
ther of the following conditions exist.
• The 45 second hold timer has elapsed.
• Expiration of the variable hold timer after bat-
tery activate. The variable hold time represents the
approximate time the CALCM battery is usable.
The usable range is approximately 5.6 to 13 sec-
onds, based on the aircraft altitude.
Change 11 7-35
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
LAUNCH COUNTDOWN TERMINATION
The missile launch sequence will be terminated be-
fore the selected missile has been launched if any of
the following conditions occur:
• Detection of a fault that requires power to be
removed from the CALCM in launch countdown.
• Detection of a MIU fault that requires removal
of power from the MIU at the location of the
CALCM in launch countdown.
• Expiration of the launch countdown hold timer.
• Exiting in-range boundary prior to ejector
squib.
The following provides a summary of the activities
which are required or will occur following abnormal
launch sequence termination.
• An abort message will be issued to the
CALCM in launch countdown.
• Commands will be issued to remove all power
from the weapon, except in the case of the expired
launch countdown hold timer and battery activate
was not accomplished.
• When a MIU fault occurs that requires MIU
power to be removed, commands will be issued to
remove all power from all CALCMs at the affected
MIU location prior to removing power from the
MIU.
• If prerequisite conditions are satisfied, auto-
matic retargeting will occur and a backup CALCM
will be launched in place of the unlaunchable weap-
on, if in automatic launch mode.
• An abort release advisory will be displayed for
the CALCM whose launch was abnormally termina-
ted. If the abort occurred after battery activate, an
abort master fault and abort status will be dis-
played also.
MISSILE JETTISON
The crew can command the SMO to jettison MIU
controlled weapons at locations controlled by the
SMO ([AMI] when the SMO is primary) and the
MIUs at the selected locations are on. The crew can
use either the WPN Jettison switch on the WCP or
the pilots’ Bomb Bay & Missile Jettison Control
switch.
• The pilots’ Bomb Bay & Missile Jettison
Control switch jettisons all GWD and ac-
tive/primary SMO controlled weapons
loaded on the aircraft and will only be used
as a backup to jettison by the Radar Navi-
7-36 Change 11
gator. If jettison is commanded using the pi-
lots’ Bomb Bay & Missile Jettison Control
switch, all GWD weapons and, with OAS
operating and MIUs/WIUs powered, all ac-
tive/primary SMO controlled weapons will
be jettisoned. Proper separation clearance
between weapons and between weapons
and aircraft cannot be ensured.
• Using the pilot’s Bomb Bay and Missile Jet-
tison Control switch will cause the bay
doors to open immediately. This is a hard-
ware command and beyond the capability of
the SMO to control. Having the bay doors
open will inhibit jettison of the aft inboard
stores on the pylons, if they were among the
valid selections for jettison by the SMO.
The pilots’ jettison switch will jettison all GWD and
primary/active SMO controlled weapons loaded on
the aircraft. If the WCP WPN Jettison switch is
used, the jettison of CALCMs is controlled by the
SMO and the process is as follows:
• Operator selects Location and Station of mis-
sile(s) to be jettisoned on the WCP.
• Operator moves WPN Jettison switch to the
SEL position.
1. If any bay weapons are among the weapons
to be jettisoned, the launcher will be commanded
to the position of the weapon to be jettisoned
that is closest to the launcher end position (1 or
8) that is closest to the launcher’s current down
position. (i.e., If weapons 6 and 7 are to be jetti-
soned, and the launcher currently has position 4
down, 1 is closer than 8 and position 6 will be
jettisoned first. If position 5 is currently down, 8
is closer than 1 and position 7 will be jettisoned
first.)
2. The SMO determines which of the selected
weapons is first in the preferred jettison se-
quence to start the jettison process. Pylon weap-
ons will be jettisoned before bay weapons.
3. The selected weapon is powered down if ON.
(steps 4 through 11 occur after the weapon is
powered down.)
NOTE
If jettison aborts for a CALCM after it is
powered down it will require an eight min-
ute cool down period prior to being able to
power it back up, if needed.

4. Prior to steps 5, 6, and 7, the following occurs:
• The master fault NO UE, associated with
the MIU controlling the weapon being
jettisoned, will be displayed if ejector unlock
enables are not present, and jettison will be
aborted for weapons at that MIU.
• An ACU transient will cause the weapon
currently being jettisoned to abort the jettison
process
• If the MIU controlling the weapon is
powered down, jettison of all weapons
controlled by that MIU will be aborted.
• Jettison of the aft inboard weapons (left 6
or right 4) will be inhibited if the bay doors
are open.
5. For Bay weapon jettison, the SMO will check
for door and launcher faults and if a fault(s) ex-
ist, will not open the doors and will abort the jet-
tison.
6. The SMO commands ejector unlock. Jettison
of the current weapon will abort if the MIU criti-
cal function very fails.
7. The SMO commands ejector squib fire. Jetti-
son of the current weapon will abort if the MIU
critical function very fails.
8. The SMO performs a scoring recording on the
flight DTUC/DTC for the jettisoned missile.
There is no scoring recording for aborted jettison
attempts.
9. The SMO determines if the missile has been
successfully jettisoned or is hung and either dis-
plays JETT or HUNG for the jettisoned missile
in on the Weapon release advisory along with
the location and station.
The Weapon Release advisory is requested on all
MFDs that are not displaying the Selected Sta-
tion Status Display. The Weapon Release adviso-
ry will remain displayed for 5 seconds after the
last missile is jettisoned. The advisory area of
each MFD where the Weapon Release advisory
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
is displayed will then be blanked. The SMO dis-
plays the appropriate location and station for
the latest jettisoned missile on the CALCM re-
lease advisory.
10. The Weapon Station Status will be update to
reflect the change in missile status. The pres-
ence window will display X to indicate no weap-
on is present, and the weapon status window
will display JT or HG based upon determination
of the success or failure of the jettison attempt.
11. The SMO repeats steps 3. through 10. until
all the selected weapons have been jettisoned.
12. If the bay doors were opened by jettison,
they will be commanded closed as long as a bay
CALCM was not hung during a jettison attempt.
If a weapon that failed to jettison (HUNG) was in
the bay the following will occur:
• Any existing jettison requests for the bay will
be cleared.
• Launch mode will be commanded to manual,
but the operator can command it to automatic.
• Automatic launcher rotation for launch will be
inhibited.
• Bay doors will remain open but can be closed
using the bay door command.
To continue bay jettisons, the jettison command
must be reissued.
NOTE
• If a multiple CALCM jettison is command-
ed, some of the weapons may not have a jet-
tison or hung release advisory displayed.
This is attributed to timing differences be-
tween the jettison and the advisory display
update rate.
• There is no indication of an aborted jettison
other than the weapons still displaying
present on FRMT-7.
Change 11 7-37
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
SIMULATION
This paragraph describes any differences in the
SMO capabilities when in PART SIM and FULL
SIM modes as opposed to being in STRIKE mode.
Entry into either ground maintenance mode (SIT or
Go/No-Go) while either SIM mode is active is inhi-
bited. PART SIM and FULL SIM will present the
same displays and responses to commands to the
crew as STRIKE mode does. In FULL SIM there
will be no data transmitted between the SMO and
the PDUC or MIUs. In PART SIM there will be no
data transmitted between the SMO and the MIUs.
Therefore, actual responses to commands and
WCE, weapon, and processing status’s are not avai-
lable. The following concepts are implemented by
the SMO as part of the simulation process.
• No faults are declared for any simulated WCE
or CALCMs.
• Times similar to STRIKE will be used to deter-
mine when to display the results of WCE and mis-
sile simulated responses and status’s. In general,
simulated weapon alignment times will be shorter
than those of real weapons.
• The time line for normal launch or jettison
will be followed and the appropriate display infor-
mation provided.
• Operation of the launcher will not be simu-
lated in PART SIM.
• Operation of the bay doors will not be simu-
lated in either PART SIM or FULL SIM.
• Data will be formatted and transmitted to the
AIU as needed.
• Initial status of simulated weapons will be
Safe, Flight termination is not enabled, ordnance
alarm is not indicated, ejector lock/unlock status is
lock, weapon power is OFF.
• Entering LCD is inhibited if operator ejector
unlock consent is not given.
• Weapons can only be declared No-Go if a LCD
hold timer has expired.
PART SIM mode is commanded by entering CF-51
from STRIKE mode. FULL SIM mode is command-
ed by entering CF-52 from STRIKE mode. The op-
erator can verify the currently active SMO mode by
viewing any of the following Menus or displays:
Control Function Menu, the Weapon Supervision
Menu, or the CALCM Supervision Menu.
PART SIM MODE COMMAND
Entry of CF-51 will command the SMO from
STRIKE mode into PART SIM mode. If the com-
mand is entered while the SMO is in PART SIM
mode, it will be ignored. The SMO will reject a
7-38 Change 10
CF-51 command and display it in reverse video un-
der the conditions listed below.
• The system is in FULL SIM mode.
• Mission data is not available.
• Stores table is not loaded.
• Mission data is for an operational (STRIKE)
mission.
• Power is applied to either MIU or to any weapon.
• Actual Go/No-Go test mode is active.
• Actual System Integrity Test (SIT) test mode
is active.
• 28 VDC T/R Power Discrepancy fault exists.
• AIU Communication fault exists.
• Any CALCM ejector is in the unlock state as de-
termined from previously having MIU power applied.
FULL SIM MODE COMMAND
Entry of CF-52 will command the SMO from
STRIKE mode into FULL SIM mode. If the com-
mand is entered while the SMO is in FULL SIM
mode, it will be ignored. The SMO will reject a
CF-52 command and display it in reverse video un-
der the conditions listed following.
• The system is in PART SIM mode.
• Mission data is not available.
• Stores table is not loaded.
• The B-52 mission that is loaded indicates an
operational (strike/war) mission or a timeline in-
tegration (TLI) mission.
• Power is applied to either WIU or to any weapon.
• Actual Go/No-Go test mode is active.
• Actual System Integrity Test (SIT) test mode
is active.
• 28 VDC T/R Power Discrepancy fault exists.
• AIU Communication fault exists.
• Any CALCM ejector is in the unlock state as de-
termined from previously having MIU power applied.
SIMULATED WEAPONS
Weapons to be simulated will be as defined in the
stores table from the loaded sortie mission data.
The weapon configuration can be viewed on the
CALCM Status and Inventory display after the as-
sociated simulated MIUs are turned on. Less
[AMI] Simulated weapons require a real CALCM
weapon DTUC to be mounted in order to do auto
and manual targeting. [AMI] Preplanned weapon
mission data must available and read from the DTC
in order to do automatic or manual targeting.
SIMULATED MIU RESPONSES
Since no actual data is sent to or received from the
MIUs, simulated commands will be used for status-
ing only.

LAUNCHER OPERATION
FULL SIM simulates the launcher operation. PART
SIM uses the actual launcher, when it is present on
the aircraft.
Simulated Launcher Operation
Initial position of simulated launcher will be 1 upon
entry into FULL SIM with CALCMs assigned in
the bay. Simulated movement between positions
will take place as commanded. Launcher commands
will simulate being carried out and status’s will be
the expected values for those commands.
Real Launcher Operation
Initial position of the actual launcher (if present)
upon entry into PART SIM will be its actual posi-
tion. All launcher control commands will be actual-
ly carried out and actually statused.
GPS INITIALIZATION IN SIM MODE
GPS data will be retrieved from the IU or the sortie
mission DTUC/DTC only to determine its availabil-
ity.
SIMULATED LAUNCH IN SIM MODE
Simulated launch is still subject to all procedures
and constraints of a STRIKE launch (i.e. ECU over-
ride, targeting complete for weapon to be launched,
SAIR, etc.). Minimum launch interval between
successive launches of two or more CALCMs will be
5 seconds. If the Safe Release Conditions processing
indicates a LCD hold should be entered, a hold will
occur until the hold conditions cease or the hold
timer elapses. Simulated CALCMs will be given a
launch status of AWAY on the CALCM Release Ad-
visory when launched.
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
TERMINATION OF SIM MODE
Either SIM mode can only be terminated when all
simulated MIUs are OFF, and the operator com-
mands CF-50 (STRIKE).
When either SIM mode is terminated, the status of
WCE and CALCM conditions are returned to their
actual status and any simulated states conflicting
with them are reset to reflect that actual status.
[AMI] After SIM mode is exited by commanding
STRIKE mode, the B-52 mission data and the SMO
must be reloaded to guarantee proper operation of
the system.
BOMB TONE SCORING
The SMO controls Bomb Tone Scoring cutoff at
weapon launch for each CALCM. The Bomb Tone
Scoring switch begins tone operation when momen-
tarily placed to the INITIATE position, and will end
the tone if momentarily placed to the CUTOFF
position. The Bomb Tone Scoring switch must be
used to initiate the tone prior to each launch or the
SMO cutoff command will be ignored.
SIT/MIT AND CF-552
Various operational requirements dictate aircrew
validation of Less [AMI] missile DTUCs, [AMI]
DTC, and missile targeting ability. The use of
CF-552 during ground operations in conjunction
with a maintenance run Systems Interface Test/
Missile Interface Test (SIT/MIT) will allow target
data to be loaded into missiles. The SIT/MIT en-
ables maintenance crews to check the aircraft and
missile system without the B-52 INSs being pow-
ered on. The SIT/MIT allows missiles to be powered
on, aligned, and targeted while on the ground. See
Section II for the SIT/MIT checklist.
Change 10 7-39
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
MALFUNCTION ANALYSIS
STATUS ONLY MONITORS
Status only monitors are used by the OAS to pro-
vide data for other OAS functions.
Store Present
The store present monitor is used by OAS to display
the C (CALCM) in the missile status block on
FRMT-7. If a P is displayed, a store is present, but
cannot be identified. If the store present monitor for
a particular station is absent or in error, the OAS
cannot identify the type missile and therefore can-
not properly process the missile functions or com-
mands for that station. The OAS displays an xy
STORE?? master fault for a store present status
fault.
Cage Complete Failure (Transient Fatal Fault)
The OAS uses the platform cage complete status to
initiate coarse alignment of the missile INS. If mis-
sile platform cage complete status is not received by
the OAS processor 42 seconds after the coarse align
command has been sent, the OAS initiates a tran-
sient fatal fault and removes power from the mis-
sile. The missile status indication on FRMT-7 will
go from ON to OF (off) without indicating CA and
the OAS will display an XY 42S CAGE master
fault.
Coarse Align Complete
Coarse alignment status is used to initiate fine
alignment and to change missile status display. If a
coarse align complete status is not received by the
OAS 10 minutes after coarse align began, the OAS
will display XY 10 MIN CA master fault.
ERROR MESSAGES
MASTER FAULTS
The SMO Master Faults are identified in Figure 7-9
and 7-10. Master faults are an indication of WCE or
CALCM failures. The FMS will display Master
Faults in reverse video at the bottom left hand end
of the MFD (figure 7-8). When the faulted device is
a MIU or a CALCM, the text that is displayed will
be preceded by a location or location and station
identifier. The text for MIU faults that are not asso-
ciated with a specific station will be preceded by
BAY, LP, or RP identifying the faulted device loca-
tion as the left pylon, bay or right pylon, respective-
ly. CALCM faults and MIU faults that are associat-
ed with a specific location will be preceded by a
location and station identifier of the form xy, where
x will be B, L, or R to identify the location, and y
7-40 Change 10
will be the station number, 1 - 8 for the bay or 1 - 6
for the pylons.
When a Master Fault occurs the following correc-
tive actions may be taken by the crew:
• Power re-application can be commanded by
the operator when power is removed from a faulted
device, however, if the SMO has determined that
power should not be re-applied because of the fail-
ure, the SMO will not respond to the command to
apply power.
• The operator can override an ECU or ECU
POWER fault with the CF-68 ECU PWR ORIDE
command to allow MIU and weapon power applica-
tion.
With an ECU fault present, damage to
equipment may occur if MIU power remains
on as a result of selecting ECU Power Over-
ride. While in ECU Power Override, the
MIU may be operated using a 30 minute on,
15 minute off, 30 minute on cycle.
• The operator can override a KEY VRFY No-Go
and initiate targeting and/or launch of a CALCM
without Crypto Keys by commanding the CF-55D
Crypto Key Override command.
There are four types of SMO master faults. The
four types are described as follows:
Safety Critical (SC)
Safety critical faults present a safety threat to per-
sonnel and/or the aircraft. The SMO will remove
power from the faulted device immediately and in-
hibit re-application of power by the operator.
Permanent Fatal (PF)
The SMO will remove power from the faulted device
and inhibit re-application of power by the operator.
Transient Fatal (TF)
The SMO will remove power from the faulted device.
Re-application of power by the operator is allowed.
However, if missile power is removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status shows CA), wait 8 minutes
before attempting to reapply missile power. Any
CALCM or station transient fatal fault which occurs
after battery activate has been commanded to that
missile will be treated as a permanent fatal fault.
Non Fatal (NF)
The SMO will not remove power from the faulted
device.
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

ADVISORIES CF-557, CF-558, AND FRMT-7 MISSILE FAULTS

The CALCM Advisories are identified in figure The missile faults displayed in the individual sta-
7-11. Advisories are an indication to the operator of tion and selected station windows on CF-557,
an abnormality which may affect mission perfor- CF-558, and FRMT-7 are listed in figure 7-12.
mance. The FMS will display Advisories at the bot-
tom right hand of MFD. OAS Advisories are found
in Section III of T.O. 1B-52H-1-12.

Figure 7-8. FRMT-7 Fault Indications

Change 10 7-41
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE/STATION MASTER FAULTS

FAULT INDICATION CODING:
• x = L (Left Pylon), R (Right Pylon), B (Bomb Bay)
• y = Station Numbers 1 thru 8 (Bay), 1 thru 6 (Pylon)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

10-MIN CA Transient Fatal Missile did not complete Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
coarse alignment within removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
required 10 minutes. 3. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

42-S CAGE Transient Fatal Missile did not complete Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
platform cage within re- removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
quired 42 seconds. 3. Wait 8 minutes then
attempt to re-apply missile
power.

ABORT Permanent Fatal Launch countdown Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.

abort after battery removed, re-applica- 2. Verify missile power status.
activation. tion is inhibited, and 3. Accomplish LAUNCH
missile battery power ABORT Checklist.
is depleted.

A/D Transient Fatal 1. Analog/Digital (A/D) Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.

Converter accuracy removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
No-Go 3. If missile power was
2. A/D Converter removed prior to cage
Update No-Go complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding.
4. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

AIR DATA Transient Fatal 1. Missile outside air Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
temperature fault. removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
2. Air Data computer 3. If missile power was
fault. removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding.
4. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

Figure 7-9. Missile/Station Master Faults (Sheet 1 of 10)

7-42 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE/STATION MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR
INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

BATTERY Transient Fatal Uncommanded CALCM Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.

battery activate status. removed, missile 2. Verify missile power status.
battery power may 3. If missile power was
be depleted. removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding.
4. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

CARR INS Transient Fatal B-52 INS/INU failure. Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
removed. 2. Verify missile power
status.
3. Recycle aircraft INS/INU.
4. If missile power was
removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding.
5. Attempt to re-apply missile
power when INS/INU data
is available.

C/D ARMD Permanent Fatal OTL flight termination Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
system malfunction. removed. 2. Verify missile power
status.
3. Do not re-apply missile
power until resolution of
the discrepancy.
CMU Transient Fatal Computer memory unit Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF
fault. removed. 2. Verify missile power
status.
3. If missile power was
removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding
4. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

Do not re-apply power until resolution of the discrepancy

Figure 7-9. Missile/Station Master Faults (Sheet 2 of 10)

Change 10 7-43
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE/STATION MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR
INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

COMM NOGO Transient Fatal Missile communication 1. Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
No-Go. removed. 2. Wait 8 minutes then
2. If fault occurred attempt to re-apply
after LCD, the CALCM power.
LCD will be 3. If fault persists, verify
aborted and power is removed.
weapon power 4. If fault occurs during
inhibited. launch countdown,
accomplish LAUNCH
ABORT Checklist.

EJECTOR Transient Fatal 1. Ejector fails to 1. Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.

unlock when removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
commanded. 2. Launch Count- 3. If cause 1 or 3 occurred
2. Ejector unlocked down will be prior to missile battery
when not terminated. activate and prior to cage
commanded. 3. Missile power complete (weapon status
3. Ejector locked when re-application indicates CA), wait 8
not commanded. inhibited, if fault minutes before proceeding
4. Solenoid does not occurs during LCD. 4. If fault occurs during
arm when in OTL launch countdown,
mode. accomplish LAUNCH
ABORT Checklist.

Non Fatal Solenoid does not arm None. Acknowledge MF.

when in Strike mode.

EMP Transient Fatal Electromagnetic Pulse OAS, MIU, and 1. Wait until EMP clears.
(EMP) event detected. CALCM weapon 2. Re-apply OAS and MIU
power is removed. power.
3. If missile power was
removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding
4. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

FCE Transient Fatal 1. Flight Control The SMO will remove 1. Acknowledge MF.
Element (FCE) power from the faulted 2. If missile power was
fault. device. removed prior to cage
2. Ready to receive complete (weapon status
mission data indicates CA), wait 8
No-Go. minutes before proceeding
3. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

Figure 7-9. Missile/Station Master Faults (Sheet 3 of 10)

7-44 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE/STATION MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR
INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

FCE ENBL Transient Fatal Flight Control Element The SMO will remove 1. Acknowledge MF.
(FCE) enable fault. power from the faulted 2. If missile power was
device. removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding
3. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

FCS Transient Fatal Missile Flight Control Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
System (FCS) No-Go. removed. 2. If missile power was
removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding
3. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

GPS NOGO Transient Fatal CALCM GPS Receiver Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
No-Go. CALCM GPS removed. 2. If missile power was
Receiver Interface Unit removed prior to cage
(GRIU) may be faulty. complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding
3. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

HUNG Permanent Fatal Missile failed to release. 1. Missile declared 1. Acknowledge MF.
No-Go. 2. Accomplish LAUNCH
2. If the hung missile ABORT/MISSION
is in the bay: ABORT/RETAINED
A. Launch mode MISSILE(S) Checklist.
will be set to
manual.
B. Multiple jettison
request will be
terminated for
remaining
weapons.
C. Bay doors will
remain open.

Figure 7-9. Missile/Station Master Faults (Sheet 4 of 10)

Change 10 7-45
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE/STATION MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

INE Transient Fatal 1. Inertial Navigation Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.

Element (INE) removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
output fault. 3. If missile power was
2. Inertial Navigation removed prior to cage
serial data bus complete (weapon status
fault. indicates CA), wait 8
3. Inertial Navigation minutes before proceeding.
Element platform 4. Attempt to re-apply missile
fault. power.

INE HTR Transient Fatal Inertial Navigation Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
Element (INE) platform removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
heater fault. 3. If missile power was
removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding.
4. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

INE RELAY Transient Fatal Inertial Navigation Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
Element (INE) relay removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
fault. 3. If missile power was
removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding.
4. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

INE TEMP Transient Fatal Inertial Navigation Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
Element (INE) platform removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
temperature fault. 3. A restart may be possible
after 1/2 hour of stabilized
temperature.

Figure 7-9. Missile/Station Master Faults (Sheet 5 of 10)

All data on pages 7-46A and 7-46B (Deleted)

7-46 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE/STATION MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

INIT DATA Transient Fatal Almanac Loaded Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
No-Go. removed. 2. Verify validity of Almanac
data from IU or
Less [AMI] Mission DTUC,
[AMI] Sortie Mission DTC,
if IU off.
3. If missile power was
removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding
4. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.
5. If fault persists:
A. Reload SMO.
B. Load valid almanac
data into IU.
C. Re-apply power to
MIU and weapons.

INS Transient Fatal 1. CALCM INS Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.

alignment fault. removed. 2. Verify missile power
2. CALCM INS status.
Z velocity fault. 3. Check aircraft Prime INU
alignment.
4. If missile power was
removed prior to cage
complete (weapon
status indicates CA), wait
8 minutes before proceed-
ing.
5. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

KEY VRFY Non Fatal CALCM Crypto Key 1. SMO will not 1. Acknowledge MF.
Verify Fail. remove power 2. Verify validity of crypto key
from faulted data from IU (or
device. Less [AMI] DTUC,
2. Invalid keys [AMI] Sortie DTC, if IU is
resident in IU. off).
3. Invalid keys 3. If keys are required
resident in for mission:
Less [AMI] DTUC, A. Cycle missile power .
[AMI] Sortie DTC. B. After missile targets,
verify fault status.
C. If fault persists,
reload SMO, load valid
key data into IU, and
apply power to MIU and
weapons.
4. If keys are not required
for mission:
Enable Crypto Key
Override and ignore fault.

Figure 7-9. Missile/Station Master Faults (Sheet 6 of 10)

Change 10 7-47
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE/STATION MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

MSL NOGO Transient Fatal Missile Separation Arm Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
failure. removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
3. If missile power was
removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding.
4. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

MSL PWR Transient Fatal Missile electronic, hy- Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
draulic, or instrumenta- removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
tion power discrepancy. 3. If missile power was
removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding.
4. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

MSN DATA Transient Fatal 1. CALCM CMU 1. Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
power on No-Go. removed. 2. If fault occurred during
2. Mission load 2. If launch in launch countdown
complete No-Go. progress: accomplish LAUNCH
3. CALCM Checksum A. Launch will be ABORT Checklist.
No-Go. aborted. 3. If missile power was
4. Almanac data load B. Missile power removed prior to cage
checksum failure. will be removed. complete (weapon status
5. Critical mission C. Power re- indicates CA), wait 8
data valid No-Go application will be minutes before proceeding.
inhibited. 4. Attempt to re-apply
3. CALCM mission missile power.
data may be 5. Determine Less [AMI]
invalid. DTU, [AMI] DTC status,
from FRMT-6.
6. Re-attempt B-52 Mission
Data load.

Figure 7-9. Missile/Station Master Faults (Sheet 7 of 10)

7-48 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE/STATION MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

MSN ERASE Transient Fatal Mission erase Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
complete. removed. Missile can- 2. Verify missile power status.
not be launched due to 3. Attempt to reload missile
lack of valid mission. mission.
4. Determine Less [AMI]
DTU, [AMI] DTC, status
from FRMT-6.
5. Reinstall
Less [AMI] Missile
Mission DTUC into
different DTU cavity and
reload mission,
[AMI] DTC into different
DTR and reload mission.

NTIK BATT Permanent Fatal 12 minute NTIK battery 1. Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
power timer expired. removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
2. Missile power
re-application is
inhibited.

NO FUZE Transient Fatal Fuze not connected 1. Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
(AGM-86D only). removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
2. Missile power 3. If missile power was
re-application is removed prior to cage
permitted. complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding.
4. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.

NOT LOCKD Transient Fatal Ejector locked status Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.
cannot be determined. removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
3. If missile power was
removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding.
4. Do not re-apply power until
resolution of discrepancy.

ORD ALARM Safety Critical 1. INE relays not in 1. Missile power 1. Acknowledge MF.
SAFE position. removed 2. Verify missile power status.
2. Separation lanyard immediately. 3. Do not re-apply
switch has been 2. Missile power power until resolution of
triggered. reapplication is the discrepancy.
3. WAD is not SAFE. inhibited.

Do not re-apply power until resolution of the discrepancy

Figure 7-9. Missile/Station Master Faults (Sheet 8 of 10)

Change 10 7-49
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE/STATION MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

OTL PWR Non Fatal OTL power is not in the 1. Launch count- 1. Acknowledge MF.
commanded state. down entry is 2. Verify OTL power status.
inhibited. 3. Cycle OTL power.
2. Enters launch hold
if launch is in
progress.

OVERFLOW Transient Fatal 1. CALCM data Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.

overflow No-Go. removed. 2. Verify missile power status.
2. Invalid missile 3. If missile power was
mission loaded. removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding.
4. Attempt to re-apply missile
power.
5. Load different mission
into missile.

RAE Non Fatal Missile Radar Altimeter 1. Terrain following 1. Acknowledge MF.
Equipment (RAE) mode will be 2. Wait until cage complete
failure. inhibited during (weapon status indicates
missile free-flight. CA) then cycle missile
2. Launch will be power if missile mission
allowed. requires terrain following.

STORE?? Non Fatal 1. Missile umbilical 1. Power will not be 1. Acknowledge MF.
monitor disagrees applied to the 2. Cycle MIU power.
with mission data. weapon with a 3. Less [AMI] Verify correct
2. Missile warhead non CALCM/ALCM mission has been loaded.
type disagrees with umbilical type 4. [AMI] Verify correct
mission data. indication. sortie/mission has been
2. Weapon will not loaded.
target if the stores
table MIU
information in
invalid.

TIME OUT Permanent Fatal After Battery Activate 1. Launch is aborted. 1. Acknowledge MF.
Launch Hold Timer 2. Missile power is 2. Verify missile No-Go.
expired. removed. 3. Accomplish LAUNCH
3. Missile will be ABORT Checklist.
declared No-Go. 4. If in-flight, perform mission
event recording (CF-65)

UNCMD REL Transient Fatal Uncommanded release. The SMO will re- 1. Acknowledge MF.
move power to store 2. Accomplish LAUNCH
location. ABORT/MISSION
ABORT/RETAINED
MISSILE(S) Checklist.
3. If in-flight, perform mission
event recording (CF-65).

Figure 7-9. Missile/Station Master Faults (Sheet 9 of 10)

7-50 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

MISSILE/STATION MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

UNCMD UL Transient Fatal 1. Ejector unlocked Missile power is 1. Acknowledge MF.

when not removed. 2. Select ejector unlock on
commanded. pilot’s consent panel and
2. Ejector failed to WCP.
lock when 3. If missile power was
commanded. removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding
4. Re-apply power to affected
missile.
5. Perform normal launch
procedures, if applicable.

WPN ERASE Permanent Fatal Insufficient OFS in The SMO will remove 1. Acknowledge MF.
computer memory power from the missile 2. Verify missile power status
and inhibit re-applica-
tion of power.

WPN PRSNT Non Fatal Ejector and umbilical Missile may be 1. Acknowledge MF.
status disagree about unusable. 2. Verify missile power status
weapon presence. 3. Cycle MIU and missile
power.
4. If fault persists, verify
missile power is removed.

Figure 7-9. Missile/Station Master Faults (Sheet 10 of 10)

Change 10 7-51
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

OAS/MIU MASTER FAULTS

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR
INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

AIU Non Fatal 1. AIU communications May result in any or all 1. Acknowledge MF.
failure. of the following: 2. Check circuit breaker on
2. AIU terminal failure. 1. Loss of ECU power auxiliary BNS and S/V
3. Interruptible Direct control. filter box circuit breaker
Current (IDC) power 2. Loss of MIU panels. Pull and reset
enable discrepancy power control. if necessary.
(uncommanded ON 3. Missiles cannot be 3. Verify status of MIU
or OFF). powered, launched, power and weapon power.
or jettisoned.
4. Loss of OAS
control of bay doors.
5. RBS tone cutoff will
not occur
6. Loss of jettison
capability..
AIU 28 VDC Non Fatal 28 VDC missile power May result in any or all 1. Acknowledge MF.
discrepancy for bay, left of the following: 2. Verify status of MIU
pylon, or right pylon. 1. Unable to apply and weapon power.
MIU essential 3. Check circuit breaker on
(ESS) power. auxiliary BNS and S/V
2. Unable to apply filter box circuit breaker
store 28VDC #1 panels. Pull and reset
power. if necessary.
BAY EED PWR Non Fatal or 28 VDC EED power not 1. During launch or 1. Acknowledge MF.
(Same actions/re- Transient Fatal in commanded state; on jettison if power is 2. Accomplish LAUNCH
sponses for LP when commanded off or not present when ABORT Checklist.
and RP EED off when commanded requested, a non 3. Cycle MIU power.
PWR) on. fatal fault will occur 4. Re-apply power to the MIU,
and the MIU will if removed.
remain on, however 5. Accomplish normal launch
the launch or jettison procedures, if desired.
sequence will be 6. If EED power is present
aborted. when not desired fault
2. If EED power is persists, verify that CALCM
present when not and MIU power is removed.
commanded, a
transient fatal fault
will occur and power
will be removed from
the missiles and the
MIU.
BAY ESS PWR Non Fatal or 1. 28 VDC ESS power 1. For cause 1, a Non 1. Acknowledge MF.
(Same actions/re- Transient Fatal on when commanded Fatal fault will occur 2. If missile and MIU power
sponses for LP off. and the MIU will remains on, cycle missile
and RP ESS 2. 28 VDC ESS power remain on. and MIU power.
PWR) is off when 2. For cause 2, a 3. If missile and MIU power
commanded on. Transient Fatal fault were removed, re-apply
will occur and power.
missile and MIU will 4. Accomplish normal launch
be removed. procedures.
5. If the fault resulted in a
launch abort, accomplish
LAUNCH ABORT
checklist.
6. If cause 2 persists, verify
MIU power removed.

Figure 7-10. OAS/MIU Master Faults (Sheet 1 of 8)

7-52 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

OAS/MIU MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR
INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

BAY MIU Non Fatal or Non Fatal Non Fatal Fault - None 1. Acknowledge MF.
(Same actions/ Transient Fatal 1. First time MIU Critical Transient Fatal - 2. Re-apply MIU power .if
responses for LP Command Register MIU and missile power removed.
or RP MIU) Fault. removed. No missile
2. MIU BIT fault. functions including jet- NOTE
3. First time MIU Critical
Verify fault.
tison or launch may be
accomplished at
• MIU power switch must be
Transient Fatal affected location. pressed and released to
1. Two consecutive MIU reset and then pressed
communication again to re-apply MIU
power.
failures.
2. MIU end-around test • If fault clears, CF-54 can
failure. be entered to override
3. MIU Not Reset fault. approximately 35 minutes
4. MIU Not Clear fault. of the 40 minute MIU
5. Second MIU Critical warmup time.
Command Register
fault. 3. If fault persists, verify
6. Second MIU Critical MIU power is removed.
Verify fault. 4. If missile power was
7. MIU terminal failure. removed prior to cage
complete (weapon status
indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before proceeding

BAY NO UE Non Fatal MIU unlock enable not Launch and jettison 1. Acknowledge MF.
(Same actions/re- present during auto inhibited. 2. Command lock then
sponses for LP launch mode when in unlock on
and RP NO UE) SAIR, during LCD or pilot’s missile consent
when jettison has been panel and WCP.
commanded. 3. If fault remains:
A. Set Pilot and WCP
consent switches to LOCK.
B. Remove missile power
C. Cycle MIU power.
D. Set pilot and WCP
consent switches to
UNLOCK.
4. Accomplish normal launch
procedures.
5. If fault persists,
accomplish LAUNCH
ABORT Checklist.
BAY UNCMD Non Fatal or Driver status of true Non Fatal 1. Acknowledge MF.
DRVR Transient Fatal when not commanded. First time - None 2. If LCD abort , accomplish
(Same actions/re- Transient Fatal LAUNCH ABORT checklist.
sponses for LP Second time - Power 3. Re-apply MIU power.
and RP UNCMD is removed from MIU 4. If fault persists, verify MIU
DRVR) and CALCM. power is removed.
5. If missile power was
removed prior to cage
complete (weapon
status indicates CA), wait 8
minutes before attempting
to re-apply missile power.

Figure 7-10. OAS/MIU Master Faults (Sheet 2 of 8)

Change 10 7-53
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

OAS/MIU MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

BAY UNCMD UE Non Fatal During MIU power on 1. Uncommanded 1. Acknowledge MF.
(Same actions/re- sequence, unlock en- ejector unlock. 2. Remove MIU power.
sponses for LP able is present when not 2. Ejector fails to lock. 3. Re-apply MIU power.
and RP UNCMD commanded. 4. If fault persists, do not
UE) attempt live launch.
5. Ensure launch mode is
manual.

CALCM EVENT Transient Fatal The CALCM SMO is Weapon for mission 1. Acknowledge MF.
[AMI] secondary and a planned launch point is 2. Make the CALCM SMO
CALCM mission not targeted. primary.
planned launch point is 3. Power on and target
within 20 minutes of the weapons.
aircraft.

CALCM MSN Non Fatal No Mission data or no Missiles will not 1. Acknowledge MF.
DATA?? MIUs in the stores target or launch. 2. Verify valid CALCM sortie
[AMI] table. mission is loaded.
3. Reload valid sortie mission

CALCM Non Fatal No Classified Parame- No SAIR ranging can 1. Acknowledge MF.
NO CLAPAR ters loaded. be accomplished, as a 2. Retarget the affected
[AMI] result missiles will not missiles.
be launched.

CALCM SMO/ Non Fatal The CALCM SMO is Weapons will not 1. Acknowledge MF.
MSN not in the SMO ID list in target or launch. 2. Verify valid CALCM
[AMI] the Stores Table. sortie mission is loaded.
3. Reload valid sortie
mission.

CALCM WPN Non Fatal 1. DTC read error while Weapon mission data 1. Acknowledge MF.
DATA?? retrieving weapon is not available. 2. Verify correct DTC is
[AMI] data. installed and selected.
2. DTC not available 3. Confirm DTC status on
during manual FRMT-6.
targeting. 4. Remove and reinstall DTC
in same DTR.
5. Remove and reinstall DTC
in other DTR.

DOORS Non Fatal Bay Door malfunction. Temporarily inhibits au- 1. Acknowledge MF.
tomatic launch/ 2. Confirm doors status on
jettison from CSRL. CF-5.
3. Check MISCELLANEOUS
-GAM-72 GEAR JETTI-
SON & AGM69A circuit
breaker on Pilot’s Circuit
Breaker Panel. Pull and
reset, if required.
4. Attempt to open doors
using CF-59 (if not in
LCD) or the RN BOMB
DOOR CONTROL switch.
5. Attempt to open doors
using Pilot’s BOMB
DOORS control switch.

Figure 7-10. OAS/MIU Master Faults (Sheet 3 of 8)

7-54 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

OAS/MIU MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

ECU Non Fatal ECU environmental No- 1. Weapon temperature

Go and ECU Power or airflow out of limits
Override is off. May be could cause degraded
caused by the following: weapon performance
1. ECU fault and weapon
2. Insufficient airflow. malfunctions.
3. Low engine power
2. MIU could overheat
settings. and shutdown.
4. Transient failure
during climb or NOTE
descent.
Fault displayed and
5. Icing conditions. recorded every 30
minutes, as long as
the fault is present.
With an ECU fault pres-
ent, damage to equip-
ment may occur if MIU
power remains on as a
result of selecting ECU
Power Override. While
in ECU Power Over-
ride, the MIU may be
operated using a 30
minute on, 15 minute
off, 30 minute on cycle.

1. Acknowledge MF.
2. If low airflow, increase
power on engines 3 and 4.
Abort on ground, if fault
does not clear.
3. Close air outlet knobs and
decrease cabin
temperature. Abort on
ground, if fault does not
clear.
4. Verify pilot’s cabin pressure
master switch is in ECS.
5. In potential icing conditions
check pilot’s anti-icing is
ON. Descending may clear
Master Fault.
6. If ECU fault cannot be
isolated and/or cleared,
and override is desired,
CF-68 commands ECU
PWR ORIDE.
7. If ECU fault cannot be
cleared, and if ECU PWR
ORIDE is not desired,
remove power from the
MIU and weapons as soon
as possible after receiving
the fault.

Figure 7-10. OAS/MIU Master Faults (Sheet 4 of 8)

Change 10 7-55
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

OAS/MIU MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

ECU PWR Non Fatal ECU AC power discrep- NOTE

ancy (uncommanded on Fault displayed and
or off) and ECU Override recorded every 30
is OFF. minutes, as long as
With an ECU fault pres-
the fault is present.
ent, damage to equip-
Loss of cooling air to ment may occur if MIU
MIU. power remains on as a
1. If fault occurs prior to result of selecting ECU
MIU power on, the MIU Power Override. While
and weapons cannot be in ECU Power Over-
powered on. ride, the MIU may be
2. If the fault occurs af- operated using a 30
ter MIU power on, the minute on, 15 minute
weapons cannot be off, 30 minute on cycle.
powered on.
1. Acknowledge MF.
2. Check MIU and weapon
status.
3. If fault override is desired,
enter CF-68 to activate
ECU Power Override.
4. If fault cannot be cleared,
and ECU Power Override
is not desired, remove
power from weapons and
MIUs within two minutes
of receiving fault.

Figure 7-10. OAS/MIU Master Faults (Sheet 5 of 8)

7-56 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

OAS/MIU MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

LNCHR Non Fatal 1. PDS Rotation fault. PDUC reset/initializa- 1. Acknowledge MF.
2. PDUC subsystem tion performed. 2. Switch to right body
failure. system and attempt
3. Launcher moving manual rotation.
fault. 3. Cycle PDUC power in an
4. Launcher position attempt to clear fault
discrepancy. 4. Attempt to rotate CSRL
using the WCP.
5. Recycle OAS, if required.

LP EED PWR Transient Fatal SEE BAY EED PWR.

(See BAY EED
PWR)

LP ESS PWR Transient Fatal SEE BAY ESS PWR.

(See BAY ESS
PWR)

LP MIU Transient Fatal SEE BAY MIU.

(See BAY MIU)

LP NO UE Non Fatal SEE BAY NO UE.

(See BAY NO UE)

LP UNCMD Non Fatal SEE BAY UNCMD DRVR.

DRVR
(See BAY
UNCMD DRVR)

LP UNCMD UE Non Fatal SEE BAY UNCMD UE.

(See BAY
UNCMD UE)

MSN DATA?? Non Fatal No Mission data or no Missiles will not 1. Acknowledge MF.
Less [AMI] MIUs in the stores table. target or launch. 2. Verify valid CALCM sortie
mission is loaded.
3. Reload valid sortie mission.
4. Reinstall Missile Mission
DTUC into different DTU
cavity and reload mission.

NO CLAPAR Non Fatal No Classified Parame- No SAIR ranging can 1. Acknowledge MF.
Less [AMI] ters loaded. be accomplished, as a 2. Retarget the affected
result missiles will not missiles.
be launched.

Figure 7-10. OAS/MIU Master Faults (Sheet 6 of 8)

Change 10 7-57
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

OAS/MIU MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

PDU Non Fatal CSRL PDU fault. 1. Launcher cannot be 1. Acknowledge MF.
rotated. 2. Recycle PDUC power
2. Launch countdown switch.
terminated if 3. Attempt to rotate CSRL
targeted weapon is using WCP switches.
not in the 6 O’clock 4. Recycle OAS, if required.
position.
3. Additional launches
and jettison of bay
missiles may be
inhibited.

PDUC Non Fatal 1. PDUC communica- 1. Launcher cannot be 1. Acknowledge MF.

tions failure. rotated. 2. Switch to right body
2. PDUC initialization terminated. system and attempt
fault. 2. Launch countdown manual rotation.
3. Indexing mode terminated if 3. Recycle PDUC power
discrepancy. targeted weapon is switch.
4. PDUC fault. not in the 6 O’clock 4. Recycle OAS if required.
5. Out of indexed position.
position fault. 3. Additional launches
and jettison of Bay
missiles may be
inhibited.

RP EED PWR Transient Fatal SEE BAY EED PWR.

(See BAY EED
PWR)

RP ESS PWR Transient Fatal SEE BAY ESS PWR.

(See BAY ESS
PWR)

RP MIU Transient Fatal SEE BAY MIU.

(See BAY MIU)

RP NO UE Non Fatal SEE BAY NO UE.

(See BAY NO UE)

RP UNCMD Non Fatal SEE BAY UNCMD DRVR.

DRVR
(See BAY
UNCMD DRVR)

RP UNCMD UE Non Fatal SEE BAY UNCMD UE.

(See BAY
UNCMD UE)

Figure 7-10. OAS/MIU Master Faults (Sheet 7 of 8)

7-58 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

OAS/MIU MASTER FAULTS (Cont)

FAULT FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR

INDICATION CATEGORY CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

SMO/MSN Non Fatal The CALCM SMO is Weapons will not 1. Acknowledge MF.
Less [AMI] not in the SMO ID list in target or launch. 2. Install CALCM
the Stores Table. SMO DTUC.
3. Load CALCM SMO.
4. Insert correct mission
DTUC.
5. Load correct mission.

UNLOCK Non Fatal Pilot’s consent panel 1. Ejector will not 1. Acknowledge MF.
CONSENT lock/unlock and WCP unlock. 2. Check PMCP Lock/Unlock
nuclear lock/unlock 2. CALCM weapon switch and WCP nuclear
switches are not in launch is not Lock/Unlock switches for
agreement. possible. disagreement.
3. Align switches
4. If fault persists, remove
weapon power and cycle
MIU power.
5. If fault clears, proceed
with normal launch
procedures.

WPN DTUC Non Fatal 1. Weapon DTUC read Weapon mission data 1. Acknowledge MF.
Less [AMI] error. is not available. 2. Verify correct weapon
2. Weapon DTUC not DTUC is installed and
installed during selected.
manual targeting. 3. Confirm DTU status on
FRMT-6.
4. Remove and re-seat
weapon mission DTUC.
5. Re-install DTUC in
alternate DTU cavity.

Figure 7-10. OAS/MIU Master Faults (Sheet 8 of 8)

Change 10 7-59
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CALCM ADVISORIES
FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR
INDICATION CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

GPS DATA ADVISORIES

ALMANAC Almanac data retrieval for weapons tar- Missiles will not 1. Verify IU or sortie DTUC contains
DATA geted from the IU or DTUC failed. target. valid almanac data.
Less [AMI] 2. Reissue CF-559 command.
ALMANAC Almanac data has been loaded from None.
LOADED the IU or from the B-52 Mission DTUC
Less [AMI] for targeting.
CALCM ALMANAC Almanac data retrieval for CALCM Weapons will not Verify IU or DTC contains valid
LD weapon targeting from the IU or DTC target or launch. almanac data then reissue CF-559
[AMI] failed. command.
CALCM CRYPTO CALCM Crypto Key Override is not Weapons will not 1. Verify IU or DTC contains valid
KEY commanded and Crypto Key data target or launch. Crypto Key data.
[AMI] retrieval failed. 2. Enter Crypto Key data.
3. Command Crypto Key
Override.
4. Reissue CF-559 command.
CALCM GPS Almanac data has been retrieved from Normal Operation. Acknowledge advisory message.
LOADED FMS for targeting.
[AMI]
CKEY ALERT Daily B-52 Crypto Key data will expire Missiles will not 1. Determine expected mission
in two hours. target or launch. time remaining.
2. If keys are valid through the re-
mainder of the mission, continue.
3. If keys will expire prior to mission
completion, update keys through
the IUPKB.
CRYPTO KEYS CALCM Crypto Key Override is not Weapons will not 1. Verify IU or DTUC contains valid
Less [AMI] commanded and Crypto Key data target or launch. Crypto Key data.
retrieval failed. 2. Enter Crypto Key data.
3. Command Crypto Key Override.
4. Reissue CF–559 command.
DAILY KEY 1. Crypto Keys are not valid for the Missiles will not 1. Verify correct date input on
current date. target or launch. CF-61.
2. An incorrect date was input on 2. If available, input current keys
CF-61. through the IUPKB.
GPS DATA GPS navigation data is unreasonable Missiles will not 1. Verify IU or Less [AMI] sortie
or not valid. target or launch. DTUC, [AMI] DTC,contains valid
Crypto Key data.
2. Enter Crypto Key data.
3. Command Crypto Key Override.
4. Re-issue CF-559 command.
GPS LOADED Crypto key and Almanac data have None.
Less [AMI] been loaded from the IU or from the
B-52 Mission DTUC for targeting, or
Crypto Key Override is commanded
and almanac data has been loaded
from the IU or from the B-52 mission
DTUC for targeting.

Figure 7-11. CALCM Advisories (Sheet 1 of 5)

7-60 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CALCM ADVISORIES (Cont)

FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR
INDICATION CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

GPS DATA ADVISORIES (Cont)

INSUF KEYS Insufficient Crypto Keys to satisfy mis- Missiles will not 1. Verify determine mission duration
sion duration. target or launch. from the GPS Crypto Key page at
the IUPKB.
2. If the mission duration is equal to
one day, continue.
3. If the mission duration is greater
than one day, reenter a mission
duration of one day through the
IUPKB crypto key page.
KEYS LOADED Crypto key data has been loaded from None.
the IU or from the B-52 Mission DTUC
for targeting.
ZEROIZE FAIL The attempt to erase B-52 Crypto Key Missiles will not 1. Re-select GPS zeroize at the
data failed. target or launch. IUCP.
2. Treat IU and GPS receiver as
crypto classified.

LOCATION/STATION ADVISORIES

B: LOCATION The Bay location select switch was se- Command will not Deselect Bay Switch.
[AMI] lected, but no SMO is assigned to that be processed.
location.

CALCM CLAPAR LD Classified parameters have been Normal Operation. Acknowledge advisory message.
[AMI] loaded so ranging can occur.
CALCM GYRO Gyro spin–down timer has not expired Power on command Wait until GYRO spin-down timer
WAIT after powering CALCM off. will be ignored. expires.
[AMI]
CALCM LOC/STA?? An invalid selection of a location and/or Command not Select only stations that have a
[AMI] station is used for a command. processed. CALCM present.
CALCM STATION?? Invalid station select switch was Command not Select a valid station (7 and 8 are
[AMI] pressed. processed. not valid stations on the left and
right pylons).
CALCM WARMUP CALCM warm–up timer has not Power on command Command warm-up override or wait
[AMI] expired, warm–up override is not will be ignored. until warm-up timer expires.
enabled and power application is
commanded.
CAPTIVE CARRY A captive carry mission has been Normal Operation. Acknowledge advisory message.
(Normal Video) loaded and/or PLUS CT mode be-
comes active after MIUs are powered
down.
CAPTIVE CARRY A captive carry B-52 mission load has Captive Carry launch Load operational mission or power
(Reverse Video) been attempted with MIUs powered on. will not be per- down the MIUs.
formed.
CLAPAR LOADED Classified parameters have been None.
Less [AMI] loaded so that ranging can occur.

Figure 7-11. CALCM Advisories (Sheet 2 of 5)

Change 10 7-61
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CALCM ADVISORIES (Cont)

FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR
INDICATION CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

LOCATION/STATION ADVISORIES (Cont)

L: LOCATION The Left Pylon location select switch Command will not Deselect Left Pylon Switch.
[AMI] was selected, but no SMO is assigned be processed.
to that location.
LOCATION?? A station switch was selected with no Command will not Select a location before selecting a
location selected or an operation was be processed. station.
attempted without designating a
location on the WCP.
LOC/STA?? An invalid selection of a location and/or Command will not Select only stations that have a
Less [AMI] station is used for a command. be processed. CALCM present.

PDU Hydraulic Backup System change. Normal operation is 1. Manually rotate the launcher to
maintained verify launcher rotate capability.
2. Monitor launcher rotation status.

R: LOCATION The Right Pylon location select switch Command will not Deselect Right Pylon Switch.
[AMI] was selected, but no SMO is assigned be processed.
to that location.
STATION?? An invalid station select switch (7 or 8 Command will not Select a valid station.
Less [AMI] for pylon weapons) was selected, or an be processed.
operation was attempted without des-
ignating a Station on the WCP.
B-52 mission data does not identify a Load a B-52 mission that identifies
weapon that is compatible with the compatible weapons.
SMO.
WARMUP/GYRO 1. CALCM 40 minute warm-up timer Power on command 1. Apply missile power after warm-
WAIT has not expired. will be ignored for up timer expires.
Less [AMI] 2. CALCM 15 second Gyro spindown missiles with the ad- 2. Apply power to missile after the
timer has not expired. visory. required 15 second or 8 minute
3. CALCM 8 minute gyro cool down time required after missile power
time has not expired. removal.

x: JETT INHIB A jettison request was issued for a loca- Weapon jettison Make the location’s SMO Primary
[AMI] tion where the SMO is not Primary. cannot be accom- and re-issue the command .
plished until that
weapon’s SMO is
primary.

Figure 7-11. CALCM Advisories (Sheet 3 of 5)

7-62 Change 10

CALCM ADVISORIES (Cont)
FAULT POSSIBLE
INDICATION CAUSE
MISCELLANEOUS ADVISORIES
CALCM ABORT Targeting of a CALCM is in progress
XFR and any of the following occur:
[AMI] 1. Weapon is being powered off for
any reason.
2. Weapon’s MIU is being powered
down for any reason.
3. Weapon Serial communication
error (Double MUX error).
4. Critical Mission data transfer error
(Copy check failure).
5. Almanac data transfer error (Check-
sum check failure).
6. Aircraft Time or Crypto Key data
transfer error (Echo check failure).
7. Weapon DTC not mounted when
manual targeting requested
(accompanied by a CALCM WPN
DATA?? fault).
8. Weapon DTC data read failure
(accompanied by a CALCM WPN
DATA?? fault).
CALCM EVENT The CALCM SMO is secondary and a
[AMI] CALCM mission planned launch point
is within 25 minutes of the aircraft.
CALCM LCD 1. OTL instrumentation power state
ENTRY incorrect.
[AMI] 2. Unlock enables are not present.
3. Weapon fatal fault exists.
4. Weapon is safe.
5. Bay doors are unlatched
(if bay launch).
6. Launcher fault and launcher is not
in position (if bay launch).
CALCM TAL REQD Transfer Alignment Maneuver required
[AMI] for powered on CALCMs.
LCD ENTRY INHB 1. OTL instrumentation power state
Less [AMI] incorrect.
2. Unlock enables are not present.
3. Weapon fatal faults exist.
4. Weapon is safe.
5. Bay doors are unlatched (if bay
launch).
6. Launcher fault and launcher is not
in position (if bay launch).
Figure 7-11. CALCM Advisories (Sheet 4 of 5)
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9
SYSTEM OPERATOR
RESPONSE ACTION
Attempted targeting 1. Reenter targeting for the affected
did not complete. CALCM (refer to FRMT-7
display to determine affected
CALCM).
2. Ensure DTC is installed.
3. Verify power status of weapons
and MIUs.
Weapon for mission 1. Make the CALCM SMO primary.
planned launch 2. Power on weapons.
point is not targeted.
Weapon will not 1. Set OTL instrumentation power
enter launch count- state correctly.
down. 2. Ensure Pilot and Navigator con
sent switches are both in the
unlock position.
3. Select different weapon to launch.
4. Place weapon into ready.
5. Attempt manual door command
(CF-59) to open doors.
6. Attempt manual launcher rotation
to position launcher.
Perform transfer alignment
maneuver.
1. Set OTL instrumentation power
state correctly.
2. Ensure Pilot and navigator
consent switches are both in the
unlock position.
3. Select different weapon to
launch.
4. Place weapon into ready.
5. Attempt manual door command
(CF-59) to get doors open.
6. Attempt manual launcher
rotation to position launcher.
Change 10 7-63
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CALCM ADVISORIES (Cont)

FAULT POSSIBLE SYSTEM OPERATOR
INDICATION CAUSE RESPONSE ACTION

MISCELLANEOUS ADVISORIES (Cont)

SMO LD New destination requires a SMO to be 1. Determine if the destination is

REQUIRED loaded. the desired destination.
Less [AMI] 2. Load/reload the SMO.

SMO RCNFG FAIL Reconfiguration of the SMO was 1. Ensure OCP DTUC is installed
Less [AMI] unsuccessful. 2. Determine DTU status from
FRMT-6.
3. Reload SMO.

STORES DATA FAIL A failure occurred while CSP was Stores Data will not Ensure the DTC is properly inserted
[AMI] loading the Stores Data from the DTC. be available for the in the DTR.
SMO.

TAL REQD Transfer Alignment Maneuver required Perform transfer alignment

Less [AMI] for powered on CALCM(s). maneuver.

TARGET XFR Targeting of a CALCM is in progress Requested target 1. Retry Targeting the affected
ABORT and any of the following occur: command did not CALCM (refer to FRMT-7 display
Less [AMI] 1. Weapon is being powered off for complete. to determine affected CALCM).
any reason. 2. Ensure CALCM mission DTUC
2. Weapon’s MIU is being powered is installed and selected.
down for any reason. 3. Verify power status of missiles
3. Weapon Serial Communication and MIUs.
error (Double MUX error).
4. Critical Mission data transfer error
(Copy check failure).
5. Almanac data transfer error
(Checksum check failure).
6. Aircraft Time or Crypto Key data
transfer error (Echo check failure).
7. Weapon DTUC not mounted when
manual targeting requested
(accompanied by a WPN DTUC
fault).
8. Weapon DTUC data read failure
(accompanied by a WPN DTUC
fault).

STATUS MESSAGES

GO/NOGO COMPLT The Go/No-Go Test has been com- Acknowledge advisory message.
[AMI] pleted for all missiles that have had
power applied.
SIT COMPLT The System Interface Test has been Acknowledge advisory message.
[AMI] completed for all missiles that have
had power applied.

Figure 7-11. CALCM Advisories (Sheet 5 of 5)

7-64 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-557, CF-558, AND FRMT-7 WEAPON FAULTS

MESSAGE FAULT CAUSE
CATEGORY

ABORT____ Permanent Fatal Launch countdown aborted after battery activated.

A/D______ Transient Fatal A/D converter accuracy No-Go.
A/D converter update No-Go.
AIR_DATA_ Transient Fatal Air data equipment failure.
BATTERY__ Transient Fatal Battery activated with power off.
Less [AMI] CARR_INS_ Transient Fatal Carrier INS failure.
[AMI] CARR_INU_ Transient Fatal Carrier INU failure.
C/D_ARMD_ Transient Fatal Flight termination enable failure.
CMU______ Transient Fatal Computer memory unit failure.
COMM_NOGO Transient Fatal Communications fault.
EJECTOR__ Transient Fatal 1. Uncommanded lock or ejector fails to unlock.
2. Armed solenoid failed when in OTL mode.
EMP______ Transient Fatal EMP event detected by weapon.
FCE______ Transient Fatal 1. Flight control element fault.
2. Ready to Rec. Mission Data No-Go.
FCE_ENBL_ Transient Fatal Flight control element enable fault.
FCS______ Transient Fatal Flight control equipment failure.
GPS_NOGO_ Transient Fatal GPS receiver No-Go.
HUNG_____ Permanent Fatal Hung store.
INE_RELAY Transient Fatal INE relay failure.
INE______ Transient Fatal Platform No-Go/INE output No-Go/INE serial data bus failure.
INE_HTR__ Transient Fatal Platform heater No-Go.
INE_TEMP_ Transient Fatal Platform temperature No-Go.
INIT_DATA Transient Fatal Almanac data not received.
INS______ Transient Fatal INS alignment failure or Z-velocity No-Go.
KEY_VRFY_ Non Fatal Crypto key verify fail in GPS receiver.
MSL_NOGO_ Transient Fatal Separation Arm failure.
MSL_PWR__ Transient Fatal Weapon electronic power discrepancy.
MSN_DATA_ Transient Fatal 1. Data checksum error.
2. Mission Data Valid error.
3. Primary Mission Load Complete No-Go.
4. Go/No-Go Test CMU power on No-Go.
MSN_ERASE Transient Fatal Mission data erase performed.
NO_FUZE Transient Fatal Fuze not connected for penetrator.

Figure 7-12. CF-557, CF-558, and FRMT-7 Weapon Faults (Sheet 1 of 2)

Change 10 7-65
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

CF-557, CF-558, AND FRMT-7 WEAPON FAULTS (Cont)

MESSAGE FAULT CAUSE
CATEGORY

NOT_LOCKD Transient Fatal Illegal ejector status; both locked or unlocked or neither locked or un-
locked.
NTIK_BATT Permanent Fatal OTL battery timer exceeds 12 minutes.
OTL_PWR__ Non Fatal Uncommanded instrumentation power on/off.
ORD_ALARM Safety Critical Ordnance alarm.
OVERFLOW_ Transient Fatal Data overflow.
RAE______ Non Fatal Radar altimeter equipment failure.
STORE??__ Non Fatal Store table discrepancy.
TIME_OUT_ Permanent Fatal Hold timer for post battery activate has expired.
UNCMD_UL_ Transient Fatal 1. Uncommanded ejector unlock.
2. Fails to lock.
UNCMD_REL Transient Fatal Uncommanded Release.
WPN_ERASE Permanent Fatal Weapon erase performed.
WPN_PRSNT Non Fatal Store present monitors disagree.
42-S_CAGE Transient Fatal INE failed to cage in 42 seconds.
10-MIN_CA Transient Fatal INE failed to coarse align in 10 minutes.
(Blank) 1. MIU power is off.
2. Store is not a CALCM.
3. No CALCM or station faults at this station.
4. For selected station status, no store is selected.

Figure 7-12. CF-557, CF-558, and FRMT-7 Weapon Faults (Sheet 2 of 2)

7-66 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

GLOSSARY

AC Alternating Current DC Direct Current

ACC Accelerate DEU Display Electronics Unit
ACU Avionics Control Unit (Avionics DOB Depth of Burial
Processor) DPLR Doppler
ADCU Air Data Element DSBL Disable
ADE Air Data Element D/T Destination/Target
AGL Above Ground Level DTC Data Transfer Cartridge
AGM Air-to-Ground Missile DTU Data Transfer Unit
AIU Armament Interface Unit DTUC Data Transfer Unit Cartridge
ALT Altitude DVS Doppler Velocity System
ALTR Alternate ECU Environmental Control Unit
AMI Avionics Midlife Improvement EED Electro-Explosive Device
ANT Antenna EMERG Emergency
AP Avionics Processor ENBL Enable
APU Avionics Processor Unit ETA Explosive Transfer Assembly
ARMD Armed (Prearmed on FRMT 7) (OTL)
AUTO Automatic FA Fine Align
AUX Auxiliary FCE Flight Control Element
BARO Barometric FCI Flight Command Indicator
BATT Battery FCP Flight Computer Program
BAY Bomb Bay FCS Flight Control System
BH Barometric Hold FIU Fuze Interface Unit
BIT Built-In-Test FLT Flight
BMJCP Bombbay & Missile Jettison FMS Flight Management System
Control Panel FRMT Format
C&D Controls And Displays FWD Forward
CA Coarse Alignment FXPT Fixpoint
CAD Controls And Displays G&C Guidance and Control
CAL Calibrate GPS Global Positioning System
CALCM Conventional Air Launched GRIU/P GPS Receiver Unit
Cruise Missile GS Groundspeed
CB Circuit Breaker HA Absolute Altitude
C/D Command/Destruct HA True Altitude
CD Control Display HAC High Altitude Calibration
CDIU Control Display Interface Unit HDG Heading
CEP Circular Error Probability HT Terrain Elevation
CF Control Function HTR Heater
CLSD Closed HTSF Hard Target Smart Fuze
CLSF Classified HUNG Hung Missile
CMPTR Computer HV High Voltage
COM Communications ICSMS Integrated Conventional Stores
CRT Cathode Ray Tube Management System
CSP Common Stores Processing IEU Interface Electronic Unit
CSRL Common Strategic Rotary IKB Integrated Keyboard
Launcher IND Indicator
CWE Current Weapon Event INE Inertial Navigation Equipment
DAA Direct Approach Azimuth INS Inertial Navigation Set/System
DAS Damage Assessment Strike IRU Inertial Reference Unit

Change 10 Glossary-1
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

GLOSSARY (Cont)

JETT Jettison ORIDE Override

JTA Joint Test Assembly OTL Operational Test Launch
JTU Joint Test Unit PCP Power Control Panel
KLM Kalman Filter PDB Power Distribution Box
LAC Low Altitude Calibration PDU Power Drive Unit
LAT Latitude PDUC Power Drive Unit Control
LCD Launch Countdown PF Permanent Fatal
LH Left-Hand PLUS CT Plus Count
LKD Locked PMCP Pilot’s Munitions Consent Panel
LNCH Launch PMD Prime Mission Data
LOC Location PME Prime Mission Equipment
LOCKD Locked PNL Panel
LONG Longitude POS Position
LP Left Pylon PP Present Position
LRU Line Replaceable Unit PRGM Program
LSC Linear Shaped Charge (OTL) PROC Processor
MAL Malfunction PTA Planned Time of Arrival
MAN Manual PWR Power
MAX Maximum RA Radar Altimeter
MCU Multiplexer Conversion Unit RAE Radar Altimeter Element
MDFY Modify RCD Release Circuits Disconnect
MEM Memory RCDR Recorder
MIU Missile Interface Unit RCVR Receiver
MFD Multifunction Display RDR Radar
MGMT Management RDY Ready
MIL STD Military Standard REF Reference
MIU Missile Interface Unit RG Range (Ground)
MNTIK Modified Nontactical Instrumen- RH Right-Hand
tation Kit RIU Radar Interface Unit
MP Memory Point RN Radar Navigator
MPO Modified Push Over RNG Range
MSG Message RNKB Radar Navigator Keyboard
MSL Mean Sea Level RNMP Radar Navigator Management
MSN Mission Panel
MSTR Master RP Right Pylon
NAV Navigator, Navigation RTL Ready To Launch
NAWC Navigation and Weapon Control SAF Safe Arm Fuse System
NAWD Navigation and Weapon Delivery SAIR Safe and In Range
NF Non Fatal SC Safety Critical
NG No-Go SEL Select
NKB Navigator Keyboard SIM Simulate
NM Nautical Mile SIT System Interface Test
NTIK Nontactical Instrumentation Kit SMO Stores Management Overlay
NUC Nuclear SUPV Supervision
NUC SLU Nuclear Station Logic Unit S/V Survivability/Vulnerability
OAS Offensive Avionics System SW Switch
OC Operational Computer SWP Pre-target Steering Waypoint
OCP Operational Computer Program (Flex Targeting)
OF Off SYNC Synchronization
OPER Operator/Operate

Glossary-2 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

GLOSSARY (Cont)

TA Transfer Alignment UNCMD Uncommanded

TA Temperature Altitude Time (3.0 to UNLK Unlock
10.5 second CALCM battery life) UTC Universal Time Coordinate
TAL Transfer Alignment Maneuver V Velocity
TAS True Airspeed VAC/vac Volts Alternating Current
TC Terrain Clearance VAR Variable
TCS Terrain Clearance Sensor VDC/vdc Volts Direct Current
TEMP Temperature VFR Visual Flight Rules
TF Transient Fatal/Terrain Following VRCDR Video Recorder
TGT Target VG Vertical Gyroscope
TH True Heading VV Vertical Velocity
TK Track V/v Volts
TR Transformer-Rectifier WAD Warhead Arm Device
TRANS Transfer WCE Weapon Control Equipment
TRK Track WCP Weapon Control Panel
TRNG Training WCS Weapon Control System
TTG Time to Go WGS-84 World Geodetic System (1984)
UC Upper Corner WPN Weapon
UCT Universal Coordinated Time WPN JETT Weapon Jettison
UL Upper Left W/V Wind/Velocity
UR Upper Right XFR Transfer

Change 10 Glossary-3/(Glossary-4 blank)

BLA
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

INDEX
*DENOTES ILLUSTRATION Page
Page

A C
CALCM Advisories 7-60*
Acceleration and Vertical Velocity Checks 7-24
CALCM Auto-Retarget Due To L3 Fail 7-32*
Advisories, CALCM 7-41, 7-60*
CALCM Fuzing System 1-6C*
After Engine Start 2-10
CALCM Group Assignment
After Landing Procedure 2-29
Data Display, CF-DF 1-75, 1-77*
After Parking 2-29
CALCM OAS Software and Displays 1-37
AGM-86 Missile 1-3
CALCM SMO 1-37
AGM-86D Fuze Data Display, CF-DF
Carrier Aircraft, B-52 1-3
1-70, 1-70A*
Control Function (CF) Displays 1-42
Aircraft
Control Function (CF) Menu 1-44B*
Common Strategic Rotary Launcher
CF-DD, Send Targeting Data Command 1-70
System 1-7
CF-DE, Exit Targeting Mode Command 1-70
Electrical System 1-12
CF-DF, AGM-86D Fuze Data Display 1-70, 1-70A*
Environmental Control System 1-12
CF-DF, CALCM Group Assignment
OAS/CALCM Operation 7-2
Data Display 1-75, 1-77*
Aircrew Procedures, Emergency 3-1
CF-E, Weapon Control Panel Backup
Aircrew Procedures, Normal 2-1
Display 1-70, 1-72B*
Altitude and Pressure Checks 7-24
CF-5 Weapon Supervision Menu 1-42, 1-44D*
Analysis, Malfunction, OAS/Missile 7-40
CF-55 CALCM Supervision Menu 1-46, 1-46A*
Anti-icing and Pressurization 1-12
CF-557 CALCM Flex Target Input Display
Application, Missile Power – Navigator,
for Launch Point nn 1-47, 1-48*
Inflight Procedures 2-11
CF-557, CF-558, and FRMT-7
Arrangement, Missile General 1-5*
Weapon Faults 7-65*
Automatic Retargeting 7-31
CF-558, nn Direct Target Input Display
Auto Targeting Scheme 7-11*
for Direct Target nn 1-57, 1-58*
Avionics Limits on Launch, Aircraft 5-1
CF-6, FCP Supervision Menu 1-66C, 1-66E*
CF-62, SMO Load Menu 1-66C, 1-66G*
B CF-8 Mission Supervision 1-67, 1-68A*
CF-81 B-52 Mission Data
B-52 Mission Data Load Display Load Display 1-68, 1-68C*
CF-81 1-67, 1-68C* CF-82A, CF-82B, CF-82C Weapon
B-52/AGM-86 Conventional Air Launched Cruise Group Selection Menu 1-68, 1-69*
Missile (CALCM) Weapon System 1-3 Circuit Breaker Panels 1-13*
B-52/CALCM Loaded Pylon Jettison Circuit Protection 1-16*
Restrictions 3-6* Configuration, Launcher 1-8*
B-52 Avionics System 1-17 Configuration, Pylon 1-11*
B-52 Carrier Aircraft 1-3 Control and Guidance System, Missile 1-6
Before Descent, Prelanding Procedures 2-29 Controls and Indicators, Pilot’s Jettison 1-31*
Before Exterior Inspection (Power Off) Controls and Indicators, Pylon Jettison 1-34*
Preflight Procedures 2-3 Control Panel, OAS Power 1-20, 1-27*
Bomb Tone Scoring 1-26*, 7-39 Control Panel, Weapon 1-17, 1-24*
Control System, Aircraft Environmental 1-12
Control System, Missile Environmental 1-6
CSRL Carriage CG Limitations 4-2A*
CSRL Carriage of CALCM Missiles with a Test
Instrumentation Kit 4-2A

Change 10 Index-1
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Page Page

FRMT-7 Fault Indications 7-65*

D Fuze Data Display, CF-DF 1-70, 1-70A*
Fuze Data Entry 7-23
Data Changes, Inflight Mission 6-1
Descent, Before, Prelanding Procedures 2-29
G
Destination Table Display FRMT-10 1-75, 1-82* Glossary Glossary-1
Direct Target Ranging Examples 7-30* Ground Safeing Procedures (Bay Missiles) –
Direct Targeting Input Screen Navigator and Radar Navigator 2-31
CF-558,nn 1-57, 1-58* Ground Safeing Procedures (Pylon Missiles) –
Direct Target Ranging Geometry 7-28*, 7-29* Navigator and Radar Navigator 2-30
Direct Target Trajectory 7-13* Guidance and Control System, Missile 1-6
Display, CF-5 Weapon Supervision 1-42, 1-44D* Guidance Transfer Alignment Maneuver 2-26*
Display, CF-8 Mission Supervision 1-67, 1-68A*
Display (CF-E), Weapon Control Panel H
Backup 1-70, 1-72B*
Display (FRMT-7), Weapon Status and Hazardous Material, Transportation of 6-1
Inventory 1-74, 1-76D*
Display, Multifunction 1-20, 1-29*
I
E Inflight
Mission Data Changes 6-1
EED Power 1-12 Procedures 2-11
Ejector Rack, MAU-12 1-7 In-Range Determination 7-25
Electrical Ranging Modes 7-25
System, Aircraft 1-12 Safe and In-Range Indication 7-27
System, Missile 1-4 Interior Inspection, Preflight Procedures 2-9
Emergency Aircrew Procedures 3-1 Integrated Keyboard (IKB) 1-28*
Environmental Control System, Aircraft 1-12
Environmental Control System, Missile 1-6
Error Messages 7-40 J
Exterior Inspection, Preflight Procedures 2-3
Jettison
Controls and Indicators, Pilot’s 1-31*
F Pylon Controls and Indicators 1-34*
Missile 1-30, 3-1, 7-36
Faults, Master 7-40 Procedures, Missile 3-1
Faults, Missile/Station Master 7-42* Procedures, Pylon 3-3
Faults, OAS/MIU Master 7-52* Pylon 1-33, 3-3
FCP Supervision Menu CF-6 1-66C, 1-66E* System, Missile 1-32*
Firefighting And Evacuation Criteria 3-9* System, Pylon 1-33, 1-35*
Flex Targeting Selection Command
CF-557,nn 1-47, 1-48*
Flight Command Indicator 4-4* K
Flight Control System, Missile 1-6
Flight Limits for Missile Separation, Keyboard, Integrated (IKB) 1-20, 1-28*
Missile Level 5-1
Format Commands
Format (FRMT) Displays
1-75*
1-74, 1-76*
L
FRMT-6, PME Status Display 1-74, 1-76A*
Launch
FRMT-7, Status and Inventory
Abort 2-27
Display 1-74, 1-76D*
Procedures 2-19
FRMT-7xy, Status and Inventory
System, Operational Test Launch (OTL) 4-1
Display Request 1-74, 1-76D*
Launcher Configuration 1-8*
FRMT-77, Stores Inventory Summary
Launcher Hydraulic System 1-9*
Display 1-75, 1-80*
Limitations, Operating 5-1
FRMT-10, Destination Table
Limits On Launch, Aircraft Avionics 5-1
Display 1-75, 1-82* Lock-Unlock Control 1-7

Index-2 Change 10
 T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Page Page

M O
Malfunction Analysis 7-40 OAS Power Control Panel 1-27*
Manual SAIR Footprint 7-26* OAS/CALCM Operation, Aircraft 7-2
Master Faults 7-40 OAS/Missile Data Flow 1-22*
MAU-12 Ejector Rack 1-7 OAS/MIU Master Faults 7-52*
Missile OAS/Weapon System Related
Arming System 1-6A Controls And Displays 1-17
Data Flow 1-22* Offensive Avionics System (OAS) 1-17
Dimensions and Gross Weight 1-4 Offensive Avionics System (OAS)
Electrical System 1-4 Interface 1-17
Environmental Control System 1-6 Operating Limitations 5-1
Faults 7-42* Operation, Aircraft OAS/CALCM 7-2
Flight Control System 1-6 Operational Test Launch (OTL) System 4-1
General Arrangement 1-5* OTL Capabilities 4-2
Guidance and Control System 1-6 OTL Functions 4-1
Jettison 1-30, 7-36
Jettison Procedures 3-1 P
Jettison Switch 1-30
Jettison System 1-32*
Launch 7-33 Pilot’s Jettison Controls and Indicators 1-31*
Level Flight Limits for Missile Pilot’s Munitions Consent Panel 1-17, 1-23*
Separation 5-1 Pilots’ Station CALCM Related
OTL Equipment 4-1 Controls and Switches (Typical) 1-21*
Power Application 2-11 Planning, Mission 6-1
Propulsion and Fuel System 1-6 Plus Count Mode 4-3
Pylon Jettison Restrictions 3-6* Power
Software Classification 1-4 Application, Missile 2-11
Missile/Station Master Faults 7-42* Drive Unit Control (PDUC)
Mission Power Switch 1-7, 1-10*
Abort/Launch Abort 2-27 Preflight
Data 7-9 Interior Inspection 2-9
Data Entry 7-17 Procedures Before Exterior Inspection 2-3
Data Items 7-16 Procedures Exterior Inspection 2-3
Data Changes, Inflight 6-1 Prelanding Procedures 2-29
Planning 6-1 Pre-Target Steering Waypoint Turn Angle
Supervision (CF-8) 1-67, 1-68A* (Direct Launch Only) 7-24
Types 7-9 Prime Mission Data 1-40B
Multifunction Display 1-20, 1-29* Procedures
Munitions Consent Panel, Pilot’s 1-17, 1-23* After Engine Start 2-10
After Landing 2-29
After Parking 2-29
N Emergency Aircrew 3-1
Inflight 2-11
Normal Aircrew Procedures 2-1 Launch 2-19
Notification Procedures Launch Abort/Mission Abort 2-27
Dangerous Materials 3-7 Missile Jettison 3-1
Missile Launch 2-21
Normal Aircrew 2-1
Notification, Dangerous Materials 3-7
Preflight 2-3
Prelanding 2-29
Pylon Jettison 3-3

Change 10 Index-3
T.O. 1B-52H-34-2-9

Page Page

Program Commands, SMO 1-84* Stores Inventory Summary Display 1-75, 1-80*
Program (PRGM) Display 1-83, 1-85* Supplementary Data 4-1
Protection, Circuit 1-16* System
Pylon Aircraft Electrical 1-12
Jettison Restrictions 3-6* Aircraft Environmental Control 1-12
Configuration 1-11* Missile Arming 1-6A
Description 1-7 Missile Electrical 1-4
Jettison 1-33, 3-3 Missile Environmental Control 1-6
Jettison Procedures 3-3 Missile Guidance and Control 1-6
Jettison Controls and Indicators 1-34* Missile Jettison 1-30, 1-32*
Jettison Control Switch 1-33 Missile Propulsion and Fuel System 1-6
Jettison System 1-35* Operational Test Launch 4-1
Lock-Unlock Control 1-7 Operations 7-1
MAU-12 Electro-explosive Device Pylon Jettison 1-33, 1-35*
(EED) Power 1-12
MAU-12 Ejector Rack 1-7 T
Missile Preferred Launch/Jettison
Release Sequence 3-5*
Missile Separations, Speed Transportation of Hazardous Material 6-1
Restrictions 5-1 Transfer Alignment Maneuver 2-26*

R W
Rack, MAU-12 Ejector 1-7 Weapon Control Panel 1-17, 1-24*
Ranging Modes 7-25 Weapon Control Panel Backup
Release Advisory Display 1-40B, 1-41* Display (CF-E) 1-70, 1-72B*
Release Circuits Disconnect (RCD) 1-33 Weapon Faults CF-557, CF-558, FRMT-7 7-65*
Remote Command Control System 4-1 Weapon Group Assignment Data Display
(CF-DF) 1-75, 1-77*
Weapon Group Selection Menu
S (CF-82A, CF-82B, CF-82C) 1-68, 1-69*
Weapon Monitor And Power Control 7-5
Safe Launch Determination 7-24 Weapon Power Application 7-7
Simulation 7-38 Weapon Power Removal 7-8
Speed Restrictions for Pylon Missile Weapon Status and Inventory
Separations 5-1 Display (FRMT-7) 1-74, 1-76D*
SIT/MIT and CF-552 1-46C, 7-39 Weapon System, B-52/AGM-86C (CALCM) 1-3
SIT/MIT Procedures (Ground) 2-32 Weapon Supervision Menu CF-5 1-42, 1-44D*
SMO, CALCM 1-37 Weapon Targeting Commands 7-12
SMO
Capabilities 7-3
Control Function Commands 1-44*
Initialization 1-37
Launch Point Program Display (PRGM) 1-85*
Launch Point Program Display
(PRGM) (Auto SAIR) 1-86*
Launch Point Program Display
(PRGM) (Direct Target) 1-93*
Launch Point Program Display
(PRGM) (Manual SAIR) 1-89*
MFD Displays 1-40B
Program Commands 1-84*
Reconfiguration 1-38
Restart 1-38
Strike Capabilities 7-3
Termination 1-37
Weapon Control Equipment Monitor
and Power Control 7-3

Index-4 Change 10